Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1984-1985

/ Swarthmore
COLLEGE BULLETIN, 1984-85

'T 'h e person who sees
l liberal arts education
as practical looks toward
a far broader horizon.
In an era of accelerating
change, today’s technical
mastery is tomorrow’s
obsolescence
Continued, inside cover

Continued from front cover

W e have the choice of preparing our stu­
dents for the next three to five years
through technical training, or for a lifetime
by teaching them how to face new situa­
tions, ask new questions, and adapt again
and again to a world of dizzying change. We
used to say: Give a man a fish and you feed
him for a day; teach him how to fish and
you feed him for a lifetime. But liberal arts
education goes beyond that, to teach him

; ■' ;

f . ; %«

,

Catalogue IsSue
Volume LXXXII
Number 1
#
September Ì.984

Directions for
Correspondence
S W A R T H M O R E C O L L E G E , S W A R T H M O R E , PA 19081

D a vid W . F ra s e r

GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY

President
J a m e s W . England

ACADEMIC POLICY

Provost

ADMISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES

R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r .

Dean of Admissions
J a n e H. M u llin s

RECORDS AND TRANSCRIPTS

Registrar
L e w is T. C o o k , J r .

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Associate Vice President for
Business Affairs
and Acting Vice President for
Business and Finance
L u th e r Van U m m e rs e n

Controller
D ire c to r, Office of Career

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Planning and Placement

ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION

K e n d a ll L a n d is

Vice President
P a tric ia A . W h itm a n

Equal Opportunity Officer
M a ra ly n O rb is o n G ille s p ie

Associate Vice President

Swarthmore College does not discriminate in
education or employment on the basis of sex,
race, color, age, religion, national origin, or
handicap. This policy is consistent with rele­
vant governmental statutes and regulations,

including those pursuant to Title IX o f the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of
1973.

The S w a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e B u l l e t i n (ISSN
0279-9138), of which this is Volume LXXXII,
number 1, is published twice in September, and
in November, December, March, and June by
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­
master: Send address changes to SW ARTHM ORE
C o l l e g e B u l l e t i n , Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Printed in U.S.A.

Table of Contents

CALENDAR 5

I
h

INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
ADMISSION 17
EXPENSES 20
FINANCIAL AID 22

in

COLLEGE LIFE 34
STUDENT COMMUNITY 39

IV

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 44
FACULTY REGULATIONS 55
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 58
AWARDS AND PRIZES 60
FELLOWSHIPS 63

v

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 65
Art 67
Asian Studies 74
Astronomy 76
Biology 78
Black Studies 84
Chemistry 85
Classics 89
Economics 94
Education 101
Engineering 104
English Literature 112
History 123
International Relations 133
Linguistics 135

VI

Literature 138
Mathematics 139
Medieval Studies 146
Modern Languages and Literatures 147
Music 160
Philosophy 166
Physical Education and Athletics 171
Physics 173
Political Science 179
Psychology 187
Public Policy 193
Religion 195
Sociology and Anthropology 201

THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 210
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 214
THE FACULTY 217
ADMINISTRATION 232
VISITING EXAMINERS 241
DEGREES CONFERRED 243
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 247
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 250
INDEX 251
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 254
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 256

3

1985
MAY

1984
SEPTEMBER
Tue Wed Thu

Sun Mon

. ' , 53
4
12
10
11
9
19
16 f c M 7 H ' i f c i
26
23
24
25
30

6
■13
20
'

tt\

7
14
71
28

1
: 8
15 '
*>
29

32

6
13
20
27

Tue Wed Thu
1
2
8
9
7
15
16
14
22
23
21
30
28
29

Sun Mon

Tue Wed Thu

5
12
19
26

12-

6
13
20
27'

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

8
6 :1 * * 1
15
13
14
20 ' 2 Í ! 22
27
29

4
11
:T8
25

Frt :
' '2
3
9
10
16
17
'2 3
24
30

- 2
9
16
>23>
30

7
14
21
28

4
It
18
25

5 : 6
12 : ■13
19 ' 20
26
27

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
10
8
9
15
16
17
23
22
24
31
30
29

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Fri

Sat
5

18
25

19
26

1
8
15
22
29

Mon
2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24

4
11
18
25

Tue Wed Thu
5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Fri

Sat

15
22

16
23

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Fri

Sat

22
29

23
30

APRIL
Sun Mon
1
8
7
15
14
22
21
28
29

4

Tue Wed Thu
2
3
4
11
10
9
18
16
17
25
23
24
30

Sat
6
13
20
27

2
9,
16
30

3
10
17
24
31

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Fri

Sat

12
19
26

13
20
27

3
10
17
24

4
11
18
25

Tue Wed Thu
3
5
4
12
10
11
18
19
17
25
26
24

Tue Wed Thu
3
1
2
10
8
9
15
16
17
22
23
24
30
31
29

1
8
15
22
29

2
9
16
23
30

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

29

30

31

Fri

Tue Wed Thu
4
U
18
25

5
12
19
26

6 7

13
20
27

14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu

Fri

6

7
14
21
28

7
14
21
28

13

20
27

Sat

1

8
15
22,

Sat
1
' 8
vT5".

22
29

APRIL
Sat
3
10
17
24
31

Sun Mon
7
14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
8
9
10
16
15
17
23
24
22
30
29

Fri
6
13
20
27

Sat
7
14
21
28

Sun Mon

Tue Wed Thu

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Fri
1
8
15
22
29

Sat
2
9
16
23
30

Sun Mon

Fri
6
13
20
27

Sat
7
14
21
28

Sun Mon

6
13
20
27

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12

Fri

Sat
3

19

26

MAY
4 ' 5 /- 6
11
12
13
18
19
20
26
27

!

'

%

9
16
23

8
7
14 ■15
21
22
28 f ,2 9 : ::/30;

IO

17
24
31

JUNE
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
5
t
2 .. ‘ è
4
12
8
io
9
11
18
19
16
17
'< 15
26
23
25
24
22
30
29

Fn
6
13
20
27

Sat
7
14
21
28

JULY
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Fri Sat
Tue Wed Thu
3
2
l
4 „ 5
10
11
12
9
8
18
15
16
17
19
26
22
23
24 > 2 5
30
31
29

AU6UST

DECEMBER
Tue Wed Thu
5
3
4
12
10
11
18
19
17
25
26
24
31

4 - 5
11 , 12
18
19
26
23

Fri
2
9
16
23
30

NOVEMRER

MARCH
3
10
17
24
31

Fri
5
12
19
26

OCTOBER
Mon

28

Sat
4
11
18
25

MARCH
Sun Mon

Tue Wed Thu

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu

7
14
21
28

- . 2
3
9 i ?•IQ
16
17
23
24

SEPTEMBER

FEBRUARY
Sun Mon

6
13
20
27

Tue Wed Thu
1
8
6
7
15
13
14
21
22
20
28
29
27

8
15
22
29

7
14
21
28

1985
JANUARY
Sun Mon

5
12
19
26

Sun Mon

AUGUST

Tue Wed Thu ; Fri

3
10
17
24
31

Sat
1
8
15
22
29

5
12
19

FEBRUARY

Tue Wed Thu
2
3
4
11
10
9
16
18
17
23
25
24
30
31

Mon
1
8
15
22
29

DECEMBER
Sun Mon

Fri

Sun

27

JULY

NOYEMBER
Tue Wed Thu

Sat
4
11
18
25

JUNE

OCTOBER
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1 ■' ■ 2
5
'
4 \
8
9
10
It
2 % :
18
1?
14 ' J , I5*i 16
19
25
26
21
22
23
24
28
29 \30C S t

Sun .Mon

Fri
3
10
17
24
31

1986
JANUARY
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri
1: : 2 3
10
6
8
9
15 16 17
13
14
20
21
22 23 24

Tue Wed Thu

Fri
1

3
IO

17
24
31

4
11
18
25

12
19
26

7 .. 8
‘6
13 :. 14
15
22,
20
21
28
29

Sat
-

1

■ '4

16
23
30

College Calendar

1984

Fall Semester

September y g
September 7
September 8
September 10
September 28-29
October 12

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting of the Board of Managers
October Holiday begins, end of last class
or seminar
October Holiday ends, 8:30 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end of last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting of Honors candidates
Annual meeting o f the Board of Managers
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes end
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

October 17
November 20
November 26
November 30
December 1
December 7*8
December 1014
December 14
December 17
December 21
December 22

1985
January 21
February 22-23
March 8
March 18
April 19-21
April 29-May 3
May 3
May 3-4
May 6
May 9
May 9
May 18
May 20
May 21-22
May 23-25
June 2
June 3
June 7, 8, 9

Spring Semester
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board of Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Parents Weekend
Reading period (at option of instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board of Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day .
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

5

College Calendar
(Tentative)

1985

Fall Semester

September 4*8
September 6
September 7
September 9
September 27-28
October 11

Freshman placement days
Meeting of Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October Holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October Holiday ends, 8:30 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end of last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Annual meeting of the Board of Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting of Honors candidates
Reading period (at option of instructor)
Classes end
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

October 16
November 26
December 2
December 6-7
December 6
December 7
December 9-13
December 13
December 16
December 20
December 21

1986

Spring Semester

January 20
February 28 -March 1
March 7
March 17
April 28- May 2
May 2
May 2-3
May 5
May 8
May 8
May 17
May 19
May 2021
May 22-24
June 1
June 2
June 6 , 7 , 8

Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting of the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting of the Board of Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

6

I
Introduction to
Swarthmore College

Educational Resources

7

Introduction to
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as
a coeducational institution, occupies a campus
o f more than 300 acres o f rolling wooded land
in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore
in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small
college by deliberate policy. Its present enroll­
ment is about 1,300 men and women students.
The borough of Swarthmore is a residential

suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance of Philadelphia. College students are
able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semirural setting and the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes
possible cooperation with three nearby institu­
tions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and
the University o f Pennsylvania.

OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­
uals and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.

institutions, each school, college, and univer­
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way.
Each must select those tasks it can do best. By
such selection it contributes to the diversity
and richness o f educational opportunity which
is part of the American heritage.

The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make
its students more valuable human beings and
more useful members o f society. While it
shares this purpose with other educational

Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense of ethical and
social concern.

VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for no
two students are exactly alike. The Course and
External Examination (Honors) Programs are
designed to give recognition to this fact. They
provide alternative systems o f instruction
for students during their last two years. Both
seek to evoke the maximum effort and devel­
opment from each student, the choice of
method being determined by individual pref­
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association

with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development of
individual responsibility. Within the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide range
o f individual goals. These opportunities typ­
ically include considerable flexibility o f pro­
gram choices from semester to semester, so that
academic planning may be responsive to the
emerging needs o f students.

THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although it
has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the student
body, the faculty, and the administration, the
College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.

8

Foremost among these principles is the individ­
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way o f life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple
living, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any

other specific set of convictions about the
nature of things and the duties of human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and

religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination of any viewwhich may
be held regarding them.

TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity of change. Its
purposes and policies must respond to new
conditions and newdemands. By being open to

change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard of excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.

9

Educational Resources

The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit of the institution. Financial as well as

physical resources play an important suppor­
tive role.

THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and
bequests from many alumni, foundations,
corporations, parents and friends. In addition
to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanently endowed profes­
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and
lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have
not only provided the physical plant, but also
have created an endowment fund o f approxi­
mately $150,000,000 at market value on June
3 0 ,1984. The endowment during the academic
year 1983-84contributed approximately $4,880
to meet the total expense o f educating each
student and accounted for about 25% o f the
College’s educational general income.

The College’s ability to continue to offer a high
quality o f education at a reasonable level of
tuition depends on continuing voluntary sup­
port. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and
bequests for its current operations, its perma­
nent endowment, and its capital development
programs to maintain and strengthen its re­
sources. The Vice President in charge of
development will be pleased to provide in­
formation about various forms of gifts: be­
quests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real
estate or other property, and deferred gifts
through charitable remainder trusts and life
income contracts in which the donor reserves
the right to the annual income during his or her
lifetime.

PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate
instruction and in most cases for research, exist
in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psy­
chology, astronomy, and engineering. The
Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual
refracting telescope, is the center o f much
fundamental research in multiple star systems.
The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory
provides facilities for work in zoology, botany,
and premedical studies. The Pierre S. DuPont
Science Building provides accommodations for
chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Hicks
Hall contains the engineering laboratories,
including a computer laboratory equipped with
a DEC PD P 11/40 system with disc storage and
laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall provides
facilities for work in psychology, and for the
engineering shops.
Pearson Hall contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.
The Florence Wilcox Gallery for art exhibitions is
located in Room 303 on the third floor o f

10

Beardsley Hall.
The Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building,
opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating
approximately 500, the Daniel Underhill Music
Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal
rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central
facility for the program o f the Music Depart­
ment and for musical activities at the College.
The Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A PRIM E 9950 with
twelve megabytes o f main memory and 1,600
megabytes o f on-line disk storage is available to
students and faculty for instruction and re­
search. Many computer languages such as APL,
BASIC, FORTRAN, and Pascal are available,
as well as graphics, statistical, and simulation
packages and instructional programs for var­
ious academic disciplines. Microcomputer fa­
cilities are under development. Terminal clus­
ters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont,
Martin, and Trotter Halls, and also McCabe
and Cornell Libraries. Terminals may also be
found in virtually all academic departments.

Some departments also have microcomputers,
and the Engineering Department has a DEC
PDP 11/40 and three APOLLO graphics
workstations. A PRIM E Information 750 and
a PRIM E 2250 are used for the College’s
administrative data processing needs. In addi­
tion, through EDUNET, an international com­
puter network, faculty and students have access
to computing facilities at a number o f major
research institutions such as Stanford and MIT
for special projects and research.
The Center for Social and Policy Studies in Trotter
Hall serves as a laboratory for the social
sciences. The Center has a social science data
archive available for empirical research on
social and policy issues, and it provides
statistical consulting for faculty and students.
The Center also supports the concentration in
Public Policy through its physical facilities,
data archives and program of events.
The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations for
27 students and has equipment for both audio
and video instruction.
The Thomas B. and Jeannette E.L. M cCabe

Library contains reading rooms, offices and the
major portion o f the College library collection.
Total College library holdings amount to
600,000 volumes. Some 20,000 volumes are
added annually. About 2,500 periodicals are
received regularly. The general collection is
housed in the library building, situated on the
front campus. The Cornell Library o f Science
and Engineering (completed in 1982) houses
some 54,000 volumes in biology, chemistry,
engineering, mathematics, and physics. A small
collection of relevant material is located in
Sproul Observatory. The Daniel Underhill
Music Library contains about 14,000 books
and scores, 10,000 recordings, and listening
equipment. A small collection of relevant
material is housed in the Black Cultural Center.
The library is definitely a collection o f books
and journals for undergraduate use. The de­
mands o f reading for Honors, however, make
necessary the provision o f large quantities of
source material not usually found in collections
maintained for undergraduates. It is a point of
library policy to try to supply, either by
purchase or through interlibrary loan, the
books needed by students or members o f the
faculty for their individual research.

SPECIAL COLLECTIONS
The library contains certain special collections
— the British Americana collection, the Wells
Wordsworth and Thomson collections, the
Auden collection, the Bathe collection o f the
history o f technology and a collection o f the
publications o f 650 private presses.
A number o f special features enrich the
academic background o f the College. Among
these are the following:
The Friends Historical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the
history of the Society o f Friends. The library is
a depository for records o f Friends Meetings
belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and other
Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record
books, dating from the 1680’s until the present,
have been deposited. Additional records are
available on microfilm. The William Wade
Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records

lists material o f genealogical interest. Special
collections include materials on various sub­
jects o f Quaker concern such as abolition,
Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history
o f women’s rights. Notable among the other
holdings are the Whittier Collection (first
editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf
Whittier, the Quaker poet), the Mott manu­
scripts (over 400 autographed letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more than
300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker
minister). The library’s collection of books and
pamphlets by and about Friends numbers
approximately 35,000 volumes. About 200
Quaker periodicals are currently received.
There is also an extensive collection o f photo­
graphs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f repre­
sentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil
paintings, including two versions o f "The
Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is
hoped that Friends and others will consider the

11

Educational Resources

advantages of giving to this library any books
and family papers which may throw light on the
history of the Society of Friends.

here in 7 ,0 0 0 document boxes. The Collection
also houses over 12,000 books and pamphlets
and about 1,800 periodical titles. Two hundred
fifty periodicals are currently received from 22
The Swarthmore College Peace Collection is of
countries. The comprehensive Guide to the
special interest to research students seeking the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published
records o f the peace movement. The personal^
in 1981, fully describes the archival holdings.
papers of Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
The Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature,
(1930). Over the years other major collections
established in 1950 with accumulated income
have been added including the papers o f Devere
from the William Plumer Potter Public Speak­
Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cornell,
ing Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded
Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A.J. Muste,
poetry, drama and prose. Among the 1,200
Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre, William
titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers
Sollmann, E. Raymond Wilson, and others, as
reading from and discussing their works; full
well as the records o f the American Peace
length versions of Shakespearean plays and
Society, A Quaker Action Group, Business
other dramatic repertoire; the literature of
Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship of Rec­
earlier periods read both in modern English
onciliation, Friends Committee on National
and in the pronunciation o f the time; British
Legislation, Lake Mohonk Conferences on
and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical
International Arbitration, National Interreli­
settings; and recordings of literary programs
gious Service Board for Conscientious Objec­
held at Swarthmore. These materials are used
tors, National Council for Prevention of War,
as adjuncts to the study o f literature. The
National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE,
collection is housed in the McCabe Library.
War Resisters League, Women’s International
The Betty Dougherty Spock Memorial Fund,
League for Peace and Freedom, Women Strike
established through the generosity o f friends of
for Peace, World Conference o f Religion for
the late member o f the Class of 1952, provides
Peace, and many others. The Peace Collection
income for the purchase of dramatic recordings.
serves as the official repository for the archives
These are kept with the Potter Collection.
o f many of these organizations, incorporated

SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College. The
Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose
wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a
member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882
to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College
the sum o f $ 100,000 and provided that the
income should be used "in bringing to the
college from time to time eminent citizens of
this and other countries who are leaders in
statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that
the faculty, students and the college community
may be broadened by a closer acquaintance
with matters o f world interest.” Admission to
all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works

12

with the departments and with student organi­
zations in arranging single lectures and con­
certs, and also in bringing to the College
speakers o f note who remain in residence for a
long enough period to enter into the life of the
community. Some o f these speakers have been
invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the aus­
pices o f the Foundation. This arrangement has
so far produced eighteen volumes.
The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation.
About three hundred twenty-five acres are
contained in the College property, including a
large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum
Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed as
a horticultural and botanical collection o f trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants through the
provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticul­
tural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs.

Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret
Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott of
the Class o f 1895. The plant collections are
designed both to afford examples o f the better
kinds o f trees and shrubs which are hardy in the
climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable
for planting by the average gardener, and to
beautify the campus. All collections are labeled
and recorded. There are exceptionally fine
displays o f hollies, Japanese cherries, flowering
crab apples, magnolias and tree peonies, and a
great variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas,
and daffodils. Many interested donors have
contributed generously to the collections.
The Foundation offers horticultural educational programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­
tures and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Special programs have been prepared to ac­
quaint the youth o f the area with the signifi­
cance o f plants with classes from local elemen­
tary schools coming to the campus to receive
instruction in plants and their relationship to
people. Tours are conducted throughout the
year for college people and interested public
groups.
Aiding the Foundation’s staff, in all of its
efforts are the "Associates o f the Scott Horti­
cultural Foundation.” This organization pro­
vides not only financial support but also
assistance in carrying out the myriad operations
which make up the Foundation’s total program,
such as public lectures and bus tours to other
gardens. The Associates’ newsletter, Hybrid,
serves to publicize their activities and provides
up-to-date information on seasonal gardening
topics.
The Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes of 1917 and 1919, and
other friends. The income from the fund may
be used for any activity that contributes to the

advancement o f music at the College. It has
been used, for example, for concerts on the
campus, for the purchase of vocal and orches­
tral scores and other musical literature, and to
provide scholarships for students in the Depart­
ment o f Music who show unusual promise as
instrumentalists or vocalists.
The Gene D. Overstreet Memorial Fund, given by
friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member of the Political Science
Department, 1957-1964, provides income to
bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss
problems of developing or modernizing nations
and cultures.
The Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends of the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a
collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was born in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president of the Royal Academy.
The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series
brings eminent scientists to the campus under
its auspices throughout the year. Local mem­
bers present colloquia on their own research.
The Lee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends of Lee Frank, Class of
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a
scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
The Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­
tice of art, on campus.
The Suzanne Belkin Memorial Reading, estab­
lished by her family in memory of Suzanne
Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an
annual appearance on campus o f a distin­
guished writer.

13

Endowed Professorships

The Edmund Allen Professorship o f Chemistry was
established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend of the college and
cousin of Manager Rachel Hillbom.
The Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest from
Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in
honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington,
Class of 1898.
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor of Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds
raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign.
The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History and
International Relations was created in 1888 by
Isaac H. Clothier, member of the Board of
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
The Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professorship o f Biology
was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a
tribute of gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer
Trotter, Professor of Biology, 1888-1926.
The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of
1890, in 1905.
The Julien and Virginia Cornell Visiting Profes­
sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board of Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every corner of the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.

The Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor­
ship o f Quaker History and Research was en­
dowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. ’26
and member o f the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member of the Board of Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library
and to stimulate interest in American and
Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts of the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall Taylor
’04.
The William R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the
William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to
"support and encourage a scholar-teacher
whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment to
teaching and sincere personal interest in stu­
dents will enhance the learning process and
make an effective contribution to the under­
graduate community.”
The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
member o f the Board o f Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f the
Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrichment
or writing. It carries an annual discretionary
grant for research expenses, books and mate­
rials.
The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period of
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f significant
social change.

The Alexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class
o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f 1890.

The Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W . Lippincott, member of the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece
Caroline Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts by
other family members.

The Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor­
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a
trust bequest of Mrs. Eavenson, whose hus­
band graduated in 1895.

The Edward Hicks Magill Professorship o f Mathe­
matics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends of
Edward H. Magill, President o f the College

14

1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
The Charles and Harriet Cox McDowell Professor­
ship o f Philosophy and Religion was established in
1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class o f 1887
and member o f the Board o f Managers, in her
name and that o f her husband, Dr. Charles
McDowell, Class o f 1877.
The Richter Professorship o f Political Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’46 and Andrew Segal ’50.
The Henry C. and ]. Archer Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con­
tributions and gifts from members o f the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the

devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board of Managers.
The Daniel Underhill Professorship o f Music was
established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha
Underhill to honor her husband, Class of 1894
and member of the Board of Managers.
The Joseph Wharton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
The Isaiah V. Williamson Professorship o f Civil
and Mechanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.

15

Il
Admission
Expenses

16

Financial Aid

Admission

Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f

Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania 19081.

GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsibil­
ity, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily
concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in
isolation, but as essential elements in the whole
personality o f candidates for admission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiza­
tion o f the purpose of the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different parts
of the United States but many foreign countries,
both public and private secondary schools, and
various economic, social, religious, and racial
groups. The College is also concerned to
include in each class sons and daughters of
alumni and of members o f the Society of
Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion of a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have vir­
tually completed the normal four-year program

in three years will be considered for admission,
provided they meet the competition o f other
candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school princi­
pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and
from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school and
out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of
interest to the College include strength o f
character, promise o f growth, initiative, ser­
iousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back­
grounds can bring to the community.

PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan of
secondary school courses as preparation for its
program. The election o f specific subjects is left
to the student and school advisers. In general,
however, preparation should include:
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College encour­

ages students to study at least one language
for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art, and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is
recommended.
Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, geo­
metry, and trigonometry.

17

Admission

A PP L IC A T IO N S A N D E X A M IN A T IO N S
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admission,
Fall Early Decision, or Winter Early Decision.
Applicants follow the same procedures, submit
the same supporting materials, and are evalu­
ated by the same criteria under each plan.
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open several
different options for their undergraduate edu­
cation throughout the admissions process.
Applications under this plan will be accepted at
any time up to the February 1 deadline.
The two Early Decision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought­
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­
leges and found Swarthmore to be an unequivo­
cal first choice. The Winter Early Decision plan
differs from the Fall Early Decision plan only in
recognizing that some candidates may arrive at
a final choice o f college later than others. Early
Decision candidates under either plan may file
regular applications at other colleges with the
understanding that these applications will be
withdrawn upon admission to Swarthmore;
however, one benefit o f the Early Decision
plans is the reduction o f cost, effort, and
anxiety inherent in multiple application pro­
cedures.
Application under any of the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­
tion fee o f $25. Timetables for the three plans
are:

Fall Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification of candidate

November 15
November 30
on or before
December 15

Winter Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

18

January 1
January 15
on or before
February 1

Regular Admission
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification of candidate
Candidates reply date

February 1
February 15
on or before
April 15
May 1

Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or Winter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En­
trance Examination Board. English Composi­
tion is required, and the other two Achieve­
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­
matics.
Application to take these tests should be made
directly to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
A bulletin o f information may be obtained
without charge from the Board. Students who
wish to be examined in any o f the following
western states, provinces, and Pacific areas —
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii,
Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Ore­
gon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta,
British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan,
Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands
including Formosa and Japan — should address
their inquiries and send their applications to
the College Entrance Examination Board, Box
1025, Berkeley, California 94701. Application
should be made to the Board at least a month
before the date on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required of candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would like
to be considered for any o f our scholarships
should complete their applications at the
earliest possible date. Information concerning
financial aid will be found on pages 22-32.

T H E IN T E R V IE W
An admissions interview with a representative
o f the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take the
initiative in arranging for this interview. Those
who can reach Swarthmore with no more than
a half day’s trip are urged to make an
appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request a
meeting with an alumni representative in their
own area. Interviews with alumni representa-

tives take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni inter­
view arrangements well in advance o f the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­
views can be made by writing the Office of
Admissions or calling 215-447-7300.

A D VA N CED PLA CEM EN T
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Exam­
ination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made to
place students in the most advanced courses for
which they are qualified.

taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution attended
as well as written work (papers, examinations),
syllabi, and reading lists in order that the course
work may be evaluated by the department
concerned. Such requests for credit must be
made within the freshman year at Swarthmore.

Those freshmen who wish to have courses

A PP L IC A T IO N S F O R T R A N S F E R
The College welcomes well qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have had
a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including a
statement o f honorable dismissal. They must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board if this test
has not been taken previously.

Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College
constitute the minimum requirement for a
degree, two o f which must be those o f the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance is
desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June 1. Application for transfer
at mid-year must be received by November 15.
Financial assistance is available for transfer
students.

See page 37 for information on withdrawal and
readmission for health reasons.

* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover o f this catalogue.

19

Expenses

STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1984-85 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
Room
Board
Student Activities Fee

$ 9,050
1,795
1,730
________ 125
$12,700

These are the only charges billed by the
College. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
Students engaged in independent projects away
from the College for which regular academic
credit is anticipated are expected to register in
advance in the usual way and pay normal
tuition. If the student is away from the College

for a full semester, no charge for room and
board will be made; but, if a student is away
only for a part o f a semester the above charges
may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program of four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few as
three courses. Students who elect to carry more
than five courses incur a unit charge for the
additional course ($1,130) or half course
($565), although they may within the regular
tuition, vary their programs to average as many
as five courses in the two semesters o f any
academic year. College policy does not permit
programs o f fewer than three courses for degree
candidates in their first eight semesters o f
enrollment.

PAYMENTS
A deposit o f $ 100, due before enrollment for
each semester, is required of all new and
continuing students. This is credited against the
College bill. Semester bills are mailed on July
13 and December 14. Payment for the first
semester is due by August 13 and for the
second semester by January 14. A late fee is
assessed on payments received after the due
date.

Many parents have indicated a preference to
pay college charges on a monthly basis rather
than in two installments. For this reason,
Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan,
which provides for payment in installments
without interest charges. Information on the
AMS Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in
April.

WITHDRAWAL REFUNDS
Refunds o f amounts paid will be made for
students who, for reasons approved by the
Dean, withdraw on or after the first day of
classes as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week of classes
Prior to the 4th week of classes

80%
60%
40% *

* There is included in the General Fee a student
activities fee o f $ 100 and a charge o f $40 for
mandatory accident and sickness insurance.

20

Prior to the 5th week o f classes
20%
Thereafter, $45 per week that student is
absent from Dining Hall.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal. Students who are per­
mitted withdrawal should consult the Bursar as
soon thereafter as possible.

INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment o f
student charges should be addressed to:

Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar,

21

Financial Aid

The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless of their financial circum­
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Forty-four percent o f the total student body
currently receive aid from the College. Most
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon demonstrated financial need and is
usually a combination o f grant, loan, and
student employment.
A prospective student must apply for College
as well as outside assistance at the time of
application for admission: admission and finan­
cial aid decisions are, however, made separately.
Instructions for obtaining and filing a Financial
Aid Form, the required aid application, with
the College Scholarship Service are included on
the admissions application. The principles of
this agency and careful review o f its recom­
mendations by the College determine the
amount o f aid needed in each case. Essentially
this amount is the difference between the
applicant’s student budget and the family’s
ability to pay. That family contribution is
determined by weighing the family’s income
and assets against demands made by such items
as taxes, living expenses, medical expenses, and
siblings’ tuition expenses. It also includes the
expectation o f $ 9 0 0 -$ 1 ,0 0 0 from the stu­
dent’s summer earnings as well as a portion of
his or her personal savings and assets.
For 1984-85 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $12,700.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library, labora­
tory fees, for example — but admission to all
social, cultural, and athletic events on campus.
The total budget figure against which aid is
computed is $13,600. This allows $900 for
books and personal expenses. A travel allow­
ance is added to the budget for those who live
beyond 100 miles from the College.
An admitted student seeking aid must submit
to the Finanical Aid Office a photocopy o f the
parents’ most recent federal income tax return.
W hen a student receives financial aid from a
source other than the College, the student’s
need for our support is decreased, and so the
College subtracts the amount o f that financial

22

aid from the Swarthmore award. This equitable
distribution o f total available resources enables
the College to assist additional students. Thus,
the amount o f financial aid a student may
expect to receive from the College is determined
by other grants received as well as by the an­
ticipated family contribution.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each
student’s award annually. Mid-year each stu­
dent who has aid must submit a new financial
aid application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is no
longer demonstrated. Assistance is available
only for the duration o f a normal length
undergraduate program (8 semesters). Stu­
dents who choose to live off campus may not
receive College grant assistance in excess of
their College bill, although the cost o f living off
campus will be recognized in the calculation of
a student’s financial need and outside sources
of aid may be used to help meet off-campus
living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstances
have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were the student single.

GRANTS
For the academic year 1984-85 the College
awarded approximately $2,700,000 in grants.
About one half o f that sum was provided
through the generosity of alumni and friends by
special gifts and the endowed scholarships
listed on pp. 24-32. The Federal government
also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grants available. It is
not necessary to apply for a specific college
scholarship; the Committee on Financial Aid
decides who is to receive endowed scholarships
and others are helped from general scholarship
funds. Although some endowed scholarships
are restricted by locality, sex, religion or
physical vigor, the College’s system o f awarding
aid makes it possible to meet need without
regard to these restrictions. Financial need is a
requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise
indicated.

LOAN FUNDS
Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen­
erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student. Although
most offers o f support from the College
include elements o f self-help (work and bor­
rowing opportunities), the College strives to
keep a student’s debt at a manageable level.
Aided students will be expected to meet a
portion o f their demonstrated need (from
$800 to about $1,900) through the National
Direct Student Loan (NDSL), the Swarthmore
College Loan ( SCL), or the Guaranteed Student
Loan (GSL) Programs. (Aid applicants need
not request consideration for these loans since
the College will determine which source is
appropriate for the student.) Each of these
programs allows the borrower to delay repay­
ment until after leaving school, and each allows
deferment o f the debt if the borrower goes on
to graduate school. Up to 10 years may be
taken to repay NDSL, SCL, or GSL Loans. No
separate application is needed for the NDSL or
SCL loans since the College administers these
funds. GSL applications must be initiated by
the student with the lender, the student’s local
bank. Interest on these loans (5% for the NDSL
and SCL loans, and 7% , 8%, or 9% —8% for
new borrowers—for GSL loans) does not
accrue for an enrolled student although interest
does accrue on the unpaid balance once the
student is no longer in school.
Students whose families do not need College
support may wish to borrow to help meet College

expenses. The GSL and the PLUS loan pro­
grams are available for this purpose.
Most students whose family income does not
exceed $75,000 will be allowed to borrow up
to $2,500 per year through the GSL Program
(up to $ 12,000 for the full undegraduate
program). Parents may borrow up to $3,000
per year through the PLUS Loan Program.
Although a 10-year repayment schedule is
possible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must
begin soon after the lender (the student’s local
bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan
currently carries a 12% interest rate.
Students who would like more information
abut these loan programs should read our
Financial Aid Brochure.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The Class o f igi6 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1920 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1936 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
The John A. Miller Loan Fund
The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The Thatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. Williams Fund
The Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund
The Joseph W. Conard Memorial Fund, estab­
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
The Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices and the post office,
and applications are made when students arrive
in the fall. On-campus rates of pay run from
$3.35 to $3.55 per hour. Students receiving
financial aid are usually offered the oppor­
tunity to earn up to $750 during the year and
are given hiring priority, but there are usually
jobs available for others who wish employment.

The Student Employment Office publicizes
local off-campus and temporary employment
opportunities. Students are generally able to
carry a moderate working schedule without
detriment to their academic performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most needy
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year

23

Financial Aid

or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse-

urns, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.

Swarthmore College
National and Regional Scholarships
On occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National Scholarships to the outstanding
men and women entering the freshman class.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion o f Committee o f Awards, rank

highest in scholarship, leadership, character,
and personality. The amount o f the annual
award varies from $3,000, the minimum
stipend, or enough to cover all expenses,
depending on the financial need of die winner.

Other Scholarships
(Financial need is a requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise indicated,
bio separate application is needed.)
The Aetna Life and Casualty Foundation Scholarship provides assistance to qualified students
with financial need.
The Lisa P. Albert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis of scholar­
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humanities.
The Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides schol­
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda­
tion’s interest in the international exchange of
students.
The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in
memory of this member o f the Class of 1974 by
Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded to a junior
who has a strong interest in the studio arts. It is
held during the senior year. The recipient may
apply for up to $ 2,000 for a fellowship in art to
be carried out during the summer between the
junior and senior year, with the balance of
funds available to be used during the academic
year, or postgraduately.
The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
year to a worthy student with financial need in
recognition o f the long-standing and affection­
ate connection between the Armington family
and Swarthmore College.
The Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded to a new student who shows promise
o f distinguished intellectual attainment based

24

upon sound character and effective personality.
The award is made in honor of Frank Aydelotte,
President o f the College from 1921-1940, and
originator o f the Honors program at Swarth­
more, and o f Marie Osgood Aydelotte, his
wife.
The W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W . Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.
The Philip H. Barley Memorial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66,
by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966,
which he served as president, provides financial
assistance for a junior or senior who has
demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities
at Swarthmore.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­
dents at the College who show unusual promise
as instrumentalists or vocalists and who need
help to pay for private instruction.
The Belville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory of Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at Swarth­
more.
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor of

the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
ju rist, who was a Quaker and honorary
alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is
assigned annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities of mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students in
any field o f study, and from any part of this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
The Book and Key Scholarship, established by the
Book and Key men’s senior honorary society in
1965 when the Society dissolved itself, is
awarded each year to a senior man who has
shown quality o f leadership and has demonstrated through past performance his eagerness
to give service to college and community. He
should rank high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The Edward S. Bower Memorial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who ranks
high in scholarship, character, and personality.
The Daniel Walter Brenner Memorial Scholarship,
established by family and friends in memory of
Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to
a senior majoring in biology who is distin­
guished for scholarship and an interest in plant
ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal
behavior research. The recipient is chosen with
the approval o f biology and classics faculty.
The Leon Willard Briggs Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Ina Carey Diller in honor
o f Leon Willard Briggs *17, to be awarded to
worthy engineering students with financial
need. In the event there are no engineering
students who need the scholarships, they shall
be awarded to students engaged primarily in the
study o f classics and belles lettres.
The John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to a
deserving student on the basis o f merit and
financial need.
The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established
as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number
his former students. It is available to a major in
Political o f Science in the junior or senior year.
The Edna Pownall Buffington Fund was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial Year of

1964. The income from this Fund is used to
provide scholarships for a student or students
attending Swarthmore College who are concen­
trating their studies in the field o f the social
sciences and who indicate an interest in the
objects or purposes o f the American Friends
Service Committee and a desire to serve in
those fields following their graduation and
post-graduate work. Awards are made to
students in any o f the four classes.
The Chi Omega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons of
members of the fraternity.
The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig­
nated by the Classics Department.
The Cochran Memorial Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in
memory o f the Cochran family. It is given
annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­
more College.
The Sarah Antrim Cole Scholarship was founded
by her parents in memory o f Sarah Antrim
Cole o f the Class o f 1934. Preference is given to
a graduate o f the Worthington High School,
Worthington, Ohio.
The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student who
is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance
with the donor’s will.
The N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charit­
able Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson of
the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man
or woman. Selection will place emphasis on
character, personality and ability.
The David S. Cowden Scholarship was estab­
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of
1942, who taught English Literature at Swarth­
more from 1949 until his death in May 1983. It
is awarded on the basis o f financial need.
The Ellsworth F. Curtin Memorial Scholarship
was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin,
Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband, Class
o f 1916, to benefit an engineering student with
financial need.

25

Financial Aid

The Marion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in personality, character and schol­
arship. This endowment is in memory of Mrs.
Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother
o f six students who attended Swarthmore.
The Delta Gamma Scholarship is to be awarded
to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In
any year in which there is no such candidate the
fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The Francis W. D ’Olier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality and ability.
The Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship
Fund provides scholarships for worthy stu­
dents, preference being given to students with
highest scholarship from high schools of
Delaware County, PA.
The J. Horace Ervien Scholarships are awarded
annually, with preference given to students who
plan to major in engineering. Consideration
will be given to academic qualifications, finan­
c ia l need , c h a ra c te r and q u a litie s o f
leadership. The scholarship is renewable for
qualified students. These scholarships were
named in a bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele
Ervien in honor o f her husband, J. Horace
Ervien, B.S. ’03, C.E. TO.
The Donald Renwick Ferguson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Mrs. Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory
o f her husband, Donald Renwick Ferguson,
M .D., o f the Class o f 1912, is awarded to a
young man who is looking forward to the study
o f medicine.
The Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship is
established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service of Swarthmore College. The scholar­
ship will be awarded each year on the basis of
need to a worthy student.
The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis of
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was estab­
lished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’2 6 in memory

26

of Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member of
the class of 1951.
The Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref­
erence to a black candidate.
The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given
to a woman student with financial need, who
ranks high in character, personality and schol­
arship. Preference is given to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
The Stella and Charles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant
from the Foundation to provide scholarships
to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and
fees for students who require financial assistance. Preference is given to students o f recog­
nized ability who have completed two academic
years o f college and who are contemplating
graduate or professional study. The scholar­
ships are renewable for a second year.
The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded to
an entering freshman on the basis o f merit and
need and is renewable annually to graduation.
This award was established by Katharine F.
Herrmann T 4 and by Margaret Herrmann Ball
*24 in honor of their father.
The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class of
1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the
Middle West. Preference is given to a pre­
medical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.
The Rachel W. Hillbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillbom Philips of the Class o f 1892
in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is
given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some inter­
national government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­
ties.
The Hadassah M.L. Holcombe Scholarship is

awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for four years at the discretion of
the College. Preference will be given to mem­
bers of the Society o f Friends.
The Richard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­
vides assistance to a student (or students) o f
African descent.
The Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the
Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an un­
restricted scholarship to be awarded annually
by the College.
The Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class of 1948, one o f the first Black
students to attend Swarthmore College, estab­
lished this fund through a bequest "to provide
scholarship aid to needy students."
The Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man of the graduating class
of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­
delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the
faculty of Friends Central School, and is subject
to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The George K. and Sallie K. Johnson Fund
provides aid during the senior year for young
women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
The Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis of all-around achievement
to a male undergraduate who is a member o f the
Society o f Friends.
The Richard Kahn Scholarship is given in mem­
ory of Richard G. Kahn ’45 by his wife.
Kappa Alpha Theta Scholarship, established by
Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student.
The K appa Kappa Gamma Scholarship provides
an award to a member o f the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
The Paul and Mary Jane Kopsch Scholarship
Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each year
to a junior premedical student(s) with financial
need. The scholarship is renewable in the
senior year.
The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship Fund,

the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory o f his
wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a
woman, in her junior or senior year and a major
in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore graduate,
preferably a woman, for graduate work in
astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
The Walter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­
lished by his wife and daughter for a young man
who ranks high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of
John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives pref­
erence to qualified candidates who are des­
cendants of Amand and Margaret White Lafore.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded
each year to as many as four entering students.
Selection by a special committee on the basis of
distinguished academic and extra-curricular
achievement and demonstrable interest in social
service. Stipends are based on financial need
and take the form o f full grants up to the
amount o f total college charges. Each Lang
Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic
year research or community service support,
while an undergraduate, up to a maximum of
$5,000 and for a $2,000 fellowship for gradu­
ate study. The program is made possible by the
gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Ida and Daniel Lang Scholarship established
by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the Class of
1938, provides financial assistance for a man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality.
The E. Hibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides
for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man
or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates of
Stephen Lax *41, is awarded on the basis of
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob
T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore
College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor o f a former
distinguished Professor o f Engineering and,

27

Financial Aid

therefore, students who plan to major in engi­
neering are given preference. An award is made
annually.
The Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Founda­
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu­
dents from the States o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol­
arship, is awarded annually by a committee of
that Quarterly Meeting.
The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded
by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her
mother and is awarded annually to assist a
young woman student to pursue her studies in
the College.
The David Laurent Low Memorial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class of 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory of their son and brother,
is awarded to a man or woman who gives the
great promise that David himself did. The
award assumes both need and academic ex­
cellence, and places emphasis, in order, on
qualities of leadership, a concern for others,
character and/or outstanding and unusual
promise. The scholarship is awarded to a
freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­
uate years.
The Clara B. Marshall Scholarship, established
by the will o f Dr. Clara B. Marshall, is awarded
to a woman at Swarthmore College with pref­
erence given to descendants o f her grandfathers,
Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips.
The Edward Martin Scholarships, established by
a bequest of Edward Martin, friend o f Swarth­
more College, provides financial aid to juniors
and seniors majoring in Biology, or pre-medical
students taking substantial work in this field.
Awards are made in consultation with the
Department of Biology.
The Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by
the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student
from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor of
its founder. It provides a grant for the full
amount o f need and for music lessons. The
awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore
College on the basis o f all-around qualifica­
tions.
The Thomas B. McCabe Achievement Awards,

28

established by Thomas B. McCabe T5, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn­
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In
making selections, the Committee places em­
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. These awards
provide a minimum annual grant of tuition, or
a maximum to cover tuition, fees, room and
board, depending on need. Candidates for the
McCabe Awards must apply for admission to
the College by January 15.
The Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise of spending
these talents for the good of the college com­
munity and of the larger community outside.
The award was established in 1955 by Harold,
LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter
Mertz, who was a member o f the class o f 1957.
It is renewable for the undergraduate years.
The James E. Miller Scholarship. Under the will
o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents of Nether Prov­
idence Township).
The Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­
ence given to students of South Asian origin.
The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named
in 1975 in honor o f the mother of an alumna of
the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a student
whose past performance gives evidence of
intellectual attainment, leadership, and charac­
ter, and who shows potential for future intellec­
tual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for
being a contributor to the College and ulti­
mately to society.
The John H. Nixon Scholarship was established
by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third
World students, especially those who plan to
return to their country of origin.
The Howard Osborn Scholarships, established by
Howard Osborn in memory of his mother and
father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank Osborn, are
awarded to worthy students o f good character
who maintain satisfactory grades and who
require financial assistance.
The Harriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­
ship for a young woman who is a member o f the

Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly Meet­
ing)The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926, are
awarded to members o f the freshman class who
show promise of leadership and who have need
o f financial assistance. The scholarships are
renewable for a total o f four years at the
discretion of the College.
The Penniman Scholarship Fund was established
by Ellen Penniman Willets in honor o f Dr.
Anson Warren and Jane W. Griscom Penniman
and David Joseph Griscom. It is awarded to a
student with financial need, with preference
given to great grandchildren o f the Pennimans.
The T.H. Dudley Perkins Memorial Scholarship is
awarded annually to an entering freshman on
the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force of
character and leadership; literary and scholastic
ability; physical vigor as shown by participating
in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The Cornelia Chapman and Nicholas O. Pittenger
Scholarship established by family and friends is
awarded to an incoming freshman man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
The Anthony Beekman Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool of the Class
o f 1959.
The Presser Foundation Scholarship is awarded
annually to one or more students, selected by
the President and the Department o f Music,
who plan to become teachers of music.
The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A
sum o f money has been left by the will of
Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest of which
provides a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College. Preference is
given to a relative o f the donor.
The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by
his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff,
in memory of Robert Pyle of the Class o f 1897
and for many years a member o f the Board of
Managers. Applicants who show promise of
intellectual attainment based upon sound char­
acter and effective personality and who reside
in Chester County are given preference.

The Raruay-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvarnist ’47 in memory of
his parents. They are given in alternate years:
the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a woman
for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholar­
ship to a man for his senior year, who has high
academic standing and real need for financial
aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has
divorced or deceased parents or a deceased
mother or father.
The Fred C. and Jessie M. Reynolds Scholarship
Fund, created through a testamentary gift of
Jean Reynolds ’32, is awarded each year to a
worthy student based on need.
The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high Scholarship,
character, personality and physical vigor.
The Adele Mills Riley Memorial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic year
1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is
made to a deserving student, man or woman.
Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for
significant development o f his or her interests
and talents during the college years. Qualities
o f intellectual promise as well as potential for
service are sought in making this appointment.
The Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, ’12,
is awarded annually to an incoming student and
is renewable for his or her years o f study at
Swarthmore.
The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and ftiends of Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of
the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of
the Economics Discussion Group. A member
o f the junior or senior class who has demon­
strated interest and ability in the study of
Economics is chosen for this award.
The Alexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation,
provides aid for a freshman student. It is
awarded annually to a worthy student who
could not attend the College without such
assistance.
The Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab-

29

Financial Aid

lished by the will of Edith A. Runge of the Class
o f 1938, provides assistance annually to stu­
dents who have need of financial aid.
The David Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­
lished in honor of David Barker Rushmore,
Class of 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore
Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy
student who plans to major in Engineering or
Economics.
The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter­
ests, however, will not be excluded from con­
sideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, of the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period of undergraduate study.
The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan of the
Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given
to men who are residents of Abington Town­
ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory of Clinton G, Shafer, of
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con­
siders character, personality and leadership.
The Annie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class of Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality.
The W illiam C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities and extra-curricular activities and
who indicates an interest in a career in business.
The Nancy Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband and children, is awarded
to an incoming freshman with financial need. It

30

is renewable for up to four years.
The W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class of
1943 is awarded to a deserving student on the
basis of merit and need.
The W. W. Smith Charitable Trust provides
scholarships to students who qualify on the
basis of need and merit.
The Cindy Solomon Memorial Scholarship is
awarded by preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory of Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f 1933,
is awarded to a student showing very great
promise as a creative writer (in any literary
form) who has need o f financial assistance. The
Department of English determines those eligi­
ble.
The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was established
in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32,
and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion. It is
awarded to a junior or senior with financial
need who has a special interest in law or music.
The Clarence K. Streit Scholarship is awarded to a
student entering the junior or senior year and
majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar­
ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in
American pre-Revolutionary W ar History. This
scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit, author
of Union Now: A Proposal For An Atlantic
Federal Union o f the Free, whose seminal ideas
were made public in three Cooper Foundation
lectures at Swarthmore.
The Katherine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
Memorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­
ship is renewable for four years at the dis­
cretion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
The Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble of the Class of 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­
acter and personality, and resides west of the
Mississippi River or south of Springfield in the
State o f Illinois.

The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor­
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of
Friends; then to others.
The Phebe Anna Thorne Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnest­
ness and ability. This gift includes a clause of
preference to those students who are members
o f the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends.
The Titus Scholarships established by the will of
Georgiana Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are to
young awarded women in order that they may
pursue their studies in the College.
The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to the
ability of the prospective scholar to profit from
a Swarthmore education, and to be a contribu­
tor to the College and ultimately to society.
The Daniel Underhill Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest from Edward Clarkson
Wilson ’91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill
’94, in memory o f this member o f the first
Board o f Managers. The award is made at the
discretion o f the College.
The W illiam Hilles Ward Scholarships, in mem­
ory o f William Hilles Ward of the Class of
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving of
financial assistance.
The Stanley and Corinne Weithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial
assistance on the basis of need and merit.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship is
awarded annually by the Music Department to
a student o f music.
The Samuel Willets Fund. This fund provides an
annual income for scholarships. A portion of
the fund is assigned for scholarships in the
name o f Mr. W illets’ children, Frederick
Willets, Edward Willets, Walter Willets, and

Caroline W. Frame.
The I.V. Williamson Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, Wilmington Friends School,
Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy
at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and
Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward Clarkson Wilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends of
Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Prin­
cipal of the Baltimore Friends School. It is
awarded each year to a former student of the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis
o f high character and high standing in scholar­
ship.
The Elmer L. Winkler Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished in 1980 by a member of the class of
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis of merit and need.
The Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund, given
by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class o f 1913,
provides scholarships for members o f the junior
and senior classes who have proved to be
capable students and have need for financial
assistance to complete their education at
Swarthmore College.
The Mary Wood Fund provides a scholarship
which may be awarded to a young woman who
is preparing to become a teacher.
The Roselynd Alherholl Wood ’23 Fund provides
a scholarship for a young man or woman with
financial need who is distinguished for intel­
lectual promise as well as potential for service.
The Michael M. and Zelma K. Wynn Scholarship
was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn
’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is
awarded annually to a student on the basis o f
need and merit.
The income from each o f the following funds is
awarded at the discretion o f the College.
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Chemical Bank
The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund

31

Financial Aid

The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
The William Dorsey Scholarship Fund
The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund
The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
The Thomas L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
The David L. Price Scholarship
The Reader’s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The Mark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Caroline Shero Scholarship Fund
The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust Scholarship
Fund

32

The Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund
The Walter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The Helen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier Memorial
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
The Deborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund
The Thomas H. White Scholarship Fund
The Edward Clarkson Wilson and Elizabeth
T. Wilson Scholarship Fund
The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund

Ill
College Life

Student Community

College Life

HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most students
live in College dormitories, which include

coeducational housing as well as single sex
dormitories and sections. Many members of
the faculty live on or near the campus, and are
readily accessible to students.

Residence H alls
Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity of
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls
which were opened in 1967; the upper floors in
the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall,
named in honor of its donor, Joseph Wharton,
at one time President of the Board o f Managers;
Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on South
Chester Road; one building on the Mary Lyon
School property; Worth Hall, the gift of
William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a
memorial to their parents; Willets Hall, made
possible largely by a bequest from Phebe
Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother
and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift of Harold
and Esther Mertz.
About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other
students choose their rooms in an order
determined by lot. All students are expected to

occupy the rooms to which they are assigned or
which they have selected through the regular
room choosing process unless authorized by
the Deans to move. Permission must also be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during October and
Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student
occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester
only are expected to vacate their dormitory
rooms within twenty-four hours after their last
scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho­
mores, and juniors are expected to leave
immediately after their last examination in the
spring so that rooms may be prepared for use
by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property of
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.

Sharpies Dining H all
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals in
the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The board
plan covers 19 meals a week. Although an effort
is made to meet the dietary needs o f all
students, not all special requirements can be

34

accommodated; permission to reside off cam­
pus will be extended to any student not able to
participate in the board plan. The dining hall is
closed during the Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions.

SOCIAL CENTERS
Tarble Social Center
Through the generosity o f Newton E. Tarble of
the Class o f 1913, the building which formerly
housed the College Library was completely
renovated and, since 1967, has served as the
College’s Social Center. Currently under re­
construction, it includes recreational facilities,

a lounge, and a snack bar. Under the leadership
o f student co-directors, many major social
activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are held
in Tarble. The Club, a student-run coffee­
house, is temporarily housed in Sharpies II.

Other Centers
The Alice Paul Women’s Center, housed in
Sharpies I, was established to draw all women
o f the Swarthmore community together
through common concerns. The Center, which
serves faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and
alumnae, maintains a library o f resource books,
pamphlets and periodicals, provides informa­
tion, and sponsors a variety o f programs,
lectures, discussions and symposia for all
members o f the college community about
issues relating to women.
A Black Cultural Center, located in the Caroline
Hadley Robinson House, provides a library
and facilities for various cultural activities of
special interest to black students. The Center
and its program are guided by a director and a

committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen­
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.
There are two fraternities at Swarthmore; Phi
Sigma Kappa is affiliated with a national
organization, while Phi Omicron Psi is a local
association. Fraternities are adjuncts to the
college social program and maintain separate
lodges on campus. The lodges do not contain
dormitory accommodations or eating facilities.
New members are pledged during late fall of
their first year at the College. In recent years
about ten per cent of the freshman men have
decided to affiliate with one of the fraternities.

RELIGIOUS LIFE
Religious life at the College is a matter of
individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker
principles. The Society o f Friends is committed
to the belief that religion is best expressed in the
quality of everyday living. There are accord­
ingly no compulsory religious exercises. Stu­
dents are encouraged to attend the churches o f
their choice. Seven churches are located in the
borough o f Swarthmore; other churches and
synagogues may be found in the nearby towns

o f Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield.
The Swarthmore Friends Meeting House is
located on the campus. Students are cordially
invited to attend its meeting for worship on
Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty
cooperation exist for the study o f the Bible and
the exploration of common concerns of reli­
gion. They include: The Christian Fellowship,
Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish Collective),
Newman Club, and Ba’hai.

STUDENT SERVICES
H ealth and Psychological Services
The W orth Health Center, a gift o f the W orth

family in memory o f William Penn Worth and

35

College Life

Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, outpatient
treatment facilities, offices of the Psychological
Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care. Registered
nurses are on duty under the direction o f the
college physicians.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians, but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor if
they prefer to do so.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances will
be especially valuable to the college Health
Service in assisting each student. All this
information will be kept confidential.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely with
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics. Recommendations for limited activ­
ity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. In occasional cases a
student may be excused entirely from the
requirements o f the Physical Education De­
partment, although adaptive programs are
offered.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care
in the Health Center per term without charge
unless the services o f a special nurse are
required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per
day is made. Students suffering from a com­
municable disease or from illness which makes
it necessary for them to remain in bed must stay

in the Health Center for the period o f their
illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with­
out cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The medical facilities o f the College are
available to students injured in athletic activ­
ities or otherwise, but the College cannot
assume additional financial responsibility for
medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Insurance coverage for all students
participating in athletics, however, is included
in the mandatory health insurance package as is
supplementary coverage for all accident in­
juries.
A program of psychological counseling services
for students with personal or emotional prob­
lems is coordinated by a director, who also sees
students for individual or group consultations.
The director and the staff o f psychological
counselors hold office hours by appointment
each week, and a consulting psychiatrist is
available as necessary. Brief psychotherapy
within the limits of available time will be given
to students without charge. In instances where
longer treatment is indicated, the student will
be referred to an outside psychiatrist or
psychologist.
Special educational seminars and workshops
on issues o f concern to the entire college
community are also sponsored by the coun­
selors, usually with the support o f or in
conjunction with student organizations or
interest groups and the Deans. The counselors
are also available to consult with faculty
members, Resident Assistants, and other mem­
bers of the college’s supportive staff.

Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this responsi­
bility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change of advisor should be
addressed to the Dean and will be freely
granted, subject only to equity in the number of
advisees assigned to individual faculty mem­
bers.

36

The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matters, and for assistance with
special needs, such as those arising from
physical handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is
available to assist students with special prob­

lems o f academic adjustment, study skills and
reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude and

interest tests may be given on request.

C areer Planning and Placement
The Office o f Career Planning and Placement
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life style
alternatives. Individual counseling sessions and
group workshops are available to facilitate this
planning. Consultations are kept confidential.
The programs are open to students in all classes
and are developmental in nature. Workshops
are provided to help students expand their
career options through exploration o f their
values, interests, abilities, and experiences.
Sophomore and junior students are encour­
aged to test options by participating in the
Extern Program. This program provides on-site
experience in a variety o f career fields by
pairing a student with an alumnus/a to work on

a mutually planned task during the week of
spring vacation. Career exploration and testing
is also encouraged during summers, during a
semester or year off, or during the school year.
Assistance is provided in helping students
locate appropriate jobs, internships, or volun­
teer opportunities.
Placement help is provided through career
information seminars, resume writing and
interviewing skills workshops, and on-campus
recruiting by representatives from business,
industry, government, and graduate schools.
Credential files are compiled for interested
students to be sent to prospective employers
and/or graduate admissions committees.

A cadem ic Support
A program o f academic support includes indi­
vidual tutorial services; special review sections
attached to introductory courses in the natural
sciences; a mathematics lab; an expository
writing workshop; and a pre-ffeshman Sum­
mer Program for selected entering students

sponsored conjointly with Haverford and Bryn
Mawr Colleges. The Academic Support Pro­
gram is overseen by the Deans and a faculty
committee in cooperation with the academic
departments. There are no fees required for any
o f these supportive services.

W ithdraw al and Readm ission fo r H ealth Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because of
health problems. Where health problems o f a
physical or psychological nature substantially
interfere with a student’s academic perform­
ance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion of
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment of
either the Director of Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. Although
application for readmission may be made at any
time, the College expects that ordinarily re­

admission will not be effective except at the
beginning o f a semester.
A student applying to the College for readmission must provide evidence from his or her
physician or psychotherapist o f increased abil­
ity to function academically or o f decreased
hazard to health or safety. After such evidence
has been provided, the student will ordinarily
be required to be evaluated in person by a
physician employed by the College Health
Services and/or the Director o f Psychological
Services, as appropriate. Recommendations
for readmission are made to the Dean o f the
College, who makes the final decision.

37

College Life

ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS
Alumni Relations acts as the channel of com­
munication between the College and its alumni,
enabling them to maintain an on-going rela­
tionship with each other. Some o f the office’s
programs and activities include Alumni Day in
the spring, Homecoming Day in the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings off ¿ampus all
over the country, alumni travel tours, and
special events such as centennial celebrations.
It also plans the annual Parents’ Day/Student
Arts Festival. The Alumni Office hires students
as events intern, vocational intern, and intern
for minority affairs each year to help coordinate
these various programs. Students also work as
staff for most of the campus events.
The Alumni Office also works closely with the
Rapport and Support Committee of Student
Council, a liaison group which promotes
understanding between students and alumni
and supports the College in whatever ways
seem appropriate. The annual Oktoberfest

weekend originated in the Rapport and Sup­
port Committee. The Alumni Office also helps
officers o f the senior class plan special events.
Every other year the Alumni Office and the
Office of Career Planning and Placement spon­
sor a Career Day at which students meet alumni
to exchange career and graduate school infor­
mation.
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its 100th
anniversary in 1981-82, and to the Alumni
Council, the 42-person elected governing body
o f the Alumni Association.
There are 14,124 alumni, 7,324 men and 6,800
women; and 2,106 alumni are married to each
other, giving substance to the traditional appel­
lation for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.”
The College defines an alumnus/a as anyone
who has completed one semester.

C ollege Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac­
ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free of charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica­

tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are an
annual engagement calendar, the President's and
Treasurer’s Report, and the quarterly Garnet
Letter.

NEWS AND INFORMATION SERVICES
The Office of News and Information Services
(News Office) works with the print and broad­
casting media to provide news and information
about the College to the public in neighboring
communities, in the Philadelphia tri-state area,
and throughout the nation. It responds to
requests from the media for information on a
variety o f subjects by calling on the resources
and expertise of the faculty and professional

38

staff. The News Office prepares two publica­
tions: On Campus, a monthly schedule of
activities at the College that are open to the
public, distributed on request to over 2,000
households in the Philadelphia area, and the
Weekly News,a newsletter o f events and an­
nouncements distributed to faculty, staff, and
students.

Student Community

Student Conduct
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are accept­
ing social and academic standards which, while
subject to periodic review, are essential to the
well-being o f the community. In general, the life
o f students should be governed by good taste
and accepted practice rather than elaborate
rules. Certain regulations, however, are of
particular importance and are listed below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever­
ages on the campus is regulated by State law and
limited to those areas o f the campus which are
specified by the Student Council and the Dean.
The observance o f moderation and decorum in
respect to drink is a student obligation.
Disorderly conduct is regarded as a serious
offense.
2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommendation
o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans
subjects a student to possible suspension or
expulsion.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas is
a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
4. The participation by any student in any

disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities of any kind is a serious offense.
5. Occupants of residence halls are expected to
show consideration for other residents. Stu­
dents are held responsible for the behavior of
visiting guests.
6. No undergraduate may maintain an auto­
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization
Committee, a student-faculty group. This per­
mission is not extended to freshmen. Day
students may use cars for commuting to Col­
lege, but special arrangements for stickers must
be made for campus parking. More detailed
information may be obtained from the Office
o f the Deans.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations
may be modified and new rules may be added at
any time upon notice to the student body.
The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any of
its officers shall be under any liability whatso­
ever for such exclusion.

Ju dicial Bodies
There are two judicial committees with distinct
jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Committee,
elected by the entire student body, acts on cases
o f alleged violations of students* rules and
campus regulations except as they fall within
the sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee is composed o f

student, faculty, and administration members.
It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may
involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon
cases referred by or appealed from the Student
Judiciary Committee. A more complete de­
scription o f the judicial system is available from
the Office of the Dean.

Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu­
nity and is the chief body o f student govern­
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordina­
tion of student activities and the expression of

student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Ap­
pointments Committee, which selects qualified
applicants for student positions on student/

39

Student Community

faculty/administration committees, Board of
Managers committees, and student committees;
the Budget Committee, which regulates distri­

bution o f funds to student groups, and the
Elections Committee, which supervises proce­
dures in campus elections.

Social Com m ittee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee which is
appointed by the Appointment Committee.
The program is designed to appeal to a wide

variety of interests and is open to all students.
There is no charge for Social Committee
functions and for most other campus events.

EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extra-curricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind of
interest. There are dozens o f formal and in­

formal organizations.They vary as greatly as the
interests o f the students vary. The College
encourages students to participate in whatever
activities best fit their personal talents and
inclinations.

T he Studio Arts Program
The Studio Arts Program, administered by the
Department o f Art, is an academic program.
The Department, however, encourages that
students organize and carry out independent
extracurricular activities with or without the
supervision o f its staff, and provides assistance
and advice as requested. There are in existence

at present the following student-organized
groups in art: Photography Club, Student Art
Association, Griffin, and Student Life Drawing
Class. There are looms, now unused, for those
interested in forming a weaving club. The
Griffin, in Parrish Hall, and Wilcox Gallery, in
Beardsley Hall, often display student work.

M usic
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus, directed by Professor Peter
Gram Swing, rehearses three hours per week.
(The College Singers, a select small chorus
drawn from the membership o f the Chorus,
rehearses an additional one or two hours per
week.) The College Orchestra, directed by
Geoffrey Michaels, rehearses twice a week.
(The Chamber Orchestra, a small, unconducted
ensemble consisting o f first-stand players from
the Orchestra, also rehearses frequently.) The
Orchestra each year sponsors a Concerto
Competition, open to all Swarthmore College
students. The winner performs with the Or­
chestra during the Spring Semester. Auditions
are normally held the first Thursday after

40

Christmas vacation. A College Concert Band,
which rehearses one night weekly and gives two
major concerts each year in addition to several
outdoor performances, is under the direction
o f Yinam Leef, a member o f the Music Depart­
ment faculty. Members o f the Orchestra, other
instrumentalists and solo singers can participate
in the chamber music coaching program.
The Chorus and Orchestra give several public
concerts each year at the College and elsewhere.
Both organizations require auditions for mem­
bership. Several student chamber music con­
certs (in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each semes­
ter. These concerts also provide an opportunity
for student composers to have their composi­

tions performed publicly.
Practice and performance facilities in the Lang
Music Building include 16 practice rooms (each
with at least one piano), two concert and
rehearsal halls (each with its own concert
grand), two organs, two harpsichords, and an
electronic studio. The Daniel Underhill Music

Library has excellent collections o f scores,
books, and records.
The William J. Cooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis­
ters a separate series of public concerts.

D ance
The Swarthmore College Dancers perform
public concerts with works choreographed by
students, the dance faculty, and other pro­
fessional choreographers.
For the past few years Swarthmore College has
been the recipient o f National Endowment for
the Arts grants which have enabled the College,

in conjunction with the William J. Cooper
Foundation, to bring outstanding professional
dance companies for short term residencies.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perform­
ance group in Folk Dance.

Drama
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre.
He supervises the drama program, which in­
cludes course work, workshops with guest
directors, invited speakers, and a number of

student-directed projects each semester. Inter­
ested students should consult the departmental
statement in English Literature.

A thletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports. Within the

limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as many
students as possible competing on its inter­
collegiate or club teams, or in intramural
sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They work
closely with the teams, attending practices and
many o f the scheduled contests.

Interest Clubs
There are a great variety o f special interest
clubs, listed more fully in the Student Handbook.
Since the interests o f our students change

frequently, new clubs are often formed by
student groups.

Publications and M edia
The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper,

and W SRN, the campus radio station, are both

41

Student Community

completely student-run organizations. In addition, there are a variety o f other student
publications, including literary magazines, news-

letters, and an alternative magazine. The current
list can be found in the Handbook.

OUTREACH PROGRAMS
Swarthm ore C ollege U pw ard Bound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul­
taneously a valuable experience for Swarth­
more students and a service to members of
surrounding communities. It offers both a six-

week residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students may serve as counselors,
and a series o f activities during the academic
year in which Swarthmore students serve as
tutors. The program is administered by Edwin
A. Collins, Project Director.

Chester Internship Program
Swarthmore students may work as volunteers
or paid Interns in a project to rehabilitate
housing and improve the standard o f living for
low-income residents in Chester, Pa., a nearby
city. The program was begun by students in

42

1983 and is now overseen by Cynthia Jetter,
Coordinator, and a committee o f faculty
members, alumni, and Chester community
leaders.

IV
Educational Program
Faculty Regulations
Degree Requirements

Awards and Prizes
Fellowships

43

Educational Program

GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bache­
lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor of
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and the Natural Sciences. Four years of resident
study are normally required for a Bachelor’s
degree (see page 58), but variation in this term,
particularly as a result o f Advanced Placement
credit, is possible (see page 19).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose of a liberal education, however, is
not primarily to provide vocational instruction,
even though it provides the best foundation for
one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help
students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens
and grow into cultivated and versatile individ­
uals. A liberal education is concerned with the
cultural inheritance o f the past, with the
cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesthetic
values, with the development o f analytical
abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-minded­
ness, perspective, logical coherence, insight,
discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (Critique o f a College, 1967) sug­
gested two principles for a liberal education.
"O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him a
genuine mastery o f disciplinary, skills, so that
he can use them to generate new discoveries on
his own. . . . He must go far enough to grasp
systematic connections within a field, to see
how fundamental principles combine to make
intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or
phenomena. . . . The other principle is that of
Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal
education, each student must have enough
breadth and variety in his studies so that he can
compare and contrast different methods of
inquiry . ■ . , and so that he can have the
experience o f making the bright spark of
connection leap across wide gaps. It is this
breadth that gives point to the two senses of
'relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal
education . . . perception o f the relevance of
one part o f learning to another, even across the

44

boundaries of fields and subjects (and) . . .
perception o f the relevance o f learning to the
exigencies o f life. . . . ” To these two principles
the study added that the curriculum should aim
to encourage resourcefulness and self-reliance
and develop the personal conditions of intellec­
tual progress by placing substantial responsi­
bility upon the student for his or her education*
amply allowing individuality o f programs and
requiring important choices about the com­
position o f programs. "W hat we are pro­
posing,” the study concluded, "is a curriculum
that leans rather sharply toward specialized di­
versity, and away from uniform generality.. . .
Our emphasis is on serious encounters with
special topics and problems at a comparatively
high level o f competence, and on student
programs that reflect individual constellations
o f diversified interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding of
problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
During the first half of their college program all
students are expected to satisfy some if not all
o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists of four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords a
choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi­
date concentrates on two or three fields, the
major and one or more minors; studies are
intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the
student’s working time during the last two
years. In addition, the student takes four

courses, or the equivalent, which provide
opportunities for further exploration outside
the Honors program. At the close of the senior
year, the Honors candidate takes a series of six
examinations given by visiting examiners.
A student in the Course program has wider
freedom of election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each of the last
four semesters. Before the end of the senior
year, students are required to pass a compre­
hensive examination given by the major depart­
ment. Students in the Course program are
admitted to seminars when space is available;

but work in colloquia as well as independent
work is part of the Course program.
The program for engineering students follows a
similar basic plan, with certain variations which
are explained on page 105. Courses outside the
technical fields are distributed over all four
years.
The course advisors of freshmen and sopho­
mores are members of the faculty appointed by
the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors
are the chairs o f their major departments or
their representatives.

PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The curriculum o f the first two years intro­
duces a student to the content and methods of a
variety o f fields important to a liberal educa­
tion. The College distribution requirements are
designed to lead the student into serious work
in several different, important, and broadly
characteristic kinds o f intellectual activity
without insisting on a specific or narrow
classification o f knowledge and inquiry.
To meet these distribution requirements a
student must take at least two courses in each of
the four subject-matter groups listed below,
elect work in at least six departments, and
complete at least 20 credits outside the major
before graduation. Three of the four distribu­
tion groups (those dealing with the natural
sciences and engineering, literature and the
arts, and the social and policy sciences)
correspond generally to the College’s grouping
o f academic departments in three divisions; a
fourth group comprises subjects especially
relevant to more than one division. Mathe­
matics, though not included in the four groups,
may be counted as one o f the six departments in
which work should be elected. Other courses
which will not fulfill a distribution requirement
(e.g. courses taught jointly by members of
different departments, courses in education)
may not be counted as one o f the six
departments. The distribution requirements
are reviewed and revised from time to time by
the Faculty as perspectives o f disciplines and of
departments change and in recognition of the
pluralism o f intellectual work.
The four groups for the distribution require­

ment at present are:
1. Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Engineer­
ing (except Engineering 23), Physics (except
Physics 5).
2. Art (courses in art history except Art
History 5), Classics (literature courses
numbered 11 or above), English Literature
(with the exception o f English 1A and IB
and workshop and studio courses), Modem
Languages (literature courses numbered 11
or above), Music (except courses numbered
40-48 and Dance 1-12 and 40).
3. Classics. (Greek 1-2; Latin 1-2; courses in
ancient history), History, Linguistics,
Modem Languages (courses numbered 1
through 10), Philosophy, Psychology, Re­
ligion.
4. Economics (except Economics 3, 5), Polit­
ical Science, Sociology and Anthropology.
Unless explicitly listed above, courses taught
jointly or alternately by faculty members of
departments in different distribution groups
may not be used to satisfy distribution require­
ments; and courses cross-listed between depart­
ments in two groups fulfill the distribution
requirement only for the group in which the
offering department belongs.
Students entering college with special prepara­
tion in any o f the subjects included in the
distribution requirements may apply to the
Committee on Academic Requirements for
exemption from that requirement, but second­
ary school courses o f an advanced level do not

45

Educational Program

usually provide grounds for such exemption.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign lan­
guage, beyond the basic language requirement
(see p. 58). A student who intends to major in
one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathe­
matics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one o f the social sciences
should be aware of die increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these subjects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
o f the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20
credits must be taken outside the major
department.

Early in the sophomore year, the student
should identify two or three subjects as
possible majors, paying particular attention to
departmental requirements and recommenda­
tions.
While faculty advisors assist students in pre­
paring their academic programs, it is empha­
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to
programs and for the completion of graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
and the Registrar are available for information
and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 57.

COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The work of juniors and seniors in the Course
program includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area o f interest. This
comprises enough work in a single department
(designated as a “major” ) to make an equiva­
lent of at least eight courses before graduation.
There is no upper limit to the number of
courses a student may take in the major field,
provided that at least twenty credits be taken
outside the major field. Before graduation the
student must pass a comprehensive examina­
tion in his or her major subject.
Students must determine a major subject by the
end of their sophomore year, and apply
formally through the Registrar to be accepted
by the department or division concerned.
Acceptance will be based upon the student’s
record and an estimate of his or her capabilities
in the designated major. Students who fail to
secure approval of a major cannot be admitted
to the junior class.
With departmental permission it is possible for
a student to plan a Special Major that includes
closely related work in one or more depart­
ments outside the major department. This
work (up to four courses normally) is part of
the major program for the comprehensive
examination; some o f it may consist o f a thesis

46

or other written research project(s) designed to
integrate the work across departmental bound­
aries. In any case, the program of the Special
Major is expected to be integral in the sense that
it specifies a field of learning (not necessarily
conventional) or topic or problems for sus­
tained inquiry that crosses departmental
boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field
within the normal departmental major. Special
Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and
normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occa­
sionally, where regular departmental require­
ments unduly constrain the possibilities o f a
Special Major, these requirements may be
relaxed to a minimum o f six courses in the
primary department or by the omission of
certain courses in that department normally
required for the sake of breadth of experience
o f the major field; but course requirements
central to systematic understanding o f the
major field will not be waived. By extension,
Special Majors may be formulated as joint
majors between two departments, normally
with at least five credits in each department and
11 in both departments, which, in such pro­
grams, collaborate in advising and in the
comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course

students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the depart­
ment designated by the chairman) whose
approval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.

The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program and
have achieved the grade average established for
this degree.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS)
FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive
part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While
the program is designedly flexible and respon­
sive to new needs, it has been characterized
from the beginning by three basic elements,
which taken together may be said to be the
essence of the system.
(1) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­
tion of the student’s attention during the j unior
and senior year upon a limited field of studies.
Normally, the student pursues only two sub­
jects each semester, avoiding fragmentation of
interests. Content of studies is correspondingly
broader and deeper, permitting a wide range of
reading and investigation and demanding o f the
student correlations o f an independent and
searching nature.
(2 ) While Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both
classmates and instructors. In this program,
students are prepared for examinations in six
subjects, given at the close o f the senior year. In
these, the student is expected to demonstrate
competence in a field o f knowledge rather than
mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations
which the instructor has presented. These
examinations, consisting of a three-hour paper
in each field, are set by examiners from other
institutions who also come to the campus to
conduct an oral examination o f each student.
(3) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara­
tions for external examinations. Seminars meet
once a week, in many cases in the home o f the
instructor, for sessions lasting three hours or
more. The exact technique o f the seminar
varies with the subject matter, but its essence is

a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by
papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment.
While students preparing for external examina­
tions may under unusual circumstances elect to
take as many as eight seminars, an Honors
candidate will usually take no more than six
seminars; if over six are taken, those six which
constitute commitment to be considered for
Honors must be designated at the time o f entry
into the External Examination program. Once a
seminar in a designated subject has been taken,
the student must stand for the external examina­
tion as part o f his or her Honors program.
Seminars not so designated will be foreclosed
from consideration for Honors. Fewer than six
seminars may be taken, since it is possible to
prepare in other ways for Honors examinations.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors
degree are open:
(1) The normal program o f reading for Honors
consists o f six subjects studied during the last
two years in preparation for papers, i.e.,
examinations, given by the visiting examiners at
the close of the senior year. The usual pattern is
four papers in the major department and two in
a minor department, but other combinations of
major and minor fields are possible. No student
is allowed more than four papers in the major;
in those cases where three subjects are offered
in each o f two fields, one o f them is designated
as the major. While there is a general belief that
two papers in a minor field are desirable
because o f the mutual reinforcement they
provide, there are by custom certain subjects
which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is
a considerable flexibility in Honors programs,
each being subject to the scrutiny o f the
departments and divisions in which the work is
done.
(2 ) Students who have a special reason to
study for one or two semesters abroad or in

Educational Program

another American institution must take the
normal number o f examinations. Such programs must be worked out in advance, since it
may not be possible to provide special visiting
examiners for work taken elsewhere and since
instruction in some fields o f the student’s
choice may not be available in the other
institution. In general the student following
this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh
carefully the advantage o f working independently or under tutorial guidance against the loss
incurred by missing both the stimulus and
criticism provided in seminar.
(3 ) Students who at the end o f the sophomore
year did not elect or were not permitted to read
for Honors, but whose work has subsequently
shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter
the External Examination program as late as the
middle o f the senior year. They shall receive no
remission o f the number of examinations. They
must petition the appropriate division before
the beginning o f the second semester of the
senior year for permission to take the external
examinations and must submit an acceptable
list o f examinations which they are prepared to
take.
A candidate for admission to the External
Examination program should consult the chairmen of his or her prospective major and minor
departments during the second semester o f the
sophomore year and work out a program for
the junior and senior years. This proposed
program must be filed in the office of the
Registrar who will forward it to the divisions
concerned. The acceptance of the candidate by
the divisions depends in part upon the quality
o f the student’s previous work as indicated by
the grades received but mainly upon the

student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for Honors. The
major department is responsible for the origi­
nal plan o f work and for keeping in touch with
the candidate’s progress from semester to
semester. The division is responsible for ap­
proval of the original program and o f any later
changes in that program.
At the end o f the junior year, Honors candi­
dates are required to take the external examina­
tions set at that time for the fields they have
studied. These trial papers are read by Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting examiners.
On the basis o f the showing made in these
examinations, the student may be advised or
required to leave the External Examination
program. Those students who move to the
Course program under these circumstances or
for other reasons will receive grades for the
work accomplished while reading for Honors,
but in no case without taking examinations in
the field covered. If a student wishes to reapply
at a later date for readmission to the External
Examination program, the new program must
include all seminars already taken as part of the
original approved program ( see #3, p. 47).
At the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision of the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands o f the visiting examiners. Upon
their recommendation, successful candidates
are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors,
with High Honors, or with Highest Honors.
When the work o f a candidate does not in the
opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any
grade, Swarthmore faculty members review the
student’s examination papers and assign grades.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor
o f Science degrees is four years, graduation in
three years is freely permitted when a student
can take advantage o f Advanced Placement
credits, perhaps combining them with extra
work by special permission. When circum­
stances warrant, a student may lengthen the
continuous route to graduation to five years by
carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four:

48

this may be appropriate for students who enter
Swarthmore lacking some elements of the usual
preparation for college, who are physically
handicapped, or who wish to free time for
activities relating to their curricular work
although not done for academic credit. Such
five-year programs are possible in Music and
Studio Arts for students who are taking
instruction off campus or who wish to pursue
studio or instrumental work without full credit

but with instruction and critical supervision;
but such programs are possible only on
application to and selection by the department
concerned, which will look for exceptional
accomplishment or promise. In all cases where
it is proposed to reduce academic credit and
lengthen the period before graduation the
College looks particularly to personal circum-

stances and to careful advising and necessarily
charges the regular annual tuition (see the
provisions for overloads, p. 20). Full-time
leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or
more are freely permitted and in some cases
encouraged, subject also to careful planning
and academic advising.

NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree of
Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is made
by eight semesters’ work o f four courses or the
equivalent each semester, students may and
frequently do vary this by programs o f five
courses or three courses if it is desirable for
them to do so. The object o f progress toward
the degree is not primarily, however, the mere

accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy does
not permit programs o f fewer than three
courses within the normal eight semester en­
rollment. Programs o f more than five courses
or fewer than four courses require special per­
mission (see p. 2 0 on tuition and p. 56 on
registration).

FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
While classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty
regulations encourage other modes as well.
These include various forms o f individual
study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount of "practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms of individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attachments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission of the instruc­
tor, a project of additional reading, research,
and writing. If this attachment is taken concur­
rently with the course it is normally done for
half credit. If it is taken in a later semester
(preferably the semester immediately follow­
ing), it may be done for either half or full credit.
This kind o f work can be done on either a
small-group or individual basis. It is not
possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way of
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to
seminars as a preparation for papers. Students
who decide before the middle o f the semester
to do a half-credit attachment may commonly,
with permission, withdraw from a regular

course and carry three and a half credits in that
term to be balanced by four and a half credits in
another term. Students may do as many as two
attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio­
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, opportuni­
ties for directed reading are more frequent in
most departments than are opportunities for
tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con­
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­
able that the work be more specialized or more
sharply focussed than is usually the case in
courses or seminars; the work may range from a
course o f reading to a specific research project.
Such work is available primarily to juniors and
seniors in accordance with their curricular
interests and as faculty time permits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list
approved by the instructor and a final examina­
tion or equivalent administered by him or her,
but normally with no further involvement of
faculty. In organizing such a course students

49

Educational Program

obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring term)
or May 1st (for the fall term) on the basis o f an
initial memorandum emphasizing the principal
subject matter to be studied, the questions to
be asked about it, the methods o f investigation,
and providing a preliminary bibliography. The
course is then registered by its organizers with
the Provost, who has administrative supervi­
sion o f such work, and who may waive the
foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in
the organization o f such courses. The course
supervisor consults his or her department, and
in the case o f an interdepartmental course, any
other department concerned, whose represent­
atives together with the Provost will decide
whether to approve the course. The supervisor
also reviews the course outline and bibliog­
raphy and qualifications and general eligibility
o f students proposing to participate in the
course. After a student-run course has been
found acceptable by the appropriate depart­
ment (or departments) and the Provost, the
course supervisor’s final approval is due ten
days before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given to the
Librarian and the course title and class list are
filed with the Registrar. At the end o f the course
the supervisor evaluates and grades the stu­
dents’ work in the usual way or arranges for an
outside examiner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provisional­
ly proposed for half credit to run in the first
half of the semester, and at midterm, may be
either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then be
continued, on the same basis, into the follow­

ing term. Or they may be taken for half credit
over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to
occasional or regular participation. The only
essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization of the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both analyti­
cal and bibliographical, are also regarded as
important ends in themselves, to be empha­
sized in the review o f proposals before ap­
proval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant up
to one course credit for practical work, which
may be done o ff campus, when it can be shown
to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely
to contribute to a student’s progress in regular
course work, and subject to four conditions:
(1) agreement o f an instructor to supervise the
project; (2) sponsorship by the instructor’s
department, and in the case o f an interdisci­
plinary project, any other department con­
cerned, whose representatives together with
the Provost will decide whether to grant
permission for the applied or practical work
before that work is undertaken; (3 ) a basis for
the project in some prior course work; and (4)
normally, the examination o f pertinent litera­
ture and production o f a written report as parts
o f the project. This option is intended to apply
to work in which direct experience o f the offcampus world or responsible applications of
academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the
practice o f an art are the primary elements.
Because such work is likely to bear a loose
relation to organized instruction and the regu­
lar curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special
importance for some students’ programs.

INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK
The requirements of the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety of
interests and to emphasize intellectual diversity;
it may also be used for the practical integration

50

o f individual programs around interests or
principles supplementing the major. The Col­
lege offers interdepartmental majors in Medi­
eval Studies, Literature, and LinguisticsPsychology, and formal interdisciplinary pro­
grams short o f the major in Asian Studies,

Black Studies, International Relations, and
Public Policy. The programs in Education and
in Linguistics have departmental status as to
staff. It should be recognized that some depart­
ments are themselves interdisciplinary in na­
ture; that a considerable number o f courses are
cross-listed between departments; that each
year some courses are taught jointly by mem­
bers o f two or more departments; that depart­
ments commonly recommend or require sup­
porting work for their major in other depart­
ments; and that students can organize their
work into personally selected concentrations in
addition to or as extensions o f their majors,
particularly in Special Majors. Such concentra­
tion is formally provided in Black Studies,

Asian Studies, International Relations, and
Public Policy. Many other opportunities exist
informally—e.g., in comparative literature, in
African studies, in American studies, in reli­
gion and sociology-anthropology, in engineer­
ing and social sciences, in women’s studies, in
biochemistry, or in chemical physics. Students
are encouraged to seek the advice o f faculty
members on such possibilities with respect to
their particular interests. In some cases faculty
members o f several departments have planned
and scheduled their course offerings with some
consultation so as to afford a de facto concen­
tration in addition to the major, and students
may wish to know and take advantage o f these
cases o f overlapping faculty interests.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function of the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter­
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for profes­
sional schools to which students apply. The
letters are based on faculty evaluations re­
quested by the student, the student’s academic
record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the
necessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for
students entering medical or dental schools:
Biology 1, 2 (students who have earned
advanced placement credit for Biology L 2
should take two other biology courses);
Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 , 3 2 ,3 6 ; Physics 1, 2, or 3, 4;
Math 5 and one additional math course; and
English Literature, two semester courses. Stu­
dents should note the physics and math
prerequisites for Chemistry 36 and plan their
sequence of courses accordingly. In addition to
the minimal requirements, some medical
schools require and many recommend the
following courses: Cell Biology, Developmental
Biology, Genetics, and one year o f calculus.
However, the student should bear in mind that
requirements change, and should remain in
touch with those professional schools in which

he or she is interested. The work o f the junior
and senior years may be completed in either the
Course or the Honors Program, and in any
major department o f the student’s choice.
However, professional schools in the health
sciences generally require a demonstrated pro­
ficiency in the basic sciences. All required
courses should therefore be taken on a graded
basis after the first semester of the freshman
year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the New Medical College Admission
Test which is given in April and September each
year. It is recommended that students take the
test in the Spring o f the year that they apply for
admission to medical schools. The Student
Manual for the New M CAT should be reviewed
as early as practical and may be purchased in
the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is a
testing center for the New MCAT. Corollary
tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veteri­
nary Aptitude Test, are often required by dental
and veterinary schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the College bookstore or
the Health Sciences Advisory Office: Medical
School Admission Requirements and Admission
Requirements o f American Dental Schools. Cata­
logs for most medical and veterinary schools
are also on file in the Advisory O ffice.

51

Educational Program

The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodical­
ly with students interested in health careers and
is available to assist students in planning their
programs in cooperation with students’ own
academic advisors. Further information on

opportunities, requirements and procedures
can be obtained from the Health Sciences
Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to
make his or her intentions known to the
Advisor at the earliest possible date.

CREATIVE ARTS
Work in the creative arts is available both in the
curriculum o f certain departments and on an
extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements in

Art, English Literature, and Music. A total of
not more than five courses in the creative arts
may be counted toward the degrees o f Bachelor
o f Arts and Bachelor of Science.

WRITING COURSES
In 1981 the faculty adopted, as a four-year
experiment, a program o f voluntary "writing
courses” in various disciplines. In these courses
students write extensively as an integral part of
learning the subject matter in courses of limited

enrollment (or sections o f larger courses).
Depending on the amount o f work involved,
the courses may be designated for 1.0 or 1.5
credits.

COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or
the University o f Pennsylvania without the

payment o f extra tuition. This arrangement
does not apply to the summer sessions o f the
University o f Pennsylvania and Bryn Mawr
College.

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened oudook for
interested students, the College has student
exchange arrangements with Howard Univer­
sity, Middlebury College, Mills College, Po­
mona College, Rice University,. and Tufts
University. Selection is made by a committee of
the home institution from among applicants
who will be sophomores or juniors at the time

o f the exchange. With each institution there is a
limited and matched number o f exchanges.
Students settle financially with the home
institution, thus retaining during the exchange
any financial aid for which they are eligible.
Exchange arrangements do not permit transfer
o f participants to the institution with which the
exchange takes place.

EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the general educational
value o f travel and study abroad and cooperates
as far as possible in enabling interested students
to take advantage o f such opportunities. It
distinguishes, however, between those foreign

52

study plans which may be taken for credit as
part of a Swarthmore educational program, and
those which must be regarded as supplemen­
tary. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study
must meet Swarthmore academic standards,

and must form a coherent part o f the student’s
four-year plan of study. The External Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in particular demands a
concentration o f study which is not easily
adapted to the very different educational
systems o f foreign universities. Therefore,
while some of the programs listed below may
normally be taken as substitutes for a semester
or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is
judged individually, and the College may
withhold its approval o f a particular program,
or may insist that the program be carried out as
an extra college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Registrar and the chairmen of
departments concerned, if credit is to be given
for courses taken. Students may be asked to
take examinations upon their return to the
College. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following return to
Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as
Art and Modern Languages and Literatures,
publish separate instructions for transfer - of
credits from other institutions. These are
available from the respective department
offices.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall of 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University of Grenoble, where
their course o f study is the equivalent of one or
two semesters at Swarthmore. This program,
under the auspices of the Department of
Modem Languages and Literatures, is open to
students from any department, but especially
those in the humanities and social sciences.
Should there be places available, applications
from students at other institutions are accepted.
The number of participants in limited to
twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life at
the University of Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al­
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation of External Examination papers is
possible in certain fields. The program is
designed primarily for juniors and second
semester sophomores, but seniors can be
accommodated in special cases.
A member of the Department o f Modern

Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director: teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program and
the living arrangements of the students, and
advises on all educational or personal prob­
lems. A coordinator of the program at Swarth­
more handles such matters as admissions to the
program (in consultation with the Deans),
financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to
departments within the College and to institu­
tions whose students participate in the pro­
gram. Applications for the fall semester must
be submitted by March 15 and for the spring
semester by October 15.
2. Academic Year in Madrid, Spain. This pro­
gram is administered by the Romance Language
Department o f Hamilton College, in coopera­
tion with faculty members of Williams, Mount
Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges. Students
many enroll either for the full academic year or
for the fall semester only. (Credit at Swarth­
more must be obtained through the depart­
ments concerned.) The program attempts to
take full advantage o f the best facilities and
teaching staff o f the Spanish community, while
adhering to the code o f intellectual perform­
ance characteristic o f the most demanding
American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in non­
academic areas, especially in ( 1) the efforts that
are made to find homes well suited for student
lodging, and (2) the activities which are
planned to insure ample contact with Spanish
students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited for
study and research, and it sponsors a series of
lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance of a
committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth­
more Colleges, serve also as directors-inresidence in Madrid.
Applications and further information are avail-

53

Educational Program

able from the Department o f Modern Lan­
guages and Literatures.
3. Swarthmore.'supported Programs o f Study
Abroad. Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid
(Spain) for the fall semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, either
at the University o f Freiburg or the Univer­
sity o f Munich (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the University
o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire
academic year;
5) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year. (See also
announcement o f the Art Department, p.
67, and o f the Classics Department, p. 88.)
7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).
8) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational (ISLE)
Program at the University o f Peradeniya for
the fall (August-November) semester.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with the
Financial Aid officer of the College.
4. Other Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam­
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai University
the College is also affiliated, Smith College, or

54

Sweet Briar College. These are full-year pro­
grams of study at foreign universities, under the
supervision of American college personnel.
Interested students should consult the Associ­
ate Provost.
5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for admis­
sion as a special student. This should be done
only after consultation with the Associate
Provost, the Registrar, and the appropriate
department head. Care must be taken to assure
in advance that courses taken abroad will be
acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most for­
eign universities severely limit the number of
students they accept for short periods.
Peas lee Scholarships. These scholarships, the gift
o f Amos Peaslee (Class o f ’07 ), were instituted
in 1953 and are normally awarded each year on
the recommendation o f the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures, preferably
to sophomores and juniors, for academic
studies centering on the languages and litera­
tures taught in the Department. Scholarships
are awarded for study in Europe, South
America, and, under special circumstances, in
other non-English speaking countries on the
basis o f the plan of study submitted by the
applicant and the promise o f academic distinc­
tion. The scholarships are for a minimum of
one semester plus a summer; course credit is
given for the work done upon approval of the
department concerned. Applications are avail­
able from the Department of Modem Lan­
guages and Literatures. Applications for the
spring semester and summer are due on or near
November 1 o f each year; for the summer and
fall semester on or near April 1 of each year.
The Olga Lamkert Memorial Fund. Income from
a fund established in 1979 by students o f Olga
Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore
College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need who
wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Leningrad
or Moscow semester programs in the USSR.
Awards based on merit and financial need will
be made on the recommendation o f the
Russian section o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures.

Faculty Regulations

ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below. W ith
this exception, students are responsible for
regular attendance. Faculty members will re­
port to the Dean the name o f any student whose
repeated absence is in their opinion impairing
the student’s work. The number o f cuts
allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact
which places a heavy responsibility on all
students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since fireshmen
must exercise particular care in this respect,
and since the Faculty recognizes its greater
responsibility toward freshmen in the matter of
class attendance, it is expected that freshmen,
especially, will attend all classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes,
the student should report at once to the Health
Center.

A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading the
material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a
final examination, under the following condi­
tions:
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2 ) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the instruc­
tor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examination,
as the instructor deems necessary for adequate
evaluation of his or her performance.
4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.

GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s
offices at intervals during the year upon the
work o f students in courses. Informal reports
during the semester take the form o f comments
on unsatisfactory work. At the end o f each
semester formal grades are given in each course
under the letter system, by which A means
excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory
work, D passing but below the average required
for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncom­
pleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are
qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies
that the student has been permitted to with­
draw from the course by the Committee on
Academic Requirements. X designates a condi­
tion; this means that a student has done
unsatisfactory work in the first half o f a year
course, but by creditable work during the
second half may earn a passing grade for the full
course and thereby remove the condition. R is
used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases
in which the work of a foreign student cannot
be evaluated because of deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete

with respect to specific assignments or exami­
nations. The Faculty has voted that a student’s
final grade in a course should incorporate a zero
for any part o f the course not completed by the
date o f the final examination, or the end of the
examination period. However, if circumstances
beyond the student’s control preclude the
completion of the work by this date, a grade of
Incomplete (Inc.) may be assigned with the
permission o f the Registrar. In such cases
incomplete work must normally be made up
and graded and the final grade recorded within
five weeks after the start of the following term.
Except by special permission o f the Registrar
(on consultation with the Committee on
Academic Requirements) all grades o f Inc. still
outstanding after that date will be replaced on
the student’s permanent record by NC (no
credit). Waiver o f this provision by special
permission shall in no case extend beyond one
year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester of
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no

55

Faculty Regulations

credit). In the balance o f their work at
Swarthmore, students may select up to four
courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the
Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of
the term in which the course is taken, except
that repeated courses may not be taken
Credit/No Credit. For freshmen and soph­
omores CR will be recorded for work that
would earn a grade o f D or higher; for juniors
and seniors the minimum equivalent letter
grade for CR will be C. Instructors are asked to
provide the student and the faculty adviser with
evaluation o f the student’s Credit/No Credit
work. The evaluation for first-semester fresh­
men includes a letter-grade equivalent; for
other students the evaluation may be either a

letter-grade equivalent, or a comment. Such
evaluations are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end
o f each semester. They are not routinely sent to
parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2.0) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.

REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semester.
If more than five or fewer than four courses
seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be
consulted and a petition filed with the Commit­
tee on Academic Requirements.

Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received not
later than the middle o f the semester, or the
mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their registration in both the
spring and fell semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.

EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina­
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement with
the instructor in charge o f the course.

No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super­
vision.

ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations
or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most
serious offense, and one which strikes at the
foundations o f academic life.

56

The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem
to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement
concerning plagiarism may be found in The
Student Handbook), to minimize temptation,
and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean
for action by the College Judiciary Committee.

The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order of magni­
tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious­
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f the
Faculty that for the first offense failure in the

course and, as appropriate, suspension for a
semester or deprivation of the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial precedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.

STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by the
date o f enrollment and the student is in good
standing. If a student has not enrolled and has
not arranged for a leave o f absence for the
subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or

she is withdrawing. Such students must apply
to the Dean for re-admission in order to return
to College after an interval. The purpose o f this
policy is to assist the College in planning its
enrollments.

SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chairman
o f the Swarthmore department concerned
before doing the work. Prior approval is not
automatic: it depends upon adequate informa­
tion about the content and instruction o f the
work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work
for credit depends upon evaluation o f the
materials of the course including syllabus,
reading lists, written papers, and examinations,

by the Swarthmore department concerned
after the work has been done. Validation may
include an examination, written or oral, admin­
istered at Swarthmore. An official transcript
from the summer school must be presented to
the Office o f the Registrar before the work can
be validated for credit. Requests for credit
must be made within the academic year
following the term in which the course is taken.
One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as
equivalent to 4 semester hours.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all nonveteran students not excused for medical
reasons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming

instruction. (See the departmental statement of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.

EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning

any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS
(see p. 37)

57

Degree Requirements

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for graduation.
The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equi­
valent.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require­
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 45-46.)
4. Beginning with the Class o f 1987, either: a)
passed at least three years’ study o f one foreign
language while in high school; or, b ) achieved a
score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent in a foreign
language on a standard achievement test; or, c)

passed one year o f a foreign language while at
Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive
examinations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
8. Completed the physical education require­
ment set forth on page 57 and in statements of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master of
Science may be conferred subject to the
following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction,
either at Swarthmore or at another institution
o f satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as
candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con­
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If
accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting of the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall
include the equivalent o f a full year’s work of
* " A n average o f C ” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average of at
least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A - = 3 .67, B+ = 3.33,
B = 3 .0 , B - = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 ,
C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D - = 0.67).

58

graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular
conferences with members o f the faculty, or
research. The work may be done in one
department or in two related departments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex­
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, excep­
tions may be made by the Curriculum Commit­
tee. The department or departments concerned,
on the basis o f the reports o f the outside
examiners, together with the reports of the
student’s resident instructors, shall make rec­
ommendations to the faculty for the award of
the degree.
At the option o f the department or depart­
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part of the work for the degree.
Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.

A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi­
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field of research. Detailed

language requirements will be indicated in the
announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $9,050.

59

Awards and Prizes

The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.

fellowship in art to be carried out during the
summer between the junior and senior year,
with the balance o f funds available to be used
during the academic year, or postgraduately.

The O ak L eaf Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman of the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.

American Chemical Society Award is given to the
student who is judged by the Department of
Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.

The McCabe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty of the department of
Engineering.

American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the second best record in
chemistry and overall academic performance.

The Flack Achievement Award, presented by the
Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is
Hertha Eisenmenger Flack of the Class of 1938,
is made to a deserving student who, during the
first two years at Swarthmore College, has
demonstrated a good record o f achievements
in both academic and extracurricular activities
while showing leadership potential as a con­
structive member o f the College. The donor
hopes these awards will go to students of
demonstrated achievement and high potential
who are dedicated to the basic principles of
American democracy and o f academic free­
dom. The awards are not related to need.
The Academy o f American Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group of
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department ofEnglish Litera­
ture.
The Adams Prize o f $100 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise of excellence and dedication in
the field.
Thefonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in
memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974
by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded to a
junior who has a strong interest in the studio
arts. It is held during the senior year. The
recipient may apply for up to $ 2,000 for a

60

The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor of Philosophy at Swarth­
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class of 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion of the Department,
submits the best essay on any philosophical
topic.
The William and Sophie Bramson Prize in
Sociology and Anthropology is awarded each
year on the basis o f outstanding academic
performance, with special emphasis placed
upon senior thesis.
The Heinrich W. Brinkmann Mathematics Prize,
honoring Hienrich Brinkmann, Professor of
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her
grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar­
ship, character, and influence.
The Alice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies of
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor of his wife,
Class of 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the

opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize of
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the
direction of the Literature Committee.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor of
English and Chairman o f the Department of
English Literature. They are awarded to the
two students who in the opinion o f the
Department submit the best critical essay on
any topic in the field o f literature.
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $100,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f die Class of
1918 and named in honor of Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History of Religion and Philoso­
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion of
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the
campus managerial organization known as the
Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics to the senior man who best exempli­
fies the Society’s five principles: Service,
Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sportsman­
ship.
The Ella Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for
visiting poets and writers.
The Lois Morrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois Morrel of the Class
of 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion of the faculty, submits the best original
poem in the annual competition for the award.
The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the
year.
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50,

endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make
permanent the Library Prize first established by
W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that
undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the
Committee o f Award, shows the best and most
intelligently chosen collection o f books upon
any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not
merely upon the size o f the collection but also
upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of
their subject-matter.
The May E. Parry Memorial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty of the Department
o f Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman­
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the editors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each
staff academic year to a member of The Phoenix
for excellence in journalism. The prize was
established by the directors of The Drew
Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew
Pearson, Class of 1919.
The John W. Perdue Memorial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory of an engineering student of
the Class of 1969, is awarded by the Depart­
ment o f Engineering to the outstanding student
entering the junior class with a major in
engineering.
The William Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 14, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major source
o f funds for campus appearances by poets and
writers.
The Melvin B. Troy Award o f $250 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
o f Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class of 1948.

FACULTY AWARD
The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to

a member of the Swarthmore Faculty, to help
meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave

61

Awards and Prizes

devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between
teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President upon

62

the recommendation o f the Provost and the
candidate’s academic department. This award
is made possible by an endowment established
by James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger
Flack ’38.

Fellowships

Three fellowships (the Leedom, Lippincott, and
Lockwood. Fellowships—see below) are awarded
annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships
(the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—see below)
are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society,
to seniors or graduates o f the College for the
pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are
made on recommendation o f the Committee
on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed
program o f study which has the approval o f the
Faculty. Applications must be in the hands of
the Committee by March 31. The Committee
considers applicants for all o f these fellowships
for which they are eligible and makes recom­
mendations which overall do not discriminate
on the basis of sex. These fellowships are:
The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in
memory o f his father.

the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be a
United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department
chosen for graduate work.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships, endowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’ 56 and Ellen
Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P. Fetter
’25, subsidize the private instrumental lessons
o f four top-notch student string players at the
College. Interested applicants should write to
the Chairman of the Department o f Music and
should plan to play an audition at the College
when coming for an interview.

T he John Lockw ood M em orial F ellow ship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood,
New York, in memory o f her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that
the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the
Society o f Friends.

Friends o f Music and D ance Summer Fellowships
provide stipends for attendance at summer
workshops in music and dance. Recipients are
selected by the Department o f Music and
Dance on the basis of written proposals.

The Lucretia M ott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is
awarded each year to a woman senior who is to
pursue advanced study in an institution ap­
proved by the Committee.

Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn­
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a
program o f advanced study in some branch o f
the liberal arts.

The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sus­
tained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­
tary or secondary school work. The recipient
o f the award is to pursue a course of study in an
institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the
conditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory of Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is
awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for

The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­
ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who
have completed their Opportunity Project (see
Financial Aid) and who have academic achieve­
ment at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinc­
tion or Honors may apply for these fellow­
ships. Applicants should submit to the Com­
mittee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan o f
graduate study with high potential for service
to society. This fellowship is made possible by
the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Thomas B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cCabe M emorial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time

63

Fellowships

residents of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and
Mr. McCabe received the M.B. A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving
special consideration to applicants who have
demonstrated superior qualities o f leadership.
Young alumni and graduating seniors are
eligible to apply.
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by

friends of Professor J. Roland Pennnock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition of his
many years of distinguished teaching o f Political
Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as
much as $2,500 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore undergraduates, would normally be held off-campus
during the summer. Preference is given to
applicants from the Junior Class.

FACULTY FELLOWSHIP
The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is
designed to enhance the educational program
o f Swarthmore College by contributing to
faculty development, by promoting original or
innovative scholarly achievement of faculty
members, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange
among scholars. The Fellowship will provide
financial support for faculty leaves through a
grant o f about one half the recipient’s salary
during the grant year. Upon recommendation
o f the Selection Committee, there may be a
small additional grant for travel and project
expenses and for library book purchases. The

64

Selection Committee shall consist o f the
Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three
other persons selected by the President, of
whom at least two must be Swarthmore
alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave
may apply, and up to four may be chosen.
Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or
papers resulting from the Work of their leave
year, presented publicly for the College and
wider community. The Selection Committee
may support wholly or in part the cost of
publishing any of these papers. These fellow­
ships are made possible by an endowment
established by Eugene M. Lang *38.

Courses of Instruction

65

The course (semester course) is the unit of
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given
for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half-course
credit.

Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2 ) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, no r is credit given for the
first semester if the student fails the second
semester.

Courses are numbered as follows:

Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.

1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 99 — other courses (Some of these
courses are not open to fresh­
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candidates
and graduate students.

66

Art

T. KAO RI K ITA O , Professor
M IC H A E L W . C O TH R EN , Associate Professor
C O N S TA N C E C A IN HUNGER FO RD, Associate Professor and Chair
C U R T IS N A N S M A N BR IZENDINE, Assistant Professor3
R A N D A LL L EXON, Assistant Professor
RR IAN A . M EU N IER , Assistant Professor
JO Y C E J . N A G A TA , Assistant Professor (part-time)
S A E H Y A N G P. C H U N G , Lecturer
M A R Y H . N O O TER , Lecturer4

The Department o f Art offers historical,
critical, and practical instruction in the visual
arts. Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions,
meaning, and historical context o f works o f art
and architecture; studio arts courses explore
problems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation of
objects in various media.
W ilcox Gallery: The Florence Wilcox Art Gal­
lery, located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall,
provides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which
are an integral part o f the Studio Arts Program.
The works o f nationally known artists as well as
those o f younger artists, in various media, are
exhibited in group and one-person shows.
Randall Exon is in charge o f the Gallery.
Heilman Artist: Each year the Department of
Art, in cooperation with the majors in art,
selects an artist to visit the College to serve as a

visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie
Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work o f
the invited artist is exhibited in the W ilcox Art
Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he or she gives
critiques in the studios and also meets and talks
with students, both majors and non-majors, on
an informal basis.
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 13.
Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 13.
Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship: See p. 60.
Study A broad: Swarthmore is one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities also for the study o f Art
History. Art majors, recommended by the
Department, are eligible to study at the Center
during their junior year, for one semester or
two.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite
for all other art history courses in the Depart­
ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly
recommended that the appropriate segment of
Introduction be taken before an advanced
course in a particular subject. STUA 1 is the
usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it
may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All
majors and minors must take ARTH 1 and 2; in
addition, majors in the External Examination

and Course Programs alike must take one
studio course. It is strongly recommended that
these requirements be fulfilled before the
junior year. Students are also advised that
graduate work in art history requires a reading
knowledge o f at least German and French.
Course M ajors in Art History: The program
consists o f at least eight courses in Art History
(including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio

3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.
4 Fall semester, 1984.

67

Art

Arts course and Senior Seminar (ARTH 97,
required for graduation). Contingent on de­
partmental approval, a two-credit thesis in the
fall semester o f the senior year may be
substituted for Senior Seminar. The Course
major in Art History is required to take at least
one course (at Swarthmore) from each o f the
four core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval
Art—courses 12, 13, 15, 16, and 17; (b) Re­
naissance and Baroque Art—courses 20, 23,
25, 26, and 28; and (c) Modem Art—courses
3 0 (only if preceded by ARTH 1 or 2), 32, and
35; and (d) Non-Western Art—courses 2 9 ,4 5 ,
46, 47, 48, and 91. Course majors may take
Seminars with the consent o f the instructor;
these also fulfill core requirements.
Course M ajors in Art: The combined program of
the Course Major in Art consists of a minimum

o f five courses in Art History, including ARTH
1 and 2, and at least one course in a period
before 1800; and five courses in Studio Arts
including Drawing and one course in 3-D
medium for 2-D specialist and vice versa. In
lieu o f Senior Seminar, the Comprehensive,
consisting o f Senior Exhibition and Catalog, is
a requirement for graduation.
M ajors and Minors in The External Examination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and one
studio course for majors), majors in the
External Examination Program should take
four seminars in the Department; minors
should take two. A corresponding course with
an attachment may be substituted for a seminar
if that seminar will not be offered during the
period o f the student’s preparation for External
Examinations.

A rt History
1. In tro d u c tio n to A r t H is to ry , I.

6.

A critical and historical introduction to the
study o f architecture, sculpture, and painting in
the East and the W est to the fourteenth
century. Two lectures and one hour conference
section per week.
Fall semester. Chung and Cothren.

An introduction to problems and methods in
art history through examination of Picasso and
his place in modem art. Symbolism, Cubism,
and Surrealism will be emphasized. No prere­
quisite.
Not offered 1984-85. Hungerford.

2. In tro d u c tio n to A r t H is to ry , II.

12. G re e k A r t

A survey o f art and architecture in the East and
the West from the fourteenth century to; the
present. ARTH 1 is not required for ARTH 2
but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and
one hour conference section per week.
Spring semester. Chung, Hungerford, and Kitao.

The art, architecture and archaeology o f an­
cient Greece from the Minoan period through
the Hellenistic age.
Not offered 1984-85.

5.

C o m p u tin g fro m th e U s e r ’s End.

(Also listed as Physics 5.)
This course provides an introduction to, and
immediate use of, a wide range o f computing
functions. No previous experience in computer
is necessary. Lectures are one hour per week
and supervised workshop sessions are two
hours per week. Workshop emphasizing text
processing for students in the humanities.
Computing topics introduced are: text and file
creation and editing, runoff, simple program­
ming techniques, statistical packages, biblio­
graphic search, and data base handling. Vt unit.
Not offered 1984-85. Kitao and Boccio.

68

P ic a s s o .

13. R o m a n A r t .

A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula
before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium
and the subsequent spread o f Roman art
throughout the empire to the establishment of
tetrarchic rule at the end o f the third century.
Topics to be considered will include the
significance o f the Greek and Etruscan heritage,
art as a manifestation o f power, the art o f the
middle class preserved at Pompeii, portraiture,
architecture as theatre, provincialism, and the
celebration o f triumph. Special attention will
be given to the relationship between the social
order and artistic production.
Not offered 1984-85. Cothren.

15. E a rly C h ris tia n and B y z a n tin e A r t

An examination of the emergence of a Chris­
tian form o f artistic expression from the
heritage o f late antique art, followed by a sur­
vey o f its international development through
the sixth century and its progression in the
Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople
until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman
Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to
architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco
decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic
devotional images, and the small-scale arts of
ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels. .
Not offered 1984-85. Cothren.
16. E a rly M e d ie v a l A r t in th e W e s t

A survey o f the art and architecture o f Western
Europe from the migration o f the barbarian
tribes through the establishment of a mature
Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The
political implications o f the Carolingian revival
o f the classical heritage, monasticism and art,
the Book o f Kells and Celtic tradition, apoca­
lyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and
Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propa­
ganda.
Fall semester. Cothren.
17. G o th ic A r t

The course will emphasize the formation of
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its
development and codification in France during
the thirteenth century. Topics will include the
role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the
establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint
Louis’ "court style” as a statement o f political
ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness
o f structural systems in Gothic architecture,
and Gothic humanism around the year 1200.
Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and
manuscript illustration will be considered.
Spring semester. Cothren.
2 0.

N o rth e rn P a in tin g .

Painting and printmaking in the Netherlands
and Germany from the 14th century through
the 16th century with special emphasis on the
art of Robert Campin, Jan van Eyck, Rogier van
der Weyden, Hieronymus Bosch, Albrecht
Durer, and Pieter Breughel. Issues to be
considered include the development of the
altarpiece (formally and contextually), attitude
toward realism, the rise o f patronage systems,
and the effect o f the reformation on subject

matter.
Not offered 1984-85. Brizendine.
23.

R e m b ra n d t and H is T im e s .

Study o f Rembrandt’s art, especially toward
the understanding of the nature o f picture
making. Works in painting, drawing, and
etching are examined. Topics considered in­
clude Holland’s mercantile and Protestant
milieu, Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his
Dutch contemporaries, the development o f the
genres, the print as a medium, the loose style,
optics and painting, popular imagery, and,
above all, the general questions concerning
portraiture, self-portraiture, theatricality, real­
ism, narrative art, landscape, marketing, and
the late style.
Spring semester. Kitao.
25. Ita lia n R e n a is s a n c e A r t

Study o f the emergence o f a new style in
Florence and its development during the period
1390-1440 and after. Topics discussed include
humanism in art, historicism, scientific meth­
od, secularization, and the artist’s role in
society. Offered alternately with ARTH 26.
Not offered 1984-85.
26. M ic h e la n g e lo and H is T im e s .

Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory -in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contempo­
raries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­
lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea o f the
canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and
Mannerism.
Fall semester. Kitao.
28. B a ro q u e A rt.

European art o f the 17th century. Special
problems considered include: the impact of the
Catholic Reformation on art and artists, the
question o f reality and illusion, the nature of
allegory and propaganda in art, the rise o f
academies and the art market, and the spread of
the Baroque style through the Low Countries,
France, and Spain. Artists considered include
Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin, Ru­
bens, and Rembrandt.
Not offered 1984-85. Kitao.
2 9 . A r t s of A fr ic a .

A historical survey, this course explores African
political, religious, and social systems o f dif­
ferent epochs through the visual arts. The
purpose is to define the role o f art in a

Art

traditional African context. Topics include arts
o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary arts,
rites o f passage, and masquerade as total art.
Emphasis is placed on the relationship between
social structure, artistic expression, and sym­
bolic thought. Also considered are the role of
the artist in African society, the aesthetic values
o f different cultures, canons o f form, and
stylistic change. No prerequisite.
Fall semester. Hooter.
30.

M o d e rn A rc h ite c tu re .

Architecture in Europe and the United States
1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived
for students in Engineering.
Not offered 1984-85.
32.

N in e te e n th C e n tu ry A r t

Developments in European painting and sculp­
ture from the late 18th century through the
Post-Impressionist generation o f Cezanne, van
Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political,
economic, and cultural contexts are considered.
Fall semester. Hungerford.
3 5.

tw e n tie th C e n tu ry A r t

Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­
sionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak of
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring semester. Hungerford.
37.

A m e ric a n A r t

Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Spring semester. Hot offered 1984-85. Hungerford.
3 9. S p e c ia l T o p ic : A m e r ic a n S ta in e d
G la s s .

Field work and research on windows in the
Philadelphia area in conjunction with the
ongoing Census o f Stained Glass in America
1840-1940. Can be taken for full or half credit.
Enrollment only with the instructor’s consent.
Hot offered 1984-85. Cothren.
4 5.

A r t s o f C h in a

This course is an introduction to the religious
and secular arts o f China from the neolithic
period through the 1980s with special emphasis
on art in relation to a broad historical context.

70

W hile the course will focus on painting,
sculpture, and the usable arts, architecture,
gardens, and city planning will also be dis­
cussed.
Hot offered 1984-85. Brizendine.
4 6 . B u d d h is t and H in d u A r t

The course will deal first with the rise of
Buddhist art in Indian Asia and its later
manifestations in China, Korea, and Japan. It
will then turn to Hundu art of India and
Southeast Asia. Throughout the course, art will
be treated with special reference to religious,
cultural and political contexts.
Hot offered 1984-85. Brizendine.
4 7 . A r t s o f Ja p a n .

This course is intended to introduce the arts of
Japan from ca. 6000 BCE through the present
era. Topics will include the arts o f Shinto and
Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, painting,
sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the
traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong
emphasis will be placed on viewing art in
relation to its larger historical context.
Not offered 1984-85. Brizendine.
48. Is la m ic A r t

An introduction to the art and architecture of
the Islamic world. Emphasis will be on the
development o f a characteristic Islamic form of
expression and its major regional and dynastic
manifestations.
Hot offered 1984-85. Cothren.
49. C o llo q u ium on Is la m ic Painting.

After a brief introduction to the nature of
Islamic art, this course surveys the historical
evolution o f Islamic painting from A.D. 691 to
A.D. 1548. Emphasis is on the development o f a
narrative tradition for the illustration o f Persian
poetic and historical texts from the 14th to the
16th centuries, culminating in a detailed study of
the lavish Shahnama o f Shah Tahmasp, a project
which occupied the most important painters of
the period (c. 1522-35).
Spring semester. Cothren.
52. M o d e rn is m in A m e ric a n A r t and
L ite ra tu re , 1870-1939.

(Also listed as English 85.) An interdisciplinary
study of the origins, ideology, and development
o f modernism and anti-modernism in American
culture between 1870 and 1930, using ap­
proaches from the fields of art history, American
studies, and literary criticism. Artists include

Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school, the
"2 9 1 ” group, Hopper, and Wood; writers
include James, Wilkins Freeman, Crane, Fitz­
gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Nathanial
West.
Prerequisites: one introductory course in English
and one in Art History.
Spring semester. Hungerford and Schmidt.
55. Phila de lp h ia : C ity and
A rc h ite c tu re .

Architecture and urban forms, focusing on
Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe of
Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London,
Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago School,
the International Style, and Post-Modernism;
topics include orthogonal planning, Penn’s
idealism, the row house phenomenon, the
Centennial Exhibition, urban renewal and his­
toric preservation.
Fall semester. Kitao.
56. Rom e’s Le ga cy.

History o f architecture and urban planning
focusing on the classical tradition in the cities
and buildings in the major cities of Europe. The
topics for discussion include the Classical Order;
the castrum and the axial plan; the agora, the
forum, and the piazza; Italian hill towns; scientific
methods; the aesthetics o f regularity; the ideal
church and the ideal city; the palazzo and the
villa; fortifications; streets and vistas; Baroque
Rome; the rhetoric o f the facade; and town
houses and town planning.
Not offered 1984-85. Kitao.
74. H is to ry of Photography.

Origins and development of photography as a
form o f artistic expression and cultural com­
munication, with emphasis on the 19th and early
20th centuries.
Not offered 1984-85. Hungerford.
75. C in e m a a s Ic o n ic D is c o u rs e .

Cinema as visual and narrative art; close analysis
o f a few selected works (Blue Angel, Thirty-nine
Steps, Rules o f the Game, Citizen Kane) in the first
half, followed by a historical survey and study of
principal critical and semiotic theories. Screen­
ing, lectures, discussions, papers and filming
exercises. Class limited to twenty, primarily
advanced students.
Fall semester. Kitao.
85. A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry : D esign,
T h o u g h t, and Cu ltu re .

Topics discussed include functionalism, classi­

cism, theory of structure and decoration; build­
ings as objects and environmental constructs;
architecture in relation to urban planning and
systems design; architecture and behavioral
sciences; architecture as metalanguage; archi­
tectural semiotics; architecture in relation to
history and culture. Readings cover Sullivan,
Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitruvius
as well as more recent theories by Lynch,
Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Venturi, Eco, and
Tafuri.
Instructor’s consent.
Not offered 1984-85. Kitao.
91. S p e cia l Topic: A s ia n Landscape.

The course will examine the concept o f land­
scape and the existence o f landscape as a genre in
the arts o f China and Japan from a variety of
points of view, including conceptual, geograph­
ical, geological, and formal. W e will consider a
variety of media, including painting, architecture,
sculpture, literature, and possibly film.
Not offered 1984-85. Brizendine.
92. T h e D e -D e fin itio n of A rt: Is s u e s in A r t
S in c e 1945.

After surveying major movements in art from
the end o f the Second World War until the
mid-Seventies and examining the critical and
theoretical literature which has emerged with the
new art, the course will focus on the art of the
late seventies and eighties. Emphasis will be
placed on the role o f the artist and the gallery in
the contemporary art scene. Students in the
course will have the opportunity to make a
number of field trips to galleries in Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., and New York, and will be
involved in the organization and installation of
an exhibition in the Wilcox Gallery as well as in
writing an extensive catalogue to accompany the
show thus gaining experience in the problems of
gallery management, exhibition planning and
design, and handling works o f art.
Not offered 1984-85. Brizendine.
93. S p e c ia l T o p ic : T h e C ity as A r t if a c t

Analytical study of visual and physical aspects of
cities in history from the dawn o f civilization to
the modern megalopolis.
O ffered occasionally. Kitao.
95. S p e cia l T o p ic : V isu a l S e m io tic s.

Theory of signs as applied to artifacts and visual
phenomena,including clothing, gestures, art and
architecture, everyday objects, and advertising.
O ffered occasionally. Kitao.

71

Art

96. D ire cte d Reading.

99. S e n io r T h e s is .

Staff.

Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis in the fall semester of the senior year
may be substituted for Senior Seminar. For
Course majors in Art History only.
Fall semester. Staff.

97. S e n io r S e m in a r.

For Course majors in Art History only. As part
o f this course the students write a Senior Paper,
which serves as the Comprehensive Examina­
tion. The topic o f the paper, which may vary
periodically, will be defined by the Department.
Spring semester. Cothren.

SEMINARS
Seminars are open to all majors with the consent
o f the instructor; for students preparing for
External Examination an appropriate course
with an attachment may be substituted for a
seminar in the event that seminar is not offered
during the two years in which the student is
eligible to take seminars.

132. N ineteenth C e n tu ry A r t

Spring semester, 1986. Hungerford.
135. tw e n tie th C e n tu ry A r t

Fall semester. Hungerford.
146. C h in e se Painting.

Fall, 1985.. Brizendine.

117. G oth ic A rt.

191. S p e cia l To pics.

Not offered 1984-85. Cothren.

Staff.

125. Italian R e n a issa n ce A rt.

195. T h e s is .

Not offered 1984-85. Kitao.

Staff.

128. R aroque A r t

197. T h e o r y and M eth o d o lo g y.

Spring semester. Kitao.

Spring semester. Cothren.

Studio Arts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full
course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio
Arts courses are subject to the College’s limit
on Creative Arts courses (see p. 52). Studio
Art I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts
courses; it may be waived by presenting a
portfolio.
1. In tro d u c tio n to S tu d io A rts .

Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form.
Attention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects of the work and to the development of
studio techniques.
Each semester. Exon and Meunier.
2. P o tte ry.

An introduction to the techniques o f pottery.
No credit.
Not offered 1984-85.

72

3. D ra w in g .

W ork in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels of ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Spring semester. Exon.
4. S c u lp tu re : F ig u re M o d e lin g .

This course deals with the basic techniques of
figure modeling. These techniques include
preliminary measurements, construction of the
armature, modeling a self-portrait in clay,
plaster casting, and the final application o f the
patina.
Fall semester. Meunier.
5. C e ra m ic s I.

Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­
building and wheel techniques, and artistic use
o f these techniques.
Spring semester. Nagata.

6. P h o to g ra p h y.

Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photography,
both as a unique medium and as it relates to
other forms of non-photographic composition.
Each semester. Meunier.
7. C e ra m ic s II.

Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing and
firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some
porcelain).
Prerequisite: StuA 5 or equivalent.
Fall semester. Nagata.
8. P a in tin g .

Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can
define surface, space, light, temperature and
mood.
Each semester. Exon.
9 . P rin tm a k in g .

Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut, and
the aesthetic possibilities o f these techniques
singly and in combination.
Not offered 1984-85 Exon.

student’s appreciation o f the visual world.
Fall semester. Exon.
12. S c u lp tu re : M u lti-M e d ia .

Investigation o f three-dimensional forms
through modelling, assemblage, and construc­
tion; emphasis on contemporary methods and
concepts. Supplementary slide lectures and
discussions.
Spring semester. Meunier.
13. A d v a n c e d D ra w in g .

Fall semester. Exon.
14. A d v a n c e d S c u lp tu re .

Each semester. Meunier.
15. A d v a n c e d C e ra m ic s .

Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on
personal development in explorative glazing;
decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­
tures; and understanding o f firing processes.
Admission by consent o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Nagata.
16. A d v a n c e d Ph o to gra p h y.

Each semester. Meunier.
18. A d v a n c e d P aintin g.

10. Life D ra w in g .

Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f the human form in nature
and in art. Although the course centers on
drawing from the model, many other natural
forms are utilized in order fully to establish a

Each semester. Exon.
19. A d v a n c e d P rin tm a k in g .

Not offered 1984-85. Exon.
20. S p e c ia l S tu d ie s .

Staff.

73

Asian Studies

Coordinator: D O NALD K. SW EA R ER

The Asian Studies Program provides an oppor­
tunity for students to become familiar with the
traditions and cultures o f East, South, and
Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements
indicated below students may graduate with a
Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a
regular major. A concentration may focus on
East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it
may apply the approaches o f one or two
disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The
concentration is open to majors in all depart­
ments.
A student intending to concentrate in Asian
Studies should submit a program proposal for
approval by the Asian Studies faculty by the end
of the Sophomore year. The proposal should be
the result o f discussion with a member o f the
Asian Studies faculty drawn, whenever pos­
sible, from the student’s major department. It
will explain what the student intends to
undertake and how the Asian Studies Concen­
tration will relate to his or her departmental
major. Insofar as possible the courses or
seminars required for the major and those for
the Concentration should be chosen in a way
that will comprise a well integrated and
focussed program.
Each concentration must include at least five
Asian Studies credits. At least three of them
must be outside the major department and
must be chosen from at least two other
departments. In order to provide students with
a common experience, a shared basis for
identification and discussion, and a basic
preparation for continuing study in the Asian
area, each candidate in addition will normally
be required to include in his or her program
two o f the following courses: History 9
(Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese
Civilization), Religion 2 (Patterns o f Asian
Religions), Religion 10 (The Hindu Tradition),
Religion 11 (The Buddhist Tradition). Finally,
in the senior year each student must either
write a major research paper on a topic
approved by the Asian Studies Committee
followed by an oral examination administered
by the Committee, or take a comprehensive
examination administered by the Committee

74

on the program he or she has set out. A thesis or
major paper written for another department
may, with the approval o f the Committee, and
with an oral examination administered by the
Committee, be substituted for this require­
ment.
Courses and seminars presently offered that
count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies
Concentration:
D e p a rtm e n t of A r t

45.
46.
47.
91.
146.

Arts o f China
Buddhist and Hindu Art
Arts of Japan
Asian Landscape
Chinese Painting

D e p a rtm e n t of H is to ry

9.
72.
74.
75.
76.
77.
144.

Chinese Civilization
Japanese Civilization
Modem China
Modem Japan
China Between Revolutions
China: the Politics o f History
Modem China

D e p a rtm e n t of M o d e rn L a n g u a g e s

1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese
3B, 4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese
5. Third-year Chinese:
12. Chinese Literature in Translation
15. The Chinese Language
93. Directed Reading
One credit o f first- or second-year Chinese may be
counted toward the concentration. A ll work at the
third-year level or above may be counted.
D e p a rtm e n t of M u s ic

8. Music o f the Orient
D e p a rtm e n t of P o litic a l S c ie n c e

19. Comparative Communist Politics
20. Politics o f China
107. Comparative Communist Politics
D e p a rtm e n t of R elig ion

2.
10.
11.
32.
103.
104.

Patterns o f Asian Religions
The Hindu Tradition
The Buddhist Tradition
Religion in East Asia
Asian Religious Thought
Religion in Southeast Asia

A s ia n S tu d ie s

93. Directed Reading
96. Concentration Paper
Other courses and seminars which include
Asian materials (see departmental listings for
year offered):
D e p a rtm e n t of E c o n o m ic s

11.
31.
106.
109.

Economic Development
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Economic Systems
Economic Development

D e p a rtm e n t o f R e ligion

13. Comparative Religious Mysticism
29. Religious Belief and Moral Action
101. Religious Perspectives East and West
D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y

30. Religion as a Cultural Institution
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution
In planning their programs, students may wish
to consult one o f the following Asian Studies
faculty members: Alfred H. Bloom (Linguis­
tics), Curtis H. Brizendine (Art), T. Kaori Kitao
(Art), Gerald Levinson (Music), Lillian M. Li

(History), Kenneth C. Luk (Modem Lan­
guages), Steven I. Piker (Sociology-Anthropol­
ogy), or Donald K. Swearer (Religion).
Students concentrating in Asian Studies should
be aware o f the opportunities which exist
outside of Swarthmore for Asian language and
Asian area studies: cross-registration at Bryn
Mawr, Haverford, and the University of Penn­
sylvania during the regular academic year;
study at institutes such as the Middlebury
College Summer Language School during the
summer; and overseas programs in India, Sri
Lanka, Japan, Hongkong, the People’s Republic
o f China, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan).
Overseas programs will normally be under­
taken during the junior year and presuppose
work in Asian Studies. Students who are
interested in participating should plan well in
advance so that they can take the necessary
prior work as well as fulfill their other academic
obligations while at Swarthmore. W ork done
abroad, as well as Asian languages studied
outside o f Swarthmore, may (with the pro­
visions stated for Chinese language above) be
counted toward the concentration.

Astronomy

JO H N E. G A U S T A D , Professor, Chairman, and Director of Sproul Observatory
W U L F F D. H E IN TZ , Professor

Astronomy deals with the nature o f the
universe about us and the methods employed
to derive the laws underlying the observed
phenomena. The department offers introduce
tory courses for students in all divisions (Astr.
1 to 4) and for science students (5 to 9). Var­
ious topics o f astronomy and astrophysics are
considered in detail in advanced courses,
normally given in alternate years.
The principal telescope, the 61* cm. Sproul
refractor with a focal length o f 11 metres, is
used for research on the distances, motions,
orbits, and masses o f stars by means o f visual
and photographic observations. It has been in

constant operation since 1912. Other equip­
ment includes a high-precision measuring
machine for the photographs, installed in 1971,
photoelectric and photographic photometers,
and a Brashear micrometer. A 61-cm. reflector
equipped with a high-resolution spectrometer,
operated in conjunction with the Physics
department, is available for solar and stellar
spectroscopy. A 15-cm. refractor and a 20-cm.
reflector are used for instruction and for
student projects. The Astronomy Library
possesses a large collection o f research publica­
tions. Visitors’ Nights at the Observatory are
announced in the monthly calendar o f the
College.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in Astronomy
should plan to take Mathematics 5, 6 and
Physics 3, 4 in their freshman year. Physics 14,
15, and one or more o f Mathematics 1 6,18,23,
or 3 0 should be undertakenin the sophomore
year. Astronomy 5, 6 can be completed in
either the freshman or sophomore year.
An Astronomy major is required to complete

1. In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y .

A one-semester course which highlights the
scientific investigation o f the universe by
observation and theory, and includes the basic
notions o f physics as needed in astronomical
applications. Topics include astronomical in­
struments and radiation; the sun and planets;
properties, structure, and evolution o f stars;
the Galaxy and extra-galactic systems; and the
origin and evolution o f the universe. Three
class periods each week plus evening labs.
Fall semester. Gaustad.
4.

C o n c e p ts o f the C o s m o s .

A history-oriented introduction, with emphasis
on the oriental and hellenistic development of
astronomical and mathematical methods, the

76

eight credits which include Astronomy 5, 6,
21, 22, and 59.
In collaboration with the Department of
Physics, the Department offers a Special Major
in Astrophysics, requiring a minimum o f eight
courses in Physics and four courses in Astron­
omy. Interested students should consult the
Chairman o f either department.

motions o f the celestial sphere, and the
evolution of observation and astrophysics in
the 200 years from Halley to Einstein. Includes
nighttime observing sessions.
Not offered 1984-85.
5 ,6 . G e n e ra l A s tro n o m y I, II.

Intended for science students, these courses
introduce the methods and results o f astronomy
and astrophysics, making use o f basic physical
and mathematical principles. They are pre­
requisites for courses numbered 21 and above.
Fall: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical in­
struments. Laws o f physics relevant to astron­
omy. Observed properties o f stars. Stellar
structure and evolution. Star clusters. Celestial
mechanics. Binary stars.

Spring: Interstellar matter. The Milky Way
Galaxy. Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The
Sun. The Solar system.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5 or equivalent.
Corequisites: Physics 3 and 4.
Fall semester: Heintz. Spring semester: Gaustad.
9. In tro d u c tio n to M e te o ro lo g y .

The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather observations and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 , 6, or equivalent.
Spring semester. Heintz.
2 1 ,2 2 . T h e o re tic a l A s t r o p h y s ic s I, II.

Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­
tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in­
clude electromagnetic processes in space, quan­
tum and relativistic astrophysics, radiative
transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpretation
of stellar spectra, and stellar structure and
evolution. Problems and projects will be
assigned.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Physics 14, 15,
or consent of instructor.
Not offered 1984-85.
23. M e th o d s o f O b s e rv a tio n a l
A s tro n o m y .

Theory and practice in the techniques of
modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
Telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­
tral classification; data analysis. The photo­
graphic process. Students will undertake
projects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6.
Fall semester. Heintz and Gaustad.
5 5.

P la n e ta ry S c ie n c e .

Methods and results o f the exploration o f the

solar system. May be taken as a writing course
(containing literature surveys and papers).
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Spring semester. Heintz.
56.

C o s m o lo g y .

General relativity and the theoretical frame­
work o f cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5 , 6; Mathematics 6.
Not offered 1984-85. Heintz.
59.

P o sitio n a l A s tro n o m y .

Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­
damental and apparent positions; propermotion and binary-star analysis.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Fall semester. Heintz.
61. C u r r e n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tro p h y s ic s .

The course will involve reading and discussion
o f selected research papers from the astro­
nomical literature. Instruction will be given in
techniques o f journal reading, use o f abstract
services, and other aids for the efficient
maintenance o f awareness in a technical field.
Fall and spring semesters. (Half credit each)
Gaustad.
66.

P e c u lia r S ta rs .

A study o f the observed properties and
physical models for variable stars, novae,
supemovae, white dwarfs, neutron stars, black
holes, and stars with peculiar spectra.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Physics 15.
Spring semester. Gaustad.
93. D ire c te d R ead ing .

Staff.
94. R e s e a rc h P r o je c t

Staff.

77

Biology

JO H N B. JE N K IN S , Professor and Chairman12
R O B ER T L SAVAGE, Professor
N A N C Y V. H A M L E T T , Associate Professor
M A R K J A C O B S , Associate Professor
J A C O B W EIN ER, Associate Professor2
T IM O T H Y C. W IL L IA M S , Associate Professor and Acting Chairman (spring semester, 1985)
GREGORY L FLO RAN T, Assistant Professor1
S C O T T F. GILBERT, Assistant Professor
S H A R O N K IN S M A N , Assistant Professor
M A R Y B E TH S A FFO , Assistant Professor
B A R B A R A Y. S TE W A R T, Lecturer
TE D D R. GOUNDIE, Assistant
G LO RIA U . ROSEN, Assistant

The student may be introduced to the study o f
biology by taking Biology 1 and Biology 2.
Either course may be taken first. A diversity of
advanced courses, some offered in alternate
years, affords the student the opportunity o f
building a broad biological background while

concentrating, if he or she chooses, in some
specialized areas such as cellular and molecular
biology, or organismal and population biology.
A special major in biochemistry is offered in
cooperation with the Department o f Chemistry
(cf. Chemistry).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting subjects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college math'
ematics. These courses should be completed
before the senior year. Introductory physics is
strongly recommended, and is prerequisite to
some departmental offerings. Further, it should
be noted that medical schools and graduate
schools in biology require introductory physics
for admission.

Students majoring in Biology must take at least
one course in each o f the following three
groups: I, cell and molecular biology (i.e. 20,
21, 32, 34, 38, 51, 53, 56, 61, 74); II,
organismal biology (i.e. 1 2 ,3 6 ,3 7 ,5 2 ,5 7 ,6 6 ,
73, 76, 7 8 ,1 7 8 ); III, populational biology (i.e.
17, 25, 26, 40, 45, 50, 68, 69, 70, 84, 160).
Specific recommendations and options for
biology are published each year in The Biology
H andbook, which is presented to students who
have been accepted as majors in the department.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations in areas such as animal behavior,

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.

7B

cell or developmental biology, ecology, evolution, genetics, microbiology, plant or animal

physiology via seminars or combinations of
courses. Admission to the Honors Program is
based on academic record and completion of
prerequisites for the courses or seminars used
in preparation for external examination. Depart­

mental requirements in chemistry and mathe­
matics must also be fulfilled. Students majoring
in Biology include Thesis, Biology 180, as part
o f their external examination program.

1. C e llu la r and M a le c u la r B ielo g y.

20. G e n e tics .

An introductory study o f phenomena funda­
mental to living systems illustrated by examples
drawn from the Reids o f microbiology, cell
biology, genetics, and developmental biology.
Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists
have attempted to elucidate these phenomena
rather than upon a survey o f them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Fall semester. Staff.

An examination o f the transmission, structure,
and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identi­
fication, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene
activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Jenkins.

2. O rg a n is m a l and P o p u la tio n B iolog y.

An introduction to the study of whole organ­
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals.
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Spring semester. Staff.
12. T h e V e rte b ra te s.

A consideration of the anatomy of vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra­
tions, films, an introduction to basic histology,
and when possible, radiographic presentations.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Spring semester. Florant.
17. S y s te m a tic B o ta n y

Principles and methods o f plant systematics
approached through the classification and
identification o f the major families o f vascular
plants. Emphasis is upon the flora of the
northeastern United States. The course is open
to biology majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Alternate years, spring semester. Weiner.

21. C e ll Biology.

A study o f the ultrastructure and function of
cell components, cell division, biosynthesis of
macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism.
Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate
the variety o f approaches to findings in cell
biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Savage.
25. Field S tu d ie s in A n im a l B e h a vio r.

Ethological studies o f animal behavior under
natural conditions. Subjects o f study include
primarily vertebrates and the social insects.
Class work involves both lectures and seminar
format. Laboratories consist o f field trips and
small group projects in the local area. Partial
overlap with Biology 45 and 60.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2. Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.
26. A d a p ta tio n a l P lant A n a to m y.

An examination o f the anatomical adaptations
o f vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature and biotic
factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/
morphology of hydrophytes, xerophytes, epi­
phytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous
plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits, and seeds.

Biology

One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Spring semester. Jacobs.
3 2.

M e m b ra n e M o le c u la r B iology.

An examination o f the structure and function
o f biological membranes. Topics include struC'
tural organization, lipid metabolism, energy
transduction, transport systems, and mech­
anisms for the recognition and control of
cellular activity. Students are required to
present a major report on a selected area of
contemporary research in any area of molecular
biology.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Alternate years, spring semester. Stewart.
3 4.

Im m u n o lo g y .

A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Special
attention will be given to the cellular interac­
tions leading to immunocompetency and to the
strategies whereby certain microorganisms,
tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Fall semester. Gilbert.
3 6 . In v e rte b ra te Zo o lo gy.

The evolution and adaptive biology o f inver­
tebrate animals. Consideration is given to
adaptive morphology, phytogeny, ecology, phys­
iology, and comparative biochemistry of inver­
tebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Occasional
field trips. Writing course.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Alternate years, spring semester. Saffo.
37. P la nt P h y s io lo g y .

A study of the principal physiological processes
o f higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas
exchange, water and nutrient transport, miner­
al metabolism, plant hormone action, and
environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and Organic
Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Fall semester. Jacobs.

38.

M ic ro b io lo g y .

Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics
include microbial cell structure, metabolism,
physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory
exercises include techniques for detecting, iso­
lating, cultivating, quantifying, and identifying
bacteria.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 36.
Fall semester. Hamlett.
40.

E vo lu tio n .

An introduction to the history and principles
o f evolutionary biology. The course content
includes a brief history of evolutionary theory;
population: structure and concept; the princi­
ple o f the equilibrium population; microevolutionary changes; the process o f spéciation; and
macroevolutionary changes that include se­
lected evolutionary pathways.
Laboratory/discussion periods.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2, or consent of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Jenkins.
42.

H is to ry of B io lo g y .

An intensive overview o f the history of
biological thought and its relationship to other
intellectual and social events. The major axis o f
the course includes the species controversies
from Aristotle through Darwin, the triumph of
Darwinism, the rise o f physiological embry­
ology and genetics, the gene theory, evolu­
tionary synthesis, and the foundations of
molecular biology. Two major papers required.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.
4 5 . F ield S tu d ie s in P rim a te B e h a vio r.

An investigation o f primate ethology as studied
in the animal’s natural environment. Particular
emphasis is placed on those studies relating
social behavior to habitat or population stress.
The course includes both lecture and seminar
format; one laboratory period per week. Partial
overlap with Biology 25 and 160.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and
Biology 2 or one introductory level course in
Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate
background in anthropology.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.

5 0. M a rin e B iology.

Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
micro-organisms.
One laboratory period per week; several all-day
field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Not offered 1984-85.
51. C e lls in C u ltu re .

An examination o f the biology o f plant and
animal cells as revealed by their activities in
vitro. Discussions focus on the surfaces, growth,
locomotion, transformation of eukaryotic cells
and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In the
laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant cell
culture and o f somatic cell fusion are intro­
duced. Students then undertake independent
investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent of instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Savage.
5 2 . D e v e lo p m e n ta l B iology.

An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization, embryonic cleavage and gene
expression, the formation o f representative
organs, cell migration in development, develop­
mental genetics, and the roles o f the cell surface
in development. Laboratory exercises investi­
gate the developmental anatomy o f selected
organisms in normal and manipulated condi­
tions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; either 2 0 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
5 3. V iro lo g y .

A study o f viruses with emphasis on their
molecular biology. Topics include techniques
for studying and cultivating viruses, virus
structure and replication, the interactions of
viruses and their hosts, and properties of
selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exercises
use bacteriophage to demonstrate techniques
for studying viruses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20
recommended.

Enrollment limited to 18.
Spring semester. Hamlett.
5 6 . H u m a n G e n e tics .

An examination o f human inheritance patterns
using techniques of genetic analysis that are
appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization, and regulation
o f the human genome will be discussed, along
with applications of current research.
Laboratory project.
Prerequisites: Biology lo r 2; 2 0 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Jenkins.
57. A n im a l P h y sio lo g y .

A comparison o f major physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­
cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes in­
volved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation o f physiological responses to
different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12, Physics 2 or 4.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Not offered 1984-85.
61. A d v a n c e d T o p ic s In C e ll B io lo g y .

A consideration o f cellular structure and
function, cell development and evolution, and
interaction o f separate intracellular genetic
systems, conducted in seminar format based
upon readings in the current research journals.
Investigative laboratory projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 21.
Enrollment limited to 8.
Spring semester. Savage.
66.

C o n tro l of P la n t D e v e lo p m e n t.

An examination o f cellular, intercellular and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. An area of
primary interest will be the role and action of
plant hormones, both as agents o f internal
control and as mediators o f external factors.
Particular examples will be studied in depth,
with an emphasis upon critical evaluation of
original research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continuing
laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other

Biology

Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Fall semester. Jacobs.
6 8 . M ic ro b ia l E c o lo g y.

A study o f the interrelationships o f micro­
organisms and their environment with em­
phasis on the biological, biochemical, and
physiological elements affecting microbial
population? and communities.
Seminar format and investigative laboratory
projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 38.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Spring semester. Hamlett.
6 9. Ecology.

The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance of
organisms. Topics covered include interactions
between organisms and their environments,
population dynamics, species interactions,
community ecology and nutrient cycles. Prior
work in several o f the following will be helpful:
Biology 2 0 ,3 7 ,4 0 ,5 7 ; Chemistry 10,22; Math
2, 5; Physics 1.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Fall semester. Weiner.
70. P la n t Ecolog y.

An advanced course which considers plant
individuals, populations and communities in
their relationships with their physical and
biological environments. Areas developed in­
clude climatology, soil science, plant population
biology, competition, herbivory, plant com­
munities and ecosystem analysis. Laboratory
and field work emphasize hypothesis formation
and the collection, analysis, and interpretation
o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half o f the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, concurrent or
previous enrollment in Biology 69 and consent
o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Fall semester. Weiner.
73. A n im a l O rie n ta tio n and M ig ra tio n .

An investigation o f the long distance move­
ments o f animals, the sensory systems that
guide those movements and the physiological
mechanisms that stimulate and support migra­

tion. Laboratory consists o f original research
projects. The course is conducted in seminar
format. Partial overlap with Biology 78.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 and 12 or permission
o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are
strongly recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.
74. D e v e lo p m e n ta l G e n e tics .

An investigation o f the various mechanisms
governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­
trating on gene activity in early development
and on specific cases o f differential gene
expression.
Seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 21, 52, or permission of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.
76.

A d v a n c e d T o p ic s in P h y s io lo g y .

This course will focus on physiological prob­
lems in animals which relate to neuro-endocrine, thermoregulatory, and behavioral func­
tion. The course will require a basic under­
standing of physiological mechanisms. A semi­
nar format will be used to discuss recent
papers. Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisites: Consent o f the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Fall semester. Florant.
78. P h y s io lo g ic a l M e c h a n is m s of
A n im a l B e h a vio r.

A consideration of the mechanisms underlying
animal behavior. Areas of primary interest are
neurobiology, sensory physiology, orientation,
and biorhythms. Material is presented in both
lecture and seminar format. Laboratory work
consists o f small group research projects.
Partial overlap with Biology 73.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, at least one other
Biology course, and Physics 2 or 4. Math 2
recommended.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.
79. T o p ic s in E n v iro n m e n ta l
P h y s io lo g y .

A comparison o f the physiological adaptations
o f plants and animals to common ecological
problems. Consideration of water balance,
nitrogen catabolism, respiration, locomotion,
dormancy, pressure adaptations, thermoreg­
ulation, nutrient acquisition and nutrient pro­

cessing in particular aquatic and terrestrial
habitats.
Seminar format, with laboratory.
Prerequisite: one o f the following course: Bio.
36, 37, 38, 50, 57, 69.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Saffo.
8 4 . B io lo g y o f S y m b io s is .

Intimate associations between taxonomically
dissimilar organisms. Investigation o f relation'
ships between animals, plants, and microorgan'
isms at biochemical, physiological, structural,
and ecological levels.
Lectures, discussions, and laboratory. A 2credit colloquium.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Saffo.
9 0. P rim a te A d a p ta tio n s : E c o lo g y,
E th o lo g y, and E v o lu tio n .

(Also listed as Socioldgy and Anthropology
90). This course will use materials pertaining to
the Order o f the Primates to address the
following issues: similarities and differences in
primate adaptations; behavior and adaptation;
methods for primate field studies (ethology
and ethnography); hominid evolution; primate
nature and human nature. The class will meet
once a week for three hours, and class sessions
will be given over to a mix o f lectures, discus'
sions, and student project reports.
Enrollment limited to juniors and seniors.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , or 45; S &. A 10 or
33; or permission o f instructors.
Fall semester, 1984. Williams, Piker, Legesse.
9 3. D ire c te d R eading.

W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.
9 4 . R e s e a rc h P r o je c t

W ith the permission o f the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a
research program.
Fall or spring semester. Stewart, Staff.

95.

S e n io r Paper.

A senior paper is required o f all senior Course
majors in Biology in satisfaction o f the require'
ment o f a comprehensive examination for
graduation. However, students are not required
to enroll in 95 while writing the paper. Does not
count as a course for the major.
160. R e h a v io ra l E c o lo g y.

The study o f behavior as an adaptation to an
environment. The topics covered include those
normally encountered in a discussion o f sociobiology (reproductive and feeding strategies
and the evolution o f societies). In addition the
seminar treats topics considered in animal
ecology: ecological methods, habitat descrip­
tion, the growth and regulation o f populations,
and the ecological consequences o f migration.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 and one other organis­
ms! biology course or permission o f the
instructor; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.
178. (M e ch a n ism s o f B e h a v io r.

A discussion o f the mechanisms underlying
behavior. In addition to traditional discussions
o f sensory physiology and orientation, a large
segment o f the seminar is devoted to discussion
o f neurobiology, especially those preparations
in which behavior can be understood by the
actions o f a small number o f neurons. Relatively
litde time is spent on vertebrate CNS function
or brain function as these topics are treated
extensively in other biology or psychology
courses at the College.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other
Biology course, Physics 2 or 4, or permission of
the instructor; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.
180. T h e s is .

A research project required only o f students
who major in Biology for the external examina­
tion program. Students minoring in Biology
may elect to do a thesis as part o f their external
examination program.

83

Black Studies

Coordinator: JE R O M E H. W OOD, J R .

The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1) to introduce students to the history,
culture, society, and political and economic
conditions o f Black people in Africa, the
Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2)
to explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study o f the Black experience.
Students in any department may add a Concen­
tration in Black Studies to their departmental
major by fulfilling the requirements stated
below. Applications for admission to the
Concentration should be made in the spring
semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordi­
nator o f the Program. All programs must be
approved by the Committee on Black Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are required
to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black
Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester o f the
senior year. They must take a minimum o f five
courses in Black Studies. These must include at
least three courses (which may include Black
Studies 91) outside the departmental major,
from at least two departments other than the
major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year ) or a seminar (if there are four or
more students), with all senior Concentrators
participating. The topics selected for reading,
class discussions, and the writing o f seminar
papers will be drawn from a list o f representa­
tive works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend on
the interests and backgrounds o f the partici­
pants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be
taken in the spring semester o f the senior year,
and will culminate in a comprehensive exami­
nation administered by the Black Studies
Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration are
listed below. Courses of independent study,
special attachments on subjects relevant to
Black Studies, and courses offered by visiting
faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the

84

College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the
Black Studies Committee, be included in the
Program. Students who wish to pursue these
possibilities should consult with the appropri­
ate department and with the Black Studies
Committee.
E c o n o m ic s 26. S o c ia l E c o n o m ic s .
E n g lis h L ite ra tu re 11. F ig u re s
in th e V eil.
E n g lish L ite ra tu re 59. T h e B la c k
A m e ric a n W rite r.
E n g lis h L ite ra tu re 6 0 . T h e
C o n te m p o ra ry B la c k W r it e r of th e
U n ite d S ta te s .
E n g lis h L ite ra tu re 76. T h e B la ck
A fr ic a n W riter.
E n g lish L ite ra tu re 121. M o d e rn
B la c k Fictio n
H is to ry 7. A fr ic a n -A m e r ic a n H is to ry .
H is to ry 8. A fr ic a .
H is t o r y 53. B la c k C u ltu re and
B la c k C o n s c io u s n e s s .
H is to ry 56. E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .
H is t o r y 58. T h e W o rld of D u B o is,
R o g e rs , and Diop.
H is to ry 63. S ou th A fric a .
H is t o r y 67. T h e A fr ic a n in Latin
A m e ric a .
H is to ry 140. M o d e rn A fr ic a .
H is to ry 141. S o u th A fr ic a .
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 21. P o litic s o f A fric a .
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 44. R ace, E th n ic ity
and P u b lic P o lic y .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 27. A f r o A m e ric a n C u ltu re and S o c ie ty .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 36. P e o p le s
and C u ltu re s o f A fr ic a .
B la c k S tu d ie s 91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s in
B la c k S tu d ie s .

Chemistry

EDW ARD A . FEHNEL, Professor Emeritus*
5
J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor
R O B ERT F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor
PETER T. T H O M P S O N , Professor and Chairman?
RODERT M . C O R N , Assistant Professor
J U D IT H G. VOET, Assistant Professor
JE F F R E Y A . C H A R O N N A T, Instructor
U R S U L A M . DAVIS, Assistant
M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant
N IT A H. S IC ILIA N O , Assistant

The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques of the science

and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modem chemistry.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed
by 22, 32. Students with especially strong pre­
college background in chemistry may be ad­
vised to begin with Chemistry 22. Such
students will normally be asked to take a
placement examination. Students seeking Ad­
vanced Placement credit may also be required
to take this examination. Consult with the
Department Chairman.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses m the Department.
These must include Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 34,
3 6 ,4 5 and three additional courses o f which at
least two must have a laboratory (chosen from
Chemistry 56, 57, 78, 94 or 9<6). Students
should note the Mathematics and Physics
prerequisites for Chemistry 34, 36 and 45.
Those considering a major in Chemistry are
strongly urged to complete these prerequisites
by the end o f the Sophomore year.
Those students planning professional work in
Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester of mathematics and at least two

additional courses in chemistry. Those wishing
to obtain a degree accredited by the American
Chemical Society should include both Chem­
istry 57 and 76 in their programs. ACS
accreditation is useful for those who intend to
pursue a career in chemical industry. Further,
proficiency in reading scientific German, Rus­
sian, or French is an asset to the practicing
chemist.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96 and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in
Chemical Physics (see discussion of Special
Major, page 46), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes from a micro­
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult the Chairmen o f both
departments.

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
5 Spring semester, 1985.

85

Chemistry

BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
try 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 6 ,4 5 ,5 8 , and 78; Biology 1,
21, (53 or 74), and one other Biology course
chosen with the assistance of the biochemistry
advisor. Research opportunities are available in
both Biology and Chemistry Departments.
Interested students should consult the Chair­
men o f the two departments.

In collaboration with the Department o f
Biology, the Department o f Chemistry also
offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to
gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application o f chemis­
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis­

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examina­
tion program in Chemistry should complete
Chemistry 10, 2 2 ,3 2 and 36 (or 34), two years
o f college mathematics, and two semesters of
physics by the end o f the sophomore year.
Preparation for each paper consists o f a
combination o f one course and one seminarcourse as follows; Organic Reaction Mecha­
nisms (62+ 72); Qpantum Chemistry (34+ 74);
Physical Chemistry (4 5 + 7 5 ); Inorganic Chem­
istry (36+ 76); Biological Chemistry (58+ 78).
A research thesis (180) must be included as one
o f the Papers. Interested students should
consult with the Chairman o f the Department.
10. G e n e ra l C h e m is try .

A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­
ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates
and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff.
22.

O rg a n ic C h e m is try I.

An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f
the more important classes o f organic com­
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and
spectroscopic properties, methods of prepara­
tion and reactions o f aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides and several types of
monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an
emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.

3 2 . O rg a n ic C h e m is try II.

A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with emphasis
on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry of
monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22
Fall semester. Charonnat.
34.

Q ua n tu m C h e m is try .

An introduction to some basic physical chemitry concepts at the atomic and molecular level
including particles and waves, elementary quan­
tum theory, atomic and molecular structure,
valence bond and molecular orbital theory,
symmetry and group theory, spectroscopy,
statistical mechanics, and reaction rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 for 2).
Spring semester. Corn.
3 6 . In o rg a n ic C h e m is try .

A study o f the main group elements, add-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­
trochemistry, and an introduction to transition
metal chemistry. Laboratory will emphasize the
preparation and analysis o f inorganic com­
pounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Pasternack.
4 5 . T h e rm o d y n a m ic s .

An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states o f matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam­

ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions,
and solid state structure.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 2).
Fall semester. Thompson.
56 . O rg a n ic S tru c tu re D e te rm in a tio n .

Classroom and laboratory study o f the prin­
ciples and techniques involved in the elucida­
tion o f the structures o f organic compounds.
Emphasis is placed on the correlation o f
structure and properties of organic molecules
and on the theoretical principles underlying
various chemical and spectroscopic methods of
identification and structure determination.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22, 32 (or 28, 29).
Spring semester. Fehnel.
57. In s tru m e n ta l C h e m ic a l A n a ly s is .

A study of the principles and techniques of
modern instrumental analysis in chemistry.
Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital
logic and computer applications of data collec­
tion and control in chemical analysis are
studied.

One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 34.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
58.

B io lo g ic a l C h e m is try .

An introduction to the chemistry of living
systems: protein conformation, principles of
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32, 36 and Biology 1
(Biology 21 recommended).
Fall semester. Voet.
62.

O rg a n ic R eactio n M e c h a n is m s I.

A variety o f topics in physical organic chemis­
try including valence bond theory, stereo­
chemistry, linear free-energy relationships,
thermochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms,
acid-base theory, nucleophilic aliphatic substi­
tution, ionic addition and elimination reac­
tions, aromatic substitution, and ionic re­
actions of carbonyl compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 32 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 45.
Fall semester. Hammons.

SEMINAR COURSES
The following single credit courses taught in
seminar style may be taken for course credit or
combined with other courses to prepare for
Papers in the External Examination Program.
72. O rg a n ic R e a ctio n M e c h a n is m s II.

A continuation o f the study begun in Chemis­
try 62 with topics to include molecular orbital
theory; free-radical, pericyclic and photochem­
ical reactions.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 62. Prior enrollment
in Chemistry 3 4 is recommended.
Fall semester. Hammons.
74 .

A d v a n c e d Q ua n tu m C h e m is try .

Topics to be studied will be selected from laser
chemistry, molecular orbital calculations, spec­
troscopy, quantum theory o f light, scattering
theory, group theory, and time-dependent
perturbation theory.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45 and Math­
ematics 16.
Fall semester. Corn.

75. A d v a n c e d P h y s ic a l C h e m is try .

Topics to be studied will be selected from more
advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and sta­
tistical mechanics including interactions in the
gaseous and liquid states, the theory o f solu­
tions, and chemical reaction dynamics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
76. A d v a n c e d In o rg a n ic C h e m is try .

The study o f topics to be selected from
applications o f symmetry and group theory;
transition metal chemistry; bonding; reaction
mechanisms; spectroscopy; organometallic
chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid
state chemistry.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34, 36, and 45 or
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Pasternack.
78. A d v a n c e d B io lo g ic a l C h e m is try .

Reading and laboratory projects in a few
important areas o f current biochemistry, such
as enzyme structure and function, spectro-

87

Chemistry

scopic methods, nucleic acid conformation,
mechanisms o f transcriptional and transla­
tional control in bacteriophage and in higher
organisms, chromosomal organization in eu­
caryotes, immunochemistry, and membraneassociated phenomena.

One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and 58 or permis­
sion o f the instructor. Prior or concurrent
enrollment in Biology 2 0 and 21 is recom­
mended.
Spring semester. Voet.

STUDENT RESEARCH
All students enrolled in research courses are
required to attend weekly colloquium meetings.
94.

R e s e a rc h P ro je c t.

This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings o f all participants will allow inter­
change o f ideas on research plans, progress, and
results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during the
preceding semester concerning problem areas
under study. This course may be elected more
than once.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6.

R e s e a rc h T h e s is .

Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu o f taking comprehensive
examinations. Students must apply for the
thesis option by the beginning of the second
semester o f the junior year and are strongly
urged to participate in on-campus research
during the summer between their junior and
senior years. The student will form an advisory
committee to consist of (but not be limited to)
two members o f the Chemistry Department,

88

one o f whom is to act as the student’s research
mentor. Whereas the details o f the research
thesis program will be determined by the
committee and the student, certain minimum
requirements must be met by all students
selecting this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chem. 96 to
be taken during the last three semesters of
the student’s residence at Swarthmore.
ii) A minimum o f eight Chemistry courses
other than Chem. 94 and/or Chem. 96.
iii) A thesis based upon the student’s research
activity to be submitted prior to the last
week o f classes o f the final semester.
Guidelines for the preparation of the thesis
will be provided to the student.
Each semester. Staff.
180. R e s e a rc h T h e s is .

An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in research
with individual staff members. The thesis topic
must be chosen in consultation with some
member of the staff and approved early in the
semester preceding the one in which the work is
to be done.
Each semester. Staff.

Classics

HELEN F. N O R TH , Professor and Chairman
M A R T IN O S TW A LD , Professor
G ILR ER T P. ROSE, Professor
R A R R A R A RURRELL, Assistant Professor
W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Assistant Professor

The Department of Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the study
o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses num­
bered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek
and Latin languages and literatures. Courses
numbered from 21 onwards presuppose no
knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and
are open (except for 42, 44, and 52) without
prerequisite to all students; they deal with the
history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and
other apsects o f the ancient world and include
the study o f classical literature in translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­
can Academy in Rome and the American

School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its
students have the privileges accorded to under­
graduates from contributing institutions (use
o f the library at both schools and consultation
with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities for the study o f Classics,
Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics
majors, recommended by the Department, are
eligible to study at the Center, usually during,
their junior year, either for one semester or for
two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the
Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P.
Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 25 and 63).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination
Program, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or in
the Course Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
In the Honors Program, a student majoring in
Greek is also expected to study Latin through
the intermediate level and a student majoring in
Latin is expected to study Greek through the
intermediate level before graduation.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist of at least 8 courses in the
appropriate language above the introductory
level.
Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­
gram or the Course Program are required to

take for at least one semester a course in prose
composition (Greek 9, 10, or Latin 9, 10).
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93), a thesis, or a course
supplemented by additional independent work
(i.e., an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare
for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two
papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin,
at least one o f which must be prepared for by a
seminar.
A major in Ancient History will consist o f (1)
Classics 42, with attachments, (2) Classics 44,
with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f the
following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­
sites for Classics 42 and 44 are Classics 21 or
31, and Classics 32. For Greek 113 the
prerequisite is one year of Intermediate Greek;
for Latin 102, one year o f Intermediate Latin.
A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist of ( 1) and (2) above, with the specified
prerequisites.

89

Classics

Greek
1 -2 . In te n s iv e F ir s t -y e a r G re e k .

Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of
Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the
student to begin reading after one semester. It
meets four days per week and carries VA
credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to
Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical
period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It
meets four days per week and carries 1 Vi
credits.
Year course. Rose.
9 ,1 0 . G re e k P ro s e C o m p o sitio n .

Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course, one semester each year. Rose.
11. In te rm e d ia te G re e k R eading.

The main reading is Plato’s Apology.
Fall semester. North.
12. H o m e r.

Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is
read in translation.
Spring semester. Ostwald.

19. C o m p a ra tiv e G ra m m e r of G re e k
and Latin.

A study o f the phonology, morphology, and
inflection o f Greek and Latin words derivable
from their common source, Proto-Indo-Euro­
pean. Students should have some knowledge of
both Classical languages, but no prior experi­
ence in linguistics is assumed.
Given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Rose.
91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in their comprehensive examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.
93.

D ire c te d R eading.

A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
95.

A tta c h m e n t

Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 49 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Latin
1 -2 . In te n s iv e F ir s t -y e a r Latin.

11. In te rm e d ia te La tin : C a tu llu s.

An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin
grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­
edge o f the language to make possible the study
and appreciation o f Latin literature.

The study o f Catullus is preceded by an
intensive, three-week review o f the funda­
mentals o f the language, accompanied by
readings in Latin prose.
Fall semester. Rose.

The course will have four one-hour meetings
each week. It carries one and one-half course
credits each semester.
Year course. Turpin.
9 ,1 0 . La tin P ro s e C o m p o s itio n .

The development o f Latin prose style is
studied, with an analysis of Latin texts and
extensive translation o f English into Latin. A
requirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The
course meets one hour a week.
H alf course, one semester each year. Burrell.

90

12. In te rm e d ia te La tin : C ic e ro .

An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure of the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis of his prose style.
Spring semester. Burrell.
13. L ite ra tu re of th e A u g u s ta n A g e .

Virgil: Eclogues and Georgies.
Fall semester. Turpin.

14. M e d ia e v a l Latin.

9 3 . D ire c te d R eading.

Works chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances)
are studied in this course.
Spring semester. Turpin.

A program o f independent work under the
supervision of the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

95.

A tta c h m e n t

Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 49 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Ancient H istory and Civilization
21. A n c ie n t S re e c e .

Greek thought, literature, and history from the
Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the
interrelationships between the intellectual cur­
rents and the social, economic, and political
systems. Readings (in translation) include
Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek trag­
edy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and
one discussion session per week. Two credits,
one in distribution group 2, one in group 3.
Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics
42 and advanced courses in the Department of
History. Counts as part o f a major in History.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85.
31. H is t o r y o f G re e c e .

The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special
attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries
B.C. Considerable reading is done in the
primary sources in translation. Classics 31
meets the distribution requirement for Group
3; it counts toward a major in History, and also
serves as prerequisite for advanced courses in
History.
Fa ll semester. Ostwald.
32. T h e R o m a n R e p u b lic and
A u g u s tu s .

A study o f Rome from its foundation through
the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The
following subjects will be considered in detail:
(1) The evolution o f the republican constitu­
tion, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3 ) The

accompanying changes in Roman Society and
economy, (4 ) The Roman Revolution, (5) The
Augustan Principate.
Students will read the pertinent original sources
in translation as well as a Selection of modem
viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. This
course meets the distribution requirement for
Group 3; it counts toward a major in History,
and also serves as prerequisite in advanced
courses in History.
Spring semester. Turpin.
33.

G re e k L ite re tu re in T ra n s la tio n .

The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include
selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac,
and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy.
Lectures on the historical and cultural context
Supplement class discussion.
Not offered 1984-85.
3 5 . Latin L ite ra tu re in T r a n s l a t i o n C la s s ic a l and M e d ia e v a l.

The works studied in this course range in time
from the age o f the Roman Republic to the
twelfth century after Christ. They include the
major authors o f the classical period, St.
Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin
Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius,
Prudentius, the chief figures of the Carolingian
Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval
Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is
given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. North.

91

Classics

3 6 . C la s s ic a l M y th o lo g y in L ite ra tu re
a nd A rt.

A study of selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the M etamorphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
o f art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
Fall semester. North.
4 2 . 6 re e c e in th e Fifth C e n tu ry B.C.

An intensive study, chiefly on the basis of
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special empha­
sis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­
racy and on the problems o f the Delian League,
both internal and in its relation to the Greek
and non-Greek world. Classics 42 counts
towards a major in History.
The course is normally given in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85. Ostwald.

archaeology and its place in the wider fields of
the humanities and social sciences. Among the
topics covered will be field techniques, meth­
ods of dating, analysis of archaeological data,
and problems of interpretation.
Fall semester. Burrell.
52.

G re e k A rc h a e o lo g y .

This course traces the development o f Greek
civilization as documented by archaeology, and
includes data ranging from pottery and coins to
monumental art and architecture. Prerequisite:
Classics 51 or consent o f instructor.
Spring semester. Burrell.
62.

T h e A n c ie n t T h e a tre .

A representative selection of Greek and Roman
drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read
in translation, together with the Poetics of
Aristotle, and there will be a study o f ancient
dramatic production and the physical remains
o f Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring semester. North.

4 4. T h e E a rly R o m an E m p ire .

91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the
political, economic, social, and cultural history
o f the Roman world from the fall o f the
Republic through the Antonine Age (50 B.C.A.D. 192). Classics 44 counts toward a major
in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Burrell.

Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.

4 5. G re e k P o litic a l T h e o ry .

A study o f Greek political concepts and
institutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle, on
which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring semester. Ostwald.
51. A n In tro d u c tio n to A rc h a e o lo g y .

This course focuses on the discipline of

93. D ire c te d R eading.

A program o f independent work under the
supervision of the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
9 5 . A tta c h m e n t

Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

SEMINARS
102. T h e A g e o f N e ro .

103.

This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero
(Tacitus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85.

This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ De Rerum N atura, Virgil’s
Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses.
Spring semester. North.

92

La tin Epic.

105. T h e A g e o f C ic e ro .

This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context o f the history and thought o f the
final years of the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Fall semester. Turpin.
107. H o ra c e : L y r ic and H e x a m e te r
Po etry.

The seminar emphasizes the Odes and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
111. G re e k P h ilo s o p h e rs .

This seminar is devoted mainly to the study o f
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and
the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the
seminar is primarily philosophical, although
the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers

receive consideration.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Ostwald.
112. G re e k Epic.

This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius
will also be read, with some attention to the
development o f Greek epic.
Spring semester. Rose.
113. G re e k H is to ria n s .

This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus
and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek
historiography and as sources for Greek
history.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Ostwald.
114. G re e k D ra m a .

The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each o f the
major dramatists.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85. Rose.
115. G re e k E le g ia c and L y r ic P o etry.

The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric
is studied, with attention to the political and
social background, and to the relation o f these
literary types to epic and dramatic poetry.
Fall semester. Ostwald.

93

Economics

RO BIN SO N 6 . H O LLISTE R , J R ., Professor (part-time)2
T A P A S M A JU M D A R , Cornell Visiting Professor5
HOW ARD P A C K , Professor
FREDERIC L PRYOR, Professor (part-time)
BERN ARD S A F F R A N , Professor2
F. M . SCH ERER, Professor and Chairman
S T E F A N O FE N O A LTE A , Visiting Associate Professor5
M A R K K U P ER B ER 6, Assistant Professor
S TE P H E N S . G O LUB , Assistant Professor3
LEAH JO H N S O N S M IT H , Assistant Professor
P A U L F. R A B ID EA U , Instructor
EDW ARD A . FR IED M A N , Lecturer5
SELIG L. S EC H S ER , Lecturer5
W IL L IA M J . S T U L L , Visiting Lecturer5
J A C K TO P IO L, Visiting Lecturer5
DAVID F. W E IM A N , Visiting Lecturer4

The courses in economics are designed: first, to
acquaint the student with the institutions and
and processes through which the activity of
producing, exchanging, and distributing goods
and services is organized and carried on;
second, to train the student in the methods by
which these institutions and processes may be
analyzed; and third, to enable the student to
arrive at informed judgments concerning rel­
evant issues of public policy.
Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prequisite
to all other work in the Department. Both
semesters must be taken for credit to be
obtained.
The Department requires that all majors take
Economics 4 (Statistics) or its equivalent such
as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics 1-2
does not meet the requirement). The statistics
course in the Economics Department focuses
more upon the application o f statistical tools to
economic problems; the statistics courses in
the Mathematics Department focus more atten­
tion on derivation o f statistical properties and
the mathematical properties o f various esti­
mators.

2
3
4
5

94

Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
Absent on leave, 1984-85.
Fall semester, 1984.
Spring semester, 1985.

In order to read critically the literature in
economics, a knowledge o f the materials
covered in an elementary calculus course is
necessary. Although certain basic calculus
concepts are reviewed briefly in Economics 4,
we strongly recommend that students take
Mathematics 5 and 6 (differential and integral
calculus). Math 16 and 18 (linear algebra and
several variable calculus) are useful for those
intending to focus on the more technical
aspects o f economics. Other types o f mathe­
matics also find use in economics and would be
useful for those with specialized interests.
The Department recommends that all students
intending to take advanced work in applied
economics, as well as those intending to go into
business or into certain professional schools
(such as law or business) take Economics 3
(accounting). Students intending to pursue
careers dealing with the international aspects of
economics are also strongly advised to have
mastery of at least one foreign language.
To graduate as a major in course, students must
have at least eight credits in economics, must
meet the statistics requirement, and must pass

the comprehensive examination given in the
second semester o f their senior year. To be
prepared, students must complete Economics

20 and Economics 59 before the second
semester o f their senior year,

1 -2 . In tro d u c tio n to E c o n o m ic s .

5. C o m p u tin g fro m th e U s e r ’s
P o in t o f V ie w .

This course is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and to
provide students doing further work with a
foundation on which to build.
The first semester course describes the organiza­
tion o f the economic system and analyzes the
allocation o f resources and the distribution of
income.
Fall semester.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­
tary and fiscal policy, the determination of
national priorities, and international economic
relations.
Spring semester.
Students must take Economics 2 to receive
credit for Economics 1.
3. A c c o u n tin g

The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments of accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This
course does not satisfy the distribution require­
ments as outlined previously in this catalogue.)
Spring semester. Topiol.
4. S ta tis tic s f o r E c o n o m is ts .

The primary focus of this course is on the
understanding o f how simple and multiple
regression can be used to estimate magnitudes
in economic relationships, e.g. elasticities, and
tests o f hypotheses about these magnitudes.
The course also covers elements o f probability,
sampling distributions, and decision theory.
No mathematics pre-requisite except high
school algebra. An introduction to selected
elements o f calculus and linear algebra used for
quantitative methods in economics is contained
in the course. As this course will include
problem solving using the computer, students
taking it must also take Economics 5 (unless
they have taken or are taking the equivalent
course in other disciplines).
Fall semester. Hollister.

(Also listed as Mathematics 6A and Physics 5.)
This course provides an introduction to, and
immediate use of, a wide range o f computing
functions. No previous experience in computer
use is necessary. Lectures are one hour per
week and supervised workshop sessions are
two hours per week. In the workshop students
apply computing procedures directly to prob­
lems o f economic analysis. Computing topics
introduced are: text and file creation and
editing, runoff, graphics, simple programming
techniques, statistical packages, bibliographic
search, and data base handling. Yl unit.
Fall semester.
6. G ra p h ic s , M o d e lin g and S im u la tio n .

(Crosslisted as Physics 40). This course is
designed to introduce students to the use of
sophisticated graphics, modeling, and simula­
tion software. Included in topics covered are:
FORTRAN 77, techniques o f graphics for
modeling and simulating complex economic,
biological, environmental, societal, and phys­
ical systems. Use will be made o f the graphics
software subroutine package DISSPLA, the
m odeling/sim ulation softw are package
DYNAMO, and color graphics terminals.
Fall semester.
11. E c o n o m ic D e ve lo p m e n t.

Peasant economic responses, agricultural and
industrial technology, interaction between rural
and urban sectors, analysis o f international
terms o f trade, export instability, the new
international economic order, import substitu­
tion, the role o f multinational corporations,
foreign aid, political factors.
Spring semester. Pack.
12. E c o n o m e tric s .

A survey o f fundamental econometric methods
emphasizing application. Some empirical work
will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 4.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.

95

Economics

15. In v e s tm e n ts .

This course will deal with the operation of
financial markets from three different perspec­
tives. First, from the viewpoint of the individual
investor, investment alternatives and strategies
will be studied, with special emphasis on the
stock market. The second perspective will be
that o f a business enterprise. Key topics here
are the capital budgeting decision and alterna­
tive sources o f capital. Third, from a public
policy viewpoint certain issues concerning the
link between financial markets and resources
allocation will be studied. Two specific issues
in this category are ( 1 ) the connection between
the stock market and capital formation, ( 2)
housing and financial.
Fall semester. Rabideau.
16. W o m e n in the E c o n o m y .

Four major themes will be explored in this
course. The first relates to the unpaid work
performed by women in the home. W e will
examine the nature o f the family as an
institution, changes in the nature o f unpaid
household work, the ‘Value*’ o f such work,
and the social status accorded it. The other
major topics are concerned with the labor
market experiences o f women. After a thorough
discussion of alternative economic theories of
the labor market (no prior knowledge o f this
topic is assumed) and o f economic approaches
to discrimination, we will consider ( 1 ) why so
many women are working for pay (labor
supply/labor demand), (2) why so many
women are clerical workers (occupational
segregation), and (3) why so many women earn
substantially less than men (wage differentials).
Spring semester. Smith.
18. M o n e y , B a n k in g , and the E c o n o m y.

This course will examine the behavior of
financial markets and their connection to real
economic activity, using a combination of
analytical and institutional perspectives. Among
the topics to be considered are ( 1 ) the structure
o f U .S. financial markets: the bankng system,
the bond and stock markets, etc.; ( 2) the
Federal Reserve System and the conduct of
monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism; (4) interest
rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5)
rationality and irrationality in financial mar­
kets; (6) international financial relations; the
Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange mar­
ket, and international lending.
Spring semester. Friedman.

96

19. E c o n o m ic s of th e E n v iro n m e n t and
N a tu ra l R e s o u rc e s .

Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to
problems o f the environment and natural
resources. Long run implications of resource
use for economic growth, evaluation of alterna­
tive uses o f natural environment and methods
o f pollution control. Government response to
situations involving externalities, public goods
and common property resources. Case studies
o f air pollution, recreation versus mineral or
fuel development on public lands, the fishing
industry and offshore petroleum development.
Fall semester. Smith.
20. E c o n o m ic T h e o ry .

Microeconomic theory at an intermediate
level. Determination o f prices in theory and in
practice. Distribution o f income. Economic
welfare aspects o f various market structures.
Other selected topics. This course will be
offered in two sections: one section will meet
once a week in a problem-oriented seminar
format, the other section will meet twice a week
in a lecture/discussion format.
Fall semester. Staff.
22.

P u b lic Fin a n ce .

Introduction to welfare economics including
the role of the market in allocating resources
and distributing income, market imperfections,
and public choice theory. Analysis o f tax and
expenditure policies on economic efficiency
and the income distribution. Special topics
include cost-benefit analysis and general equi­
librium tax incidence.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.
24. T h e E c o n o m ic s of In d u s try .

Through a series o f case studies, the strategic
responses o f firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological
innovation, and marketing behavior of firms
and on such government policy instruments as
import restrictions, price controls and sub­
sidies, antitrust, and patent policy.
Fall semester. Scherer.
25. L a b o r P ro b le m s and M a n p o w e r
P o lic y .

The structure and behavior of labor markets,
issues in labor relations, the development of
manpower, the role o f unions, employers, and
government.
Fall semester, Not offered 1984-85.

26. S o c ia l E c o n o m ic s .

The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov­
erty and economic inequality; an appraisal of
reforms in income support programs, medical
care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto
development; the economics of discrimination.
Not offered 1984-85.
27. G o v e rn m e n t R e g u la tion of In d u s try .

The economics o f the "new” regulation:
occupational safety and health, affirmative
action, pollution, auto insurance, consumer
product safety, pension plans, restrictions on
industrial location and mobility, etc. In each
case the economic rationale for current and
proposed regulation is examined in the context
o f the theory o f market failure and evaluated in
terms o f its effects upon economic efficiency
and social equity. In certain cases, "optimal”
schemes devised by economists which differ
greatly from current policy will be considered.
Throughout, the emphasis is on the theory of
government intervention and its implementa­
tion as opposed to current institutional failures.
Not offered 1984-85.
28. T e c h n o lo g ic a l C h a n g e and
E c o n o m ic G ro w th

An exploration o f how technological change
affects economic growth, with emphasis on
such institutions as academic science and
industrial research and development. Covers
production function analysis, induced innova­
tion, the patent system, government R& D
program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­
nomena.
Spring semester. Scherer

and performance o f nations with different
economic systems and on the origins of
selected economic institutions. Particular em­
phasis is place on the study o f the Soviet
Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods o f
drawing inferences using the comparative
method are explored.
Fall semester. Pryor.
41. U rb a n E c o n o m ic s .

This course examines the economic structure
and development o f American urban econom­
ics. Topics covered include housing, transpor­
tation, urban renewal, local government fi­
nance, and pollution.
Spring semester. Stull.
42. H ealth P o lic y .

(Also listed as Political Science 42 .) Analysis of
government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views of physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Fall semester.

3 0. T h e In te rn a tio n a l E c o n o m y.

The course consists o f a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­
cial policy, and balance o f payments adjust­
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­
porary international economic problems; tariffs
and non-tariff barriers, common markets,
multinational corporations, international oil,
gold, inflation, and the future o f the interna­
tional monetary system.
Fall semester. Pryor.
31. C o m p a ra tiv e E c o n o m ic S y s te m s .

This course focuses on the methods by which
different economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure

47. M a r x is t P o litic a l Econom y:

A study o f Marxist economics and political
theory with particular attention to general
problems o f historical materialism.
Prerequisites include two semesters o f either
Political Science or Economics.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
48. E c o n o m ic s , J u s tic e , and L a w .

The purpose of this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian con­
structs in the analysis o f public policy issues. In
particular, the appropriateness o f the growing
utilization o f economic methodology will be
examined through an intensive study of issues
in law and distributive justice. The necessary
background in welfare economics will be

97

Economies

developed as needed.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.
4 9. A m e ric a n E c o n o m ic H is to ry .

(Also listed as History 49 .) Survey o f Ameri­
can economic development from the colonial
settlement to the New Deal. Explores thé'
transition from a colonial system, based on
agricultural exports within the mercantile sys­
tem, to an advanced, industrialized economy
supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis
on i) the role of agriculture in the process of
economic development, in particular a com­
parative analysis of the plantation system o f the
South and the system o f family farming in the
North, ii) the changing industrial structure
after the Civil War as a consequence o f the
growth o f the large-scale, vertically integrated
corporation, and iii) the political and social
bases of economic development, with particu­
lar attention to the American Revolution, the
Civil War, the new Deal and the evolution of
the legal system, and the political responses to
industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6,
or permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Weiman.
50 . E u ro p e a n E c o n o m ic H is to ry .

This course examines the evolution o f the
European economy from prehistory to our
own time. It surveys demographic, agricultural,
industrial, commercial, technological, and
organizational developments; and it uses eco­
nomic analysis to explore their interconnec­
tions.
Spring semester. Fenoaltea.
5 7.

O p e ra tio n s R e s e a rc h .

(Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles
o f operations research as applicable to defining
optimum solutions o f engineering and financial
problems as an aid to managerial decision
making. Probability and probability distribu­
tions, reliability, random number simulation,
queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic
programming, allocation and transportation
theory. The working principles o f engineering
economy are introduced and combined with
operations research topics. Normally for junior
and senior students. Last term course will be
offered in Economics Department.
Fall semester.

98

59. M a c ro e c o n o m ic T h e o r y and
S ta b iliz a tio n P o licy.

The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.
63. E c o n o m ic P ro b le m s and
P ro s p e c ts in S o u th A s ia .

A review o f economic history and development
of South Asia with considerable emphasis on
the policy alternatives currently facing the
South Asian nations.
Spring semester. Majumdar.
64. S o c ia l C h o ic e and H u m a n
C a p ital F o rm a tio n .

Exploration o f social choice theory in a
democracy and its application to a selected
number of problems o f human capital forma­
tion.
Spring semester. Majumdar.
6 5 . T h e E v a lu a tio n of P u b lic P o lic ie s

The methods used for systematic, quantitative
evaluations o f the effects o f public policies, the
problems in implementing such evaluations,
and the use o f such evaluations in policy
decision-making. Examples are drawn from
evaluations o f social policies such as employ­
ment and training, welfare reform, health
insurance, housing allowances. The use o f large
social experiments as a method of policy
evaluation receives particular attention. Stu­
dents will work directly with data taken from
actual major evaluations o f policies and social
experiments.
Prerequisite: at least one course in statistics.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
67. S o c ia l In s u ra n c e and W e lfa re
P o licy.

(Also listed as Political Science 67.) The
principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics include:
Social Security, national health insurance,
unemployment compensation, and welfare re­
form. The various public objectives and meth­
ods o f income support and related social

services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions o f "welfare”; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com­
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which
consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions,
one o f the instructors.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984- 85.
73. H is to ry of E c o n o m ic Th o u g h t.

An examination of classical political economy
(Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis
on the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition o f political theory and the structure
and development of classical thought. W e will
study the precursors o f Adam Smith Games
Steuart and the Physiocrats) to provide the
intellectual background to the W ealth o f Nations
and to explain why Smith marks the starting
point o f economic science. This will be
followed by a careful analysis o f Smith and

Ricardo, in particular the issues o f value,
distribution, and capital accumulation. Finally
we will conclude with Marx’s critique o f the
Classical School and his reformulation in
C apital, especially Volume I. Emphasis on the
original texts. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or
permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85.
81. E c o n o m ic s of the M id d le E a s t

Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies.
Focus on different economic development
strategies o f countries, some with limited and
others with substantial natural resource basés.
Investigation o f agricultural and industrial
policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and
technology absorption problems.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85.
91. P o litic a l E c o n o m y of
M a c ro e c o n o m ic P o licy.

(Also listed as Political Science 69 .) Focus on
the congressional and administrative processes
by which macroeconomic policy is formulated,
approved, and implemented.
Spring semester. Pack and Gilbert.

SEMINARS
101. P u b lic Fin a n ce .

103. E c o n o m ic T h e o ry .

Introduction to welfare economics including
the role o f the market in allocating resources
and distributing income, market imperfections
and public choice theory. Analysis o f tax and
expenditure policies on economic efficiency
and the income distribution. Special topics
include cost-benefit analysis, general equilib­
rium tax incidence and optimal tax theory.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85.

This seminar provides the theoretical back­
ground for the more advanced economic
theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8
weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are
covered.
Fall semester. Saffran.

102. M a c ro e c o n o m ic T h e o r y
and S ta b iliz a tio n P o lic y

(formerly Economic Stability and Growth)
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy. Special
topics include microfoundations o f macroeco­
nomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.

105. In te rn a tio n a l E c o n o m ic s .

Theory and policy o f international economic
relations. The theory o f international trade and
balance o f payments adjustment. Commercial
policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Com­
mon markets, customs unions, and regional
economic integration. Multinational enterprise
and economic imperialism. The world mone­
tary system, international inflation, and the
international economics o f oil.
Spring semester. Staff.
106. C o m p a ra tiv e E c o n o m ic S y s te m s .

This seminar focuses on the methods by which
economic systems can be analyzed. Consider-

99

Economics

able attention is paid to the structure and
performance o f nations with particular eco­
nomic systems. Special case studies are made of
the U .S.S.R., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer
case studies are . made o f several capitalist
economies of Western Europe. Causal forces
underlying the origins and development of
particular economic institutionsfare also dis­
cussed. The seminar also covers questions of
convergence of important economic institu­
tions, influences o f ideology on the operation
o f the system, and forces underlying changes in
both capitalist,market and socialist, centrally
administered economies.
Fall semester. Pryor.
107. L a b o r and S o c ia l E c o n o m ic s .

Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa­
tion, and welfare.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. •
108. E c o n o m e tric s .

Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics
Ì03.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
109. E c o n o m ic D e v e lo p m e n t

Peasant economic responses, agricultural and
industrial technology, interaction between rural
and urban sectors, analysis o f international
terms o f trade, export instability, thè new
international economic order, import substitu-,
tion, the role o f multinational corporations,
foreign aid, political factors.
Spring semester. Pack.
110. U rb a n E c o n o m ic s .

This Seminar will deal in depth with the
structure and development of American urban
economies. Topics covered will include hous­
ing, transportation, urban renewal, local gov­
ernment finance, and pollution. Methodologi­

100

cal as well as substantive issues will be
discussed.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
111. In d u s tria l O rg a n iz a tio n and
P u b lic P o licy.

Applications o f theoretical and empirical anal­
ysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories o f the
firm; market structure; the causes o f market
failure and alternative policy responses.
Fall semester. Scherer.
112. M a th e m a tic a l E c o n o m ic s .

Review of static optimization theory; theory of
consumption and production from a dual point
of view; elementary approaches to the existence,
stability, and optimality o f general equilibrium;
additional topics o f student interest as time
permits.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
114. H is to ry o f E c o n o m ic T h o u g h t

A survey o f the development o f economic
science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart
and Quesnay ) to Keynes. The seminar has three
parts: First, we examine the origins o f eco­
nomic analysis and the structure and develop­
ment o f Classical Political Economy (Smith
and Ricardo); the transition from political
theory to economic analysis and the issues of
value, distribution, and capital accumulation in
classical analysis. Second, we consider the two
paths of economics following Ricardo: Marxian
and neoclassical economics. Particular atten­
tion Will be paid to the neoclassical theory of
production and capital, which provides the
logical basis for the Keynesian and postKeynesian critique. Third, we analyze critically
the neoclassical tradition, its treatment of
production and capital (Sraffa, Robinson) and
o f investment and effective demand (Keynes),
as well as the synthesis of these criticisms and of
the two post-Ricardian traditions in the works
o f Kalecki, Robinson, and Steindl. Permission
o f instructor required.
Fall semester. Weiman.

Education

ÈVA F. TR AVER S, Associate Professor and Program Director
K . A N N RENNINGER, Assistant Professor
FR A N C E S S C H W A R TZ , Lecturer5

The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from a
variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to provide
a range o f field experiences for students who
wish to explore their aptitude and interest in
teaching, counseling or research in an educa­
tional setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s academic
offerings. The Program’s most important goal
is to help students learn to think critically and
creatively about the process of education and
the place o f education in society. To this end,
both its introductory and upper level courses
necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches
o f Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, Polit­
ical Science, Philosophy, and History. Because
students major in one o f the traditional
disciplines, courses in Education offer both an
opportunity to apply the particular skills of

one’s chosen field to a new domain and
interaction with other students whose discipli­
nary approaches may differ significantly from
their own.
A competency-based program for preparing
secondary teachers is offered for students who
seek public school certification from the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Competency
is judged by an interdisciplinary committee of
the faculty whose members have established
criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry,
English, French, German, Mathematics, Span­
ish, and Social Studies. Individual programs are
developed in conjunction with departmental
representatives and members of the Education
staff. There is no major in Education. All
students seeking certification must meet
Swarthmore College’s general requirements for
course distribution and a major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica­
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than the
Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In addition,
they must complete the following sequence of
courses:
■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 39, or
Adolescence, Educ. 23
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23

b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Education and Society, Educ. 47
d. Education in America, Educ. 52
e. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ.
64
f. Urban Education, Educ. 68
g. Special Topics, Educ. 91
Students preparing for certification must attain
at least a grade point average o f C in courses in
their major field o f certification and a grade of
C+ or better in Introduction to Education in
order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addi­
tion, students must be recommended by their
major department and by their cooperating
teacher in Introduction to Education. Place-

5 Spring semester, 1985.

101

Education

ment o f students in schools for Practice
Teaching is contingent on successful interviews
with members o f the Education Program staff
and appropriate secondary school personnel.
Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify
elementary teachers. However, students taking
courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
Placements for students who do not desire
certification are also available in a variety of
special education or counseling settings.
14. In tro d u c tio n to Ed u ca tio n .

A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact of individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity to
determine their own interest in preparing to
teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand
experience in current elementary and second'
ary school practice. Field work is required.
Each semester. Staff.
16. P ra c tic e T e a c h in g .

Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Edu>
cation 17 concurrently. (Single credit practice
teaching may be arranged for individuals not
seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.
17. C u rric u lu m and M e th o d s S e m in a r.

This course will consider theoretical and
applied issues related to effective classroom
instruction. It must be taken concurrently with
Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified
and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.
21. E d u ca tio n a l P s y c h o lo g y.

(Also listed as Psychology 21). This course
provides a representataive sampling o f general
psychological theories which have special rel­
evance to sound pedagogical practice. The first
part of the course serves as an introduction to
theory; the second part considers issues such
as: motivation, intelligence, creativity, main­

102

streaming, etc. Students will also be involved in
field research which through use o f a multimethod approach addresses topics o f concern
to local schools. The course is designed to
accommodate differences in interests and pur­
pose, and student are encouraged to structure
assignments in a manner consistent with these
goals.
Fall semester. Renninger.
23.

A d o le s c e n c e .

(Also listed as Psychology 23). A develop­
mental perspective is employed to examine
salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal
is to obtain a theoretical understanding o f
adolescence and an overview of major research.
During the first part o f the term, various
aspects o f individual development (e.g., cogni­
tive, affective, physiological, etc.) will be
addressed. The second part o f the semester will
focus on the adolescent’s adaptation in major
contexts (e.g., family, peer group, school, etc.).
Students will be involved in discussion sections
which will help them assume positions and
counterpositions with respect to theory, empir­
ical work, and literature on these topics.
Spring semester. Renninger.
25. C o u n s e lin g : P rin c ip le s and
P ra c tic e .

An introductory course focusing on theories,
techniques, and issues in school and agency
counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role
playing, and analysis o f case studies will
provide practical information and experience.
Recommended for students considering grad­
uate programs in educational counseling or
those planning to teach or do youth work in an
agency setting. Enrollment limited.
Not offered 1984-85. Vanni.
47.

E d u cation and S o c ie ty .

The course will explore the social and cultural
functions and consequences o f formal and
informal education in both Western and nonWestern societies. Modes o f intended and
unintended socialization within the school and
outside will be examined. A range of factors
which can promote or inhibit learning will be
explored and linked to educational perform­
ance. Topics include: school as an agent of
social mobility and its relationship with the
community; the school as a social system and
the dynamics of classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes of curricular

Education

innovation. Students will be required to con­
duct weekly field work in an educational
setting.
Spring semester. Schwartz.
5 2 . E du ca tion in A m e ric a .

(Also listed as History 52 ). A history o f
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
orgins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Introductory level History course.
Not offered 1984-85. Bannister.
6 4 . P o litic a l S o c ia liz a tio n and S c h o o ls .

(Also listed as Political Science 64). The course
will consider the development o f political
concepts, attitudes, and behavior in students
through the period o f formal education. The
inter-related but often inconsistent influences
o f family, school, peers, media and critical
events in the socio-political system will be
examined; special emphasis will be given to the
formal and informal messages o f schooling.
The course will include a component o f field

research.
Not offered 1984-85. Travers.
68.

U rb a n Ed u ca tio n .

(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68).
This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensatory
education, curricular innovation, community
control, bilingual education, and standardized
testing. The special problems and challenges
faced by urban schools in meeting the needs of
individuals and groups in a pluralistic society
will be examined using the approaches o f
psychology, sociology, anthropology, and po­
litical science. Current issues will also be
viewed in historical perspective. Field work is
required.
Not offered 1984-85. Travers.
91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

With the permission o f the instructor, qualified
students may choose to pursue a topic of
special interest, which for thorough investiga­
tion will usually require field work as well as
research.
Each semester. Staff.

103

Engineering

C A R L B A R IIS , Professor
DAVID L. BOW LER, Professor and Acting Chairman (spring semester, 1985)
H. S E A R L D U N N , Professor
N ELSO N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman2
M . JO S E P H W IL L IS Professor
A R T H U R E. M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor
FREDERICK L. O R TH LIEB , Associate Professor
FA R U Q M . A . S ID D IQ U I, Assistant Professor
S TE P H E N M . P L A T T , Instructor

The professional practice o f engineering re­
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­
ods to the solution o f technical problems of
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
o f engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding of social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural and
humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi­
neering majors to take almost forty percent of
their course work at the College in the
humanities and social sciences. W ith careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire a
double major with two degrees, the Bachelor of
Science in Engineering and the Bachelor o f Arts

in a second academic area in a four-year course
o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­
tion and individual student projects in the areas
o f electronics, system control, communica­
tions, instrumentation, strength o f materials,
solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­
mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­
tories is a wide range of modern measurement
equipment with the capability o f on-line data
acquisition and process control via micro­
computers. A computer laboratory with high
resolution color and black-and-white graphics
capability is also part o f our facilities. An
excellent shop for both metal- and woodwork­
ing is available for student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering
is accredited by the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology.

C ourses A v a ila b le to N on-M ajors
The Department offers courses in computer
education for students throughout the College;
courses number 21 through 27 and 31 serve this
purpose. Although Mechanics ( 6) is primarily
for prospective majors, other interested stu­
dents, particularly those interested in preparing
for a career in architecture, are encouraged to
enroll. Problems in Technology (3,4) is de-

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.

104

signed chiefly for students not contemplating
further work in engineering or the natural
sciences. Operations Research (57), and Envi­
ronmental Engineering (63) will also appeal to
many students majoring in other departments.
Students majoring in the physical sciences or
mathematics frequently enroll in advanced
engineering courses.

Students may minor in the External Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering
Department by taking appropriately related
advanced engineering courses as preparation
for external examinations. Generally the ad­
vanced engineering courses require one or
more introductory courses as prerequisites.
Program fo r E ngineering M ajors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion of
at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four
courses in the sciences including General
Physics 3 and 4, to be taken in the freshman
year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics,
including Math 5 and 6 to be taken in the
freshman year and Math 18, normally taken in
the sophomore year. The two unspecified
science courses in category (ii) and the mathe­
matics course in category (iii) may be chosen to
complement the student’s overall program of
study; in general, the Department recommends
Introduction to Chemistry (10) and Linear
Algebra (16) or Mathematical Statistics (23) or
Differential Equations (30). Certain science
and mathematics courses are not acceptable.
Students should consult their faculty advisors
on this issue.
Within the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experimen­
tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid
Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first
four courses are normally taken in the freshman
and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second
semester o f the freshman year, Physical Systems
Analysis I in the first semester o f the sopho­
more year, and the remaining two in the second
semester o f the sophomore year. In special
circumstances, however, students with ade­
quate preparation in mathematics and physics
can begin the engineering curriculum as late as
the second semester o f the sophomore year and
still complete all o f the core requirements and
elective work in the Department. The course
Engineering Design, the culminating experience
for engineering majors, is taken in the second
semester o f the senior year.
In consultation with his or her advisor, each
student constructs a program o f advanced
work in the Department. These programs,

normally consisting o f six courses, are sub­
mitted to the Department when the student
formally applies for a major in engineering
during the spring semester o f the sophomore
year.
The program constitutes the student’s elected
field o f concentration which may or may not
Conform closely to the traditional areas of
engineering specialization, i.e. civil, electrical,
mechanical, etc. For non-traditional plans for
advanced work, the Department requires a
coherent program that, in its judgment, meets
the student’s educational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number o f twelve
engineering courses required o f each major:
Problems in Technology I, II, Digital Compu­
ters I, II, Values and Ethics in Science and
Technology, Energy Policy, Environmental
Policy, and Introduction to Compiler Design
and Construcion.
Several suggested fields o f concentration follow:
(1) General civil engineering: Mechanics of
Solids, Structural Theory and Design, Soil
and Rock Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics,
and Operations Research. Students with a
particular interest in environmental topics
may replace several o f the above courses
with Environmental Engineering or Solar
Energy Systems.
(2) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communication
Systems, and Control Theory and Design.
Students having an interest in digital
systems might replace one or more o f these
courses with Digital Logic, Computer
Organization, Computer Systems, or Lab­
oratory Computer Applications.
(3) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­
ics o f Solids, Thermodynamics, Engineer­
ing Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat
Transfer, and Control Theory and Design.
Students with a special interest in the field
o f energy may wish to include Solar Energy
Systems or Energy Policy.
(4) Computer engineering and general compu­
ter science: Digital Logic, Computer Or­
ganization, Computer Systems, and Labor­
atory Computer Applications. Students

105

Engineering

with an interest in computer hardware may
include Electronic Circuit Analysis and
Design I and II, or Control Theory and

Design. Courses in mathematics can be
used to broaden the theoretical foundation
o f the program.

ENGINEERING
3 ,4 . P ro b le m s in T e c h n o lo g y I and II.

Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f understand­
ing o f technology and its impact by examining
in each semester a particular technology.
Technical considerations underlying policy
issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester
topics are: aspects o f the energy problem,
satellite communications, managing environ­
mental hazards, and developments in data
processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­
ratory. Credit may be given for either semester,
or both.
6. M e c h a n ic s .

Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion,
and stress transformations. Laboratory work is
related to experiments on deformable bodies.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Spring semester.
11,12. P h y s ic a l S y s t e m s A n a ly s is I and

II.
These courses are devoted to the study o f
physical phenomena which may be represented
to a good degree o f approximation by a linear,
lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is
oriented mainly toward electrical devices and
the development o f mathematical techniques
for the analysis o f their linear behavior. E12
(spring semester) is more concerned with
mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems, but
emphasis throughout both courses will be
placed upon the unity resulting from the
common mathematical representation and an­
alysis o f diverse physical systems. The content
o f E ll is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural
and forced transient response, steady-state
harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active de­
vices, operational amplifiers, and their use in
circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consider­

106

ations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree of
freedom mechanical, electromechanical, ther­
mal and fluid systems. Transfer function and
matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the
eigen-value problem and state space techniques.
Mechanical systems in two and three dimen­
sions, energy methods, coupled modes of
motion. Transition from many degree of
freedom systems to continuous systems; the
Fourier integral with applications to wave
motion.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both. Staff.
14. E x p e rim e n ta tio n f o r E n g in e e rin g
D e sig n .

Theories o f experimentation and measurement
are presented and are related to engineering
design and research projects. Lectures present
probability theory and its applications in
experimentation. Topics include random vari­
ables, probability distributions, measurement
errors, random noise, system reliability, statis­
tical analysis o f experiments and simulated
experiments, and decision making with experi­
mental results. The laboratory section treats
the analysis o f measurement systems and
involves the experimental determination of
measurement system parameters.
Prerequisites: E ll and E12 (taken concurrently)
Spring semester. Staff.
21. D ig ita l Lo g ic.

An introduction to the theory and design of
digital logic circuits. Following a discussion o f
number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­
zation and realization techniques are studied for
combinational systems. The latter part of the
course will be concerned with the treatment
o f sequential systems. Switching devices will be
characterized only as to their terminal behavior
and no consideration will be given to the
physical basis for their operation. The course isintended for students with a good background
in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes
laboratory.
Fall semester. Not open to freshmen.

22. C o m p u te r O rg a n iz a tio n .

A study o f the ways in which the functional
units o f a typical digital computer may be
interconnected. Hardware implementation of
registers, counters, adders and the functional
units themselves. Micro-programmed control.
Characteristics o f the several types of memory.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E21.
Spring semester.
23. D ig ita l C o m p u te rs I: P ro g ra m m in g
and A p p lic a tio n s .

An introduction to problem solving by com­
puters. A high-level computer language will be
taught with a brief introduction to an assembly
language. Examples of computer applications
in education, industry, commerce, and govern­
ment will be presented. Extensive use of the
Computing Center facilities.
Prerequisite: None; intended for non-science
and non-engineering majors. (Does not satisfy
distribution requirement.)
Fall semester.
24. D ig ita l C o m p u te rs II: A d v a n c e d
C o m p u te r A p p lic a tio n s .

Advanced features o f programming languages;
use o f tapes and disks, data structures, sorting
and searching algorithms, file processing, oper­
ating systems, and introduction to simulation
languages and statistical packages.
Prerequisite: E23, or equivalent. Intended for
non-science and non-engineering majors.
Spring semester.
25. L a b o ra to ry C o m p u te r A p p lic a tio n s .

The study and selection o f microprocessor
architecture, hardware modules, and interfaces
for use in laboratory instrumentation. The
laboratory exercises are designed for the devel­
opment o f a working microprocessor-based
system.
Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor. Intended
for engineering and science majors.
Fall semester.
26. C o m p u te r S y s te m s : O rg a n iza tio n
and P ro g ra m m in g .

An introduction to the organization and system
design o f a small computer. Machine language,
addressing techniques, assembly language, and
macro instructions. Re-entrant and recursive
programming techniques. Input/output pro­
gramming. Operating systems and system
interrupts. Extensive use o f computer labo­

ratory.
Prerequisites: E23, or Mathematics 7 or equiv­
alent.
Spring semester.
27.

N u m e ric a l M e th o d s.

(Also listed as Mathematics 67). This course
will deal with the numerical solution o f various
mathematical problems, pure and applied. The
computer will be used extensively.
Prerequisite: Math 6 and E23 or equivalent.
Fall semester.
31. C o m p ile r D e sig n and C o n s tru c tio n .

(Also listed as Mathematics 75). This course
presents an introduction to the design and
construction of language translators for proce­
dure oriented computer languages. Topics
covered include: formal grammar's, lexical
analysis and finite automata, syntax analysis
and pushdown automata, LL and LR parsing,
semantic analysis and table handling, error
detection and recovery, code generation and
optimization, compiler writing tools. There
will be an ongoing programming project that
will culminate in a compiler for a small but not
trivial subset of the Ada programming language.
Prerequisite: E24. E26 recommended.
Fall semester.
3 4 . V a lu e s and E th ic s in S c ie n c e and
T e c h n o lo g y

(Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course
deals with topics such as the following: his­
torical and current attitudes toward tech­
nology; the nature o f ethics; origins and impact
o f professional ethics (chiefly in the engineer­
ing professions); ethical dilemmas faced by
engineers and scientists; values in the techno­
logical society; forecasting and assessment of
technological growth; how policy decisions
about technology are made; the role o f personal
ethics of the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have completed the science
distribution requirement.
Spring semester. Barus.
35. S o la r E n e rg y S y s te m s .

Fundamental principles in the analysis and
design o f systems which collect, store, and use
the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy.
Examples o f current solar technology are used
as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic
mathematical models are used to describe the
performance o f components and systems. Cost
functions are developed for use in economic

107

Engineering

assessments. Techniques for system optimiza­
tion are discussed.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 ; Physics 3, 4.
Fall semester, alternate years. (N ot offered 198485 or 1985-86.)
41.

T h e rm o flu id M e c h a n ic s .

Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics;
first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, thermodynamics o f an ideal gas,
applications using system and control volume
formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics;
development of conservation theorems, hydro­
statics, dynamics o f one-dimensional fluid
motion. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
Fall semester. Macken, Orthlieb.
57. O p e ra tio n s R e s e a rch .

(Also listed as Economics 57). The principal
mathematical tools for optimal decision making
are presented and applied through case studies
from the private and public sectors. Topics
include assignment and transportation prob­
lems, linear and dynamic programming, deci­
sion making under uncertainty, game theory,
stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also,
the working principles o f engineering economy
are introduced and combined with operations
research topics. This course may precede or
follow Mathematics 28 (Mathematical Pro­
gramming) for a strong introduction to the
theory and practice o f optimization. Normally
for sophomore and junior students.
Fall semester.
5 8. C o n tro l T h e o r y and D e sig n .

An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re­
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and
numerical control algorithms. Laboratory in­
cludes design of both analog and digital
controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Dunn.
5 9. M e c h a n ic s of S o lid s .

This course deals with the internal stresses and
changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas-

108

deity. Elastic and Plasdc theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fall semester.
60. S tru c tu ra l T h e o r y and D e s ig n I.

An introduction to the fundamental principles
o f structural mechanics. Statically determinate
analysis o f frame and trusses. Approximate
analysis o f indeterminate structures. Virtual
work principles. Elements of design o f steel and
concrete structural members.
Prerequisite: E6. E59 preferred.
Spring semester.
61. S o il and R o ck M e c h a n ic s : T h e o r y
and D e sig n .

This course introduces the student to concepts
in geotechnical engineering. Topics covered
include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­
ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics,
consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope
stability, and bearing capacity. These topics are
applied to engineering design problems.
Prerequisite: E59 or equivalent.
Fall semester.
62. S tru c tu ra l T h e o r y and D e sig n II.

Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design of steel and concrete
structures.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall semester; alternate years.
6 3 . E n v iro n m e n ta l E n g in e e rin g .

An introduction to the elements of water
quality managment. Effects of human activities
on water quality and quantity. Environmental
impact assessment. Analysis and treatment of
natural and wastewaters. Introduction to water
quality models. Laboratory and field studies o f
local water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or
engineering.
Fall semester. Willis.
64. W a te r R e s o u rc e s .

An introduction to the fundamentals of water
resources engineering. Pertinent areas o f hy­
drology, hydraulics, and systems analysis are
included. Fundamentals are related to engi­
neering aspects o f planning and designing water
resources projects. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12; E83 recommended.
Spring semester.

66.

E n e rg y P o licy.

(Also listed as Political Science 66). Presentation and exploration, in seminar format, of
political, economic, and technological issues
affecting development o f energy policy, and
investigation o f the influence o f energy policy
on policymaking in other areas. Possible topics
include: development o f the U.S. energy
bureaucracy, international political/economic
decision-making and OPEC, development and
impact o f energy price decontrol, economic
and political aspects o f U.S. energy technology
exports, economic and environmental perspec­
tives o f energy resource development (renew­
able and otherwise). Enrollment by permission
o f instructors. Suggested preparation includes
Economics 1-2 and Political Science 2 or 51.
Fall semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)
68. E n v iro n m e n ta l P o lic y

(Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require an understanding o f environmental
processes, including natural and.technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)
71. C ir c u its and S y s te m s .

Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and
other dynamic systems. Properties of linear
system functions and their application to
system design, active systems and stability,
response to random signals, energy functions
and theorems, digital filters, state variable
analysis o f linear and non-linear systems,
optimization. Application o f theory to engi­
neering design. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Fall semester. O ffered when demand and staffing
permit. Barus, Dunn.
7 3 ,7 4 . E le c tro n ic C ir c u it A n a ly s is and
D e sig n I a nd II.

This course begins with an introduction to the
physics o f semiconductor devices and modern
device technology. The remainder o f the year is

devoted to the study o f analog and digital
circuits and includes an introduction to digital
logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar
and field effect devices are considered. Use of
the circuit simulation program SPICE is empha­
sized. Laboratory work is oriented toward
design problems.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre­
requisite for E74.
Bowler.
75. E le c tro m a g n e tic T h e o ry .

Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­
tions. Macroscopic field treatment of magnetic,
dielectric and conducting materials. Forces,
motion, and energy storage. Field basis of
circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­
guides, transmission lines, and antennas. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics
18.
Fall semester. Barus.
78. C o m m u n ic a tio n S y s te m s .

Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such topics
as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­
ing, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety of
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester, alternate years. (N ot offered 198586.) Barus.
81. T h e rm a l E n e rg y C o n v e rs io n .

Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conversion
systems. Brief examination o f world energy
supplies. Review o f the principles o f the first
and second laws of thermodynamics. Develop­
ment o f the concepts o f availability, reacting
and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nu­
clear reactions. Applications investigated in­
clude: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal
combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar
energy systems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198485. Macken.

109

Engineering

8 2 . E n g in e e rin g M a te ria ls .

Study o f the physical structure and properties
o f a wide variety of engineering materials, and
the processes by which they are transformed
into useful products. The course includes
analysis o f material microstructures, macro­
scopic physical properties, and in-service per­
formance with regard to mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plastics,
concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and structural
composites are considered, both with regard to
industrial processing and property modifica­
tion and to materials selection in engineering
design. Laboratory work includes exercises in
property testing and material selection, field
trips to materials-processing plants, and a
substantial individual project.
Prerequisite: E 59 (may be taken concurrently)
or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester; alternate years. N ot offered 1984-85.
Orthlieb.
8 3. Flu id M e c h a n ic s .

Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the
conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy
are derived. These are then applied to the study
o f flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompressible
and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198586. Macken.
8 4 . H e a t T ra n s fe r.

A basic introduction to the physical phenomena
involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques
are presented together with empirical results to
develop tools for solving problems in heat
transfer by conduction, forced and free convec­

tion, boiling, condensation, and radiation.
Numerical techniques are discussed for the
solution o f conduction problems. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1983-84.
Macken.
90. E n g in e e rin g D e sig n .

This project-oriented course serves as a cul­
minating exercise for all Engineering majors.
Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,
group projects are possible. At the end o f the
semester students prepare a written report and
make an oral presentation.
Spring semester.
91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable to
do so.
93. D ire c te d R eading.

W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f engineering as an extension o f one o f his
or her courses.
96.

T h e s is .

W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part of his or her program in
the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.

PREPARATION FO R EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Examina­
tions in the following areas to be prepared for
by the combinations o f courses indicated.

Circuits and Systems
Control Theory and Design

E le c tro n ic s

C o m m u n ic a tio n s

Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II

Electromagnetic Theory
Communication Systems

D ig ita l S y s te m s

Digital Logic
Computer Organization, or Laboratory Com­
puter Applications

110

S y s te m s and C o n tro l

E n e rg y C o n v e rs io n

Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy Conversion

W a te r R e s o u rc e s E n g in e e rin g

M e c h a n ic s of M a te ria ls

Environmental Engineering
Water Resources

Mechanics o f Solids
Engineering Materials

S tru c tu ra l M e c h a n ic s

Mechanics o f Solids
Structural Theory and Design

English Literature

T H O M A S H. B L A C K B U R N , Professor
LEE OEVIN, Professor and Director of The Theatre
C H A R LE S L. J A M E S , Professor3
H A R O LD E. P A 6 L IA R 0 , Professor
S U S A N SN YD ER , Professor3
P H ILIP M . W E IN S TE IN , Professor and Chair
M A R Y L. POOVEY, Associate Professor3
C R AIG W IL L IA M S O N , Associate Professor
T H O M A S P. LEFF, Assistant Professor and Technical Director of The Theatre
PETER J . S C H M ID T, Assistant Professor
CH ER YL HERR, Visiting Assistant Professor
N A T H A L IE F. A N D E R S O N , Instructor
A B B E B L U M , Instructor
E L IZ A B E TH C H A D W IC K , Lecturer
M A R C E L L CHERR Y, Lecturer

This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, some
foreign literatures in translation, and critical
theory. The departmental curriculum is planned
to provide experience in several critical ap­
proaches to literature and play production, in
the intensive study o f works of major writers,

the study o f the development o f literary types,
and the theoretical considerations implicit in
literary study. The Department also provides
some instruction in the writing of poetry,
fiction, and drama, in acting, and in design for
the theatre.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course— English 2 through
13—is the prerequisite for all other courses in
literature. (This prerequisite does not apply to
seniors, nor is it required o f those who wish
only to take studio courses.) Introductory
courses are characterized by syllabi with less
reading than in advanced courses, by frequent
short papers, and by considerable attention to
class discussion; they are viewed by the
Department as particularly appropriate for
freshmen. Enrollment will be limited to 25
students per course; priority is given to
freshmen and sophomores. Students will not
normally take a second introductory course
unless approved by the instructor o f the first
course. Only one such course may be counted
towards the major. The minimum requirement
for admission as a major or as a minor in

3 Absent on leave, 1984-85

112

English is two semester-courses in the Depart­
ment. (Students with AP scores o f 4-5 in
English Literature and/or English Composi­
tion receive credit toward graduation. This
credit, when it is for work in English Literature,
may count as well toward distribution and
major requirements.)
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. Majors and
prospective majors should consult a member of
the English Department for information about
courses in other departments complementary
to their work in English; work in foreign
languages is especially recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to

seek teacher certification in English, should see
a member of the Department for early help in
planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature or
Medieval Studies. Students planning to qualify
for teacher certification in English are re­
minded that work in American literature and in
linguistics or the history of the English language
is required in addition to other requirements of
the major.
M ajor in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight
semester courses in the Department, including
Shakespeare (English 97), at least two courses
in literature written before 1830 (such courses
are marked with a *), and one course featuring
critical theory (such courses are marked with a
**). The Comprehensive Examination, taken at
the end o f the spring semester o f the senior
year, will be based on a list o f major authors.
This list will be available to majors and
prospective majors at least three semesters
before the date o f die exam itself.
M ajor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in die Department,
two o f which must be on subjects covered in
seminars in Group 1 or on other early material
decided upon after consultation with the
Department. Majors must also take a course or
seminar that features critical theory (such
courses and seminars are marked by **).
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to
prepare two papers in the Department.
Theatre Concentration: The work o f a major in
Course with a concentration in Theatre con­
sists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses,
including the following required courses: In­
troduction to Theatre (Theatre 1), Introduc­
tion to Design (Theatre 14), Theatre History
(Theatre 13), and Shakespeare (English 97). In
addition, majors are required to take at least
one other course in dramatic literature written
before the modem period. The Comprehensive
Examination (taken at the beginning o f the
spring semester o f the senior year) will be in
two parts: 1 ) a three-hour exam based on a
reading list o f plays and critical works given to
students when they are accepted into the major;

and 2) a take-home essay describing solutions
to artistic and critical problems. A Senior Essay
or project (Theatre 18, 19) is optional; inter­
ested students should consult with the appro­
priate advisor in the spring o f their junior year.
Students are urged to consult the announce­
ments o f other departments which offer courses
appropriate to the concentration. It is useful
for those anticipating a theatre concentration
to plan their programs early to avoid possible
conflict with the twenty-course rule.
IA . E x p o s ito ry W ritin g (W o rk s h o p ).

Individual and group work as intensive prepa­
ration for further work and with applications
to a variety of fields. For students to whom the
course is recommended. Does not meet the
distribution requirements. May be taken in
more than one semester, but for a maximum of
one and one half credits.
Each semester. Cherry.
IB . E n g lish f o r F o re ig n S tu d e n ts.

Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back­
grounds. Does not meet distribution require­
ments.
Each semester.
2. S c ie n c e and the L ite ra ry
Im a g in a tio n .

An introduction to the critical reading of
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and
society.
Fall semester. Blackburn.
3. M y th and Id e o lo g y in L ite ra tu re .

Many authors, from the ancient Greeks to
contemporary science fiction writers, have
used myth in ways that reveal the power of
received social doctrines over human thought
and action. In this course, we will chart the
presence o f both myth and ideology in works
by Homer, Shakespeare, Joyce, T. S. Eliot,
Hemingway, Beckett, and Delany.
Each semester. Herr.
4. T h e O u ts id e r.

Alienation as stance and theme in drama,
narrative, and lyric poetry: close study of
works by Shakespeare, Milton, Marvell, Con­
rad, Charlotte Bronte, T. S. Eliot, and Margaret

113

English Literature

Atwood.
Not offered 1984-85. Snyder.
5. C o m in g of A g e .

This course will deal with various treatments of
growing up in plays, lyrics, and novels from
ancient Greece to contemporary America.
Writers to be studied include Sophocles,
Shakespeare, Dickens, Morrison and several
contemporary poets.
Not offered 1984-85. Poovey.
6. R ite s of P a s s a g e .

The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously reflected
in different literary modes, and will examine
the shared literary experience itself as ritual
process. Topics will include innocence and
experience, transition and stasis, community
and liminality, and the mediation of the sacred
and the profane. Major authors will include
Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence.
Fall semester. Williamson.
7. C o m e d y .

A study o f the form and function o f comedy in
works by Shakespeare, Austen, Gogol, Welty,
Ellison, Beckett, and selected poets.
Each semester. Schmidt.
8. T h e Iro n ic S p irit.

This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode—both verbal and philosophical—accom­
modates responses to fundamental contradic­
tions and paradoxes. Authors include Shake­
speare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickinson,
Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
9. F o u r S e c u la r W r it e r s of the S p irit.

A study of iconoclastic authors— Blake, George
Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose works
attack orthodox ways and offer moral alterna­
tives as necessary to human well-being.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.
10. W a y s of S e e in g .

Perspectives o f writers and readers in a variety
o f literary contexts. This course will examine
point o f view, frames of reference, modes of
perception: how authors "tell all the truth but
tell it slant.” We will consider how cultural
beliefs are propagated and changed by visual
and verbal devices. Works by Shakespeare,

114

Herbert, Hawthorne, Poe, Dickinson, Brown­
ing, Ellison, Woolf, Pinter.
Fall semester. Blum.
11. F ig u re s in th e V eil.

A study o f the phenomenon o f double­
consciousness in selected narratives and poetry
written by Afro-Americans since the Civil
War. Authors will include Chesnutt, W .E.B.
DuBois, Ellison, Hughes, Zora Hurston, J.W .
Johnson, and selected poets.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
13. S tu d ie s in L ite ra tu re of
th e Fa n ta stic.

Working from a foundation in the psycho­
logical theories of Freud and Jung, this course
examines a variety o f works which posit an
alternative reality, confront characters and
readers with psychological darkness, or other­
wise explore the possibilities o f fantasy. Among
texts we will consider are Sir Gawain and the
Green Knight, Shakespeare’s The Tempest, Mary
Shelley’s Frankenstein, poems of W .B. Yeats,
and Marquez’ One Hundred Years o f Solitude.
Each semester. N. Anderson.
16. S u r v e y of E n g lish L ite ra tu re , I.*

An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.
17. S u r v e y of E n g lish L ite ra tu re , II.

An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
20. In tro d u c tio n to Old E n g lish :
La n g u a g e , L ite ra tu re , and C u ltu re .*

The course will be an introduction to Old
English language, literature, and culture with an
emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry.
Initially, two days a week will be devoted to
learning the language and to reading selected
prose passages. One day a week will be spent on
a cultural topic such as history, art, architec­
ture, religion, or Germanic traditions. The
latter part o f the course will be devoted entirely
to the study of Old English poetry. With the
permission of the instructor this course may be
taken without the usual prerequisite course;
however, it may not serve in the place of a
prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Not offered 1984-85. Williamson.
21. C h a u ce r.*

Reading in Middle English of most of Chaucer’s

major poetry with emphasis on The Canterbury
Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course
attempts to place the poetry in a variety o f
critical and cultural contexts—both medieval
and modern—which help to illuminate Chaucer’s art.
Spring semester. Williamson.
22.

M e d ie v a l En g lish L ite ra tu re .*

The course is a survey o f English literature,
primarily poetry, from the 8th through the
15th century. Readings will include: Old
English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf,
several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and
Troilus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays,
Everyman, Sir Gauiain and the Green Knight,
Pearl, portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s
LeMorte d’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury
Tales will be read in Middle English; other
works in translation or modernized forms. No
previous knowledge of Middle English is
required.
Not offered 1984-85. Williamson.
2 5 a , 25 b. S h a k e s p e a re .

(Advanced courses for non-majors, with nor­
mal prerequisites for admission.) Each course
will be complete in itself, will aim at covering a
wide range o f Shakespeare’s career, and will
avoid duplicating material used in the other
course. (Students may take both 25a and 25b.)
Fall semester, 25a—Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, Henry
V, Midsummer Night’s Dream, M erchant o f
Venice, As You L ike It, M easure for M easure,
O thello, King Lear, Coriolanus, The Tempest.
Blum.
Spring semester, 25b—Richard III, Richard II,
Much Ado about Nothing, Romeo and Juliet,
Twelfth Night, Troilus and Cressida, Hamlet,
M acbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, Julius Caesar,
The W inter’s Tale.
Blackburn.
26 . R e n a is s a n c e P o e try.*

Lyric and narrative poetry of the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Not offered 1984-85. Snyder.
27. T u d o r -S t u a r t D ram a.*

Development o f the English drama in the
sixteenth and seventeenth ceuturies.
Not offered 1984-85. Blackburn.

Writing Course of 1.5 credits, (see p. 52).
Spring semester. Blackburn.
3 5 . E ig h te e n th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .*

A study o f selected English prose and poetry
from 1660-1800, with some special attention
given to works that attempt to find order and
stability in the face o f social, religious, and
emotional doubt. Authors to be read include
Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects o f
Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard
poets, and others will also be considered,
chiefly as background.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.
3 6 . En g lish N o v e l, I.*

A consideration o f fiction from the 18th Cen­
tury to the Victorian period.
Not offered 1984-85. Poovey.
38.

R o m a n tic Poetry.*

A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure of their works.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
41. E m in e n c e and D e ca d e n ce :
T h e V ic to ria n Po ets.

A study o f the poetry of Tennyson, Robert and
Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Meredith,
the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with particu­
lar attention to each artist’s response to the
stresses of the era.
Not offered 1984-85. N. Anderson.
42. En g lish N o ve l, II.

This course will examine British novels o f the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with special
attention to the cultural contradictions marking
England and Ireland in transition to modernity.
Fall semester. Herr.
4 3 . S tu d ie s in E n g lish Fictio n .

This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi
vary from year to year, but the focus remains
on ideological premises and aesthetic practices
as these alter in the transition from Victorian to
Modem culture.
Not offered 1984-85. Weinstein.

2 8. M ilton.*

44. N a rra tiv e C o n tra c ts : R e a d in g s in
th e N o ve l.

Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em­
phasis on Paradise Lost. This course will be a

The texts and thematic focus o f this course will
vary from year to year, but attention will always

115

English Literature

be given to the following topics: the relation­
ship between formal and thematic elements of
novels, narrative contracts with the reader, the
representation o f gender, and women writers.
Not offered 194-85. Poovey.
4 5 . M o d e rn B ritis h P o e try .

A consideration o f the major British poets
from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular
attention given to each poet’s individual
response to the circumstances of modern life.
Not offered 1984-85. N. Anderson.
4 6. In tro d u c tio n to A n g lo -Ir is h
L ite ra tu re .

This course will cover the background to the
modem literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings from
The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from
Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey, Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Not offered 1984-85. Durkan.
5 0 . S tu d ie s in the A m e ric a n
R enaissa nce .* *

A study o f the central writers of the American
Renaissance, 1820-1865: Emerson, Hawthorne,
Margaret Fuller, Thoreau, Melville, Walt
Whitman, and Emily Dickinson.
Fall semester. Schmidt.
51. F ic tio n s of A m e r ic a n N a tu ra lis m .

This course examines several important at­
tempts by American writers of fiction to
redefine the tragic experience in modern terms
and consistent with the way scientific method,
deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­
verged in their imaginations. Writers will
include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore
Dreiser, W . D. Howells, Jack London, Frank
Norris, and Richard Wright.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
5 2 . T w a in , F a u lk n e r, R ic h a rd W rig h t,
and F la n n e ry O’C o n n o r.

Selected works, with emphasis on Faulkner.
The course will focus on the ways in which the
writer’s imagination confronts some of the
ideals and contradictions o f American life
(with special attention to relations between
blacks and whites).
Not offered 1984-85. Weinstein.
5 3 . T o p ic s in A m e ric a n L ite ra tu re .

A survey of several enduring issues in American
literature, among them the myth of the self­

116

made man or woman, the "plain style” in prose
and poetry, and the concept of manifest destiny
in Puritan, Deist, and Romantic historiography.
The reading will include a variety o f texts, from
autobiographies, histories, essays, diaries, and
political tracts, to poems and fiction. Authors
to be studied include the Puritans Bradstreet,
Winthrop, Taylor, and Edwards; the Deists
Franklin, Jefferson, and Paine; and Douglass,
Hawthorne, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman,
Dickinson, Twain, Chopin, and Fitzgerald.
Not offered i984-85. Schmidt.
5 4 . S tu d ie s in A m e ric a n F ictio n .

An introduction to the development o f the
American short story from the early nineteenth
century to the present, including work by
Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Wilkins,
Freeman, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, O ’Connor,
Welty, Barthelme, and Pynchon.
Spring semester. Schmidt.
55. M o d e rn A m e ric a n P o e try .

Selected poems and prose by Williams, Pound,
Stevens, and Moore, with special attention
given to how each poet invents early, middle,
and late styles.
Not offered 1984-85. Schmidt.
5 6 . C o n te m p o ra ry P o e try .

This year we shall examine the great variety of
poetic styles and stances employed by women
writing in the United States today. Among the
poets we may consider are: Muriel Rukeyser,
Gwendolyn Brooks, Adrienne Rich, Denise
Levertov, Sylvia Plath, Audre Lorde, June
Jordan, Diane Wakoski, Louise Gluck, Olga
Broumas, and Carolyn Forche.
Spring semester. N. Anderson.
57. C o n te m p o ra ry A m e r ic a n P ro s e .

An examination o f the myriad regional accents,
aims, and styles-r-from documentary realism to
symbolic fantasy—which distinguish Amer­
ican prose since World War II. Writers to be
studied include Eudora Welty, Peter Taylor,
Vladimir Nabokov, Thomas Pynchon, Donald
Barthelme, Ann Beattie, Raymond Carver,
Toni Morrison, and John McPhee.
Not offered 1984-85. Schmidt.
5 8 . T h e A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y .

In addition to an examination o f die creative
impulse to order that is key to the nature and
form of autobiography, this course suggests
pairings o f interrelated black and white auto­

biographies. Writers include Benjamin Frank­
lin, W .E:B. DuBois, Mark Twain, Gertrude
Stein, Henry Adams, Richard Wright, Mal­
colm X, and Maya Angelou.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
5 9 . T h e B la c k A m e r ic a n W rite r.

This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays
particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the
pastoral and "antipastoral” as thesis and
antitheses. Writers include Charles Chesnutt,
Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown,
Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and
James Baldwin.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
6 0. T h e C o n te m p o ra ry B la c k W r it e r of
the U n ite d S ta te s.

An examination o f the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into meta­
phor, ritual, and motif by contemporary AfroAmericans. Writers discussed will include
Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Morrison,
Alice Walker, and selected poets.
Not offered 1984-85. James.

70. R e n a is s a n c e C o m p a ra tiv e
L ite ra tu re .*

(See CEL 70.) Humanism and "Counter-Ren­
aissance” developments in major writings o f
Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabelais,
Petrarch, Gaspara Stamps, Ariosto, Marguerite
de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and
Cervantes (all studied in translation).
Not offered 1984-85. Snyder.
71. E u ro pe a n R o m a n tic is m .*

(See CEL 71.) The class will elaborate a def­
inition of literary romanticism in a European
context. W e will consider popular forms such
as ballads and folk tales, as well as hymns,
poems, gothic and epistolary novels, and
drama. Discussion o f such themes as Orien­
talism, medievalism, the supernatural and the
scientific. Authors include: Shakespeare, Words­
worth and Coleridge, Shelley, E.T. A. Hoffman,
Goethe, Novalis, Chateaubriand, Beckford,
Constant, Foscolo. All texts available in trans­
lation; students with working knowledge of
French and German are encouraged to read in
the original language.
Not offered 1984-85. Chadwick.
72. P ro u s t, J o y c e , and F a u lk n e r.

65 . P o e try W o rk s h o p .

A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
W e will emphasize the discovery and develop­
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns,
within the context o f contempory poetics.
Students should submit 3-5 pages of poetry for
admission, at a time announced during fall
semester. The workshop will meet once a week
for three hours. Admission and credit are
granted at the discretion o f the instructor.
(Studio course)
Spring semester. N. Anderson.
6 6. Fictio n W rite r s ’ W o rk s h o p .

The course is devoted to the analysis of stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week for
three hours. In addition to receiving practical
help from fellow writers, students have an
opportunity to articulate and explore theoreti­
cal aspects o f fiction writing. Students should
submit one story for admission, at a time
announced during the fall semester. Admission
and credit are granted at the discretion o f the
instructor. (Studio course)
Spring semester (tentative).

Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things
Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses
entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis
on the ideological and formal tenets o f
modernism.
Fall semester. Weinstein.
73. P ro u s t and J o y c e .

An intensive comparative study. Readings will
include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young Man,
Ulysses, and substantial portions o f A la
Recherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and
lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward
concentration in either English or French. It
will explore the role of the artist; the modernist
sense o f character; narrative experiments with
plot, style, and point o f view; the meanings of
time and memory.
Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory
English course (or their equivalents).
Not offered 1984-85. Weinstein and Roza.
74. M o d e rn D ra m a .

(See CEL 7 4.) An examination of the range of
dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical
theories, and production styles since Ibsen.
Not offered 1984-85. Devin.

117

English Literature

7 5 . M o d e rn P o e try .

Not offered 1984-85. Poovey and Marecek.

A consideration of the various manifestations
o f modernism in English Language poetry on
either side o f the Atlantic. We will trace the
careers of the High Modernists Yeats, Lawrence,
Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American experi­
ments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and Mari­
anne Moore; review the impact of Imagism and
the Harlem Literary Renaissance; examine brief
and extended poetic responses to some o f the
radical uncertainties engendered by early
twentieth-century history.
This course will be a Writing Course o f 1.5
credits (see p. 52).
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

8 4 . F o lk lo re and Fo lk life S tu d ie s .

7 6. T h e B la c k A fr ic a n W rite r.

This study gives particular attention to the way
black African writers portray Africa emerging
from the age of myth—where the conceptuali­
zation o f time shaped and was shaped by a
traditional way o f life—into a conception of
time as we know it in our industrialized culture.
Readings will be chosen from works written in
English and in translation, including Achebe,
Arm ah, Ngugi, Sem bene, Senghor, and
Soyinka.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
80.

S a tire .

This examination of satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­
phasis is placed on distinguishing between two
main conceptions o f satire and, therefore, two
different types of satirists. Selections are
chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Petronius,
Shakespeare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain,
Huxley, and Ishmael Reed.
Not offered 1984-85. James.
8 2 . R e p re s e n ta tio n s of W o m e n ’s
Identity.**

(Crosslisted as Psychology 52.) A study of the
ways in which psychology, literature, and
literary theory illuminate women’s identity and
self-expression. By examining such material as
psychological case studies, fairy tales, poetry
and fiction by male and female authors,
psychological theory and literary criticism, we
will identify some of the ways in which women
have been represented in our culture, the
consequences of this representation, and pos­
sibilities for expanding self-awareness and
creativity.
Prerequisite English 2-13.

118

(See History 84.)
Spring semester. Morgan.
85. M o d e rn is m in A m e ric a n A r t
and L ite ra tu re , 187 0 -1 9 3 0 .

An interdisciplinary study of the origins,
ideology, and development of modernism and
anti-modernism in American culture between
1870 and 1930 using approaches from the
fields of art history, American studies, and
literary criticism. Artists considered include
Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Achcan school,
the '291* group, Hopper, and Wood; writers
include James, Wilkins, Freeman, Crane, Fitz­
gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Nathaniel
West.
Prerequisites: introductory courses in both art
history and English literature. Permission of
one of the instructors is required. Crosslisted
Art 52.
Spring semester. Schmidt and Hungerford.
86. W o m e n W o rk in g , W o m e n W ritin g .

See History 90.
Fall semester. Murphy.
87. T h e a tre of C ru e lty / C in e m a S u rre a l.

An examination o f the avant-garde tradition in
theatre and film from Pirandello to Pinter,
from Dali to Polanski. Theory will be drawn
from Artaud and the surrealists, from Freud
and post-Freudian interpreters o f the dreamwork. There will be a weekly film/theatre lab.
Limited enrollment.
Spring semester. Williamson.
9 0 . C r it ic is m / T h e o r y C olloquium .**

A sustained examination of Faulkner’s major
novels, from a variety of critical perspectives
that draw on the following orientations: New
Critical, psychological, sociological, philosoph­
ical, and structuralist/post-structuralist. Lim­
ited enrollment.
Spring semester. Weinstein.
91. L y r ic and In te rpretatio n .**

Study o f modes of interpretation and the stance
of the interpreter through investigations of
lyric. The course attends equally to practical
and theoretical criticism and will focus on such
issues as: poetic occasion, closure, intertextuality, feminist poetics, imitation, and marginality. Selected poems of such poets as: Wyatt,
Raleigh, Marvell, Milton, Keats, Donne, Dick­

inson, Bishop, Stevens, Rich, and a number of
contemporary writers.
Spring semester. Blum.
92.

semester. Students should read through the
plays before beginning the course.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Staff.

T h e o r y of th e N ovel.**

An examination of various novel types and
conventions, the interpretive problems raised
by the genre, and some o f the critical ap­
proaches contemporary theorists have taken to
these problems. Novelists to be read include
Defoe, Sterne, Austen, Bronte, Conrad, and
Nabokov. This course will be a Writing Course
of 1.5 credits (see p. 52).
Not offered 1984-85. Poovey.
9 6. D ire c te d R eading.

Students who plan directed reading must con­
sult with the appropriate instructor and submit
a prospectus to the Department by way of
application for such work before the beginning
o f the semester during which the study is
actually done. Deadlines for the receipt o f
written applications are the second Monday in
November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
9 7 . S h a k e s p e a re C o n fe re n c e .

(For course majors only.) Study o f at least
twenty-two plays, tracing the development of
Shakespeare’s craftsmanship and ideas. Re­
quired o f course majors in the Department,
who meet weekly in small groups during the fall

9 8 ,9 9 . S e n io r E s sa y, S e n io r T h e s is .

In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department may pursue a literary
project (English 98) of their own choosing. The
major part of the semester is devoted to
preparing an essay (or essays) under the super­
vision of a member of the Department. A brief
prospectus for the project must be submitted
for approval by the Department in April o f the
junior year. Before submitting this prospectus,
Course majors should consult with the De­
partment Chairman and with the Department
member who might supervise the project.
The project, culminating in an essay (or essays)
o f 20-25 pages, will be completed in December
o f the senior year. Students who do well on this
project and wish to develop it into a compre­
hensive thesis will take English 99 in the spring
semester. The work on the thesis will normally
deepen or expand work completed during the
fall.

THEATRE
1. In tro d u c tio n to the T h e a tre .

This course will be taught in three parts, by the
Director, the Designer, and the Dramaturg.
Theatre professionals from New York and
Philadelphia will meet with the class, often in
connection .with a theatre event attended by the
class. This course requires at least one paper,
one design problem, and one classroom per­
formance exercise, in addition to the reading.
One credit. Prerequisite for advanced theatre
courses.
Fall semester. Devin, Leff, Williamson.

control, play analysis, and performance. Does
not require the introductory course as a
prerequisite. Studio course; one credit.
Spring semester. Devin.
3. P ro d u c tio n W o rk s h o p .

This course will cover specific production
problems and will provide support for Drama
Board projects. Does not require the introduc­
tory course as a prerequisite. Studio course;
one-half credit.
Each semester. Leff.

2. T e c h n iq u e s o f A c tin g .

10l S c e n e S tu d y .

This is the basic acting course, the prerequisite
for all others. It includes sections on history
and theory o f acting as well as practice in the
techniques o f rehearsal, emotion memory and

An acting studio for intermediate and advanced
students who choose their own projects and
work on them with the instructor’s super­
vision. Studio course; one-half credit. May be

119

English Literature

repeated for credit.
Fall semester. Devin.
11. E n s e m b le I.

This class rehearses and presents scenes in
conjunction with courses in dramatic litera­
ture, principally Shakespeare. The work of the
course includes research on performance his­
tory and presentations to the literature classes.
Studio course; one credit. May be repeated for
credit.
Fall semester. Devin, Leff, Williamson.
12. E n s e m b le II.

Rehearsal and performance o f a full-length
script. Taught by a visiting artist when possible.
This class meets five nights a week, three hours
a night, for six weeks during the first half of the
spring semester. The final week o f class
meetings is advertised and open to the public.
Admission by audition; studio course; one
credit.
Spring semester.
13. T h e a tre H is to ry .

The study of theatre in its historical context.
Examination o f historical conditions as these
were made manifest on the stage during
selected periods; consideration o f historical
methods necessary for the recreation o f older
dramatic texts for current production.
One credit.
Spring semester. Leff.
14. In tro d u c tio n to D e sign.

The theoretical and historical foundations of
contemporary theatrical design. Lab work
investigates theory through the practical appli­
cation of basic techniques. One credit.
Fall semester. Leff.

15. A d v a n c e d D e sig n .

Extensive projects in support o f Ensemble I
and II; application o f design concepts to
specific production situations (i.e., making use
o f limited resources to meet the needs and
expectations o f performers and audiences).
One credit.
Spring semester. Leff.
16. P la y D ire c tin g .

Play analysis for directors; exercises* in staging
and in creating conditions for acting; coopera­
tion with design students on class projects
presented to the public as a final exercise. This
class will attend rehearsals at People’s Light as
often as possible. One credit.
Spring semester. Devin.
17. P la y w r it in g W o rk s h o p .

A workshop in writing. Limited to six; the
introductory course prerequisite may be waived
at the discretion of the instructor. One credit.
(Studio course)
Spring semester. Devin.
1 8 ,1 9 . S e n io r E s s a y .

An essay or production project prepared under
the supervision o f an appropriate faculty
member. A prospectus must be submitted for
approval in April of the junior year. Before
submitting the prospectus, majors should
consult with the Director and with the faculty
member who might supervise the project. A
one-credit project will normally be completed
in the fall of the senior year. The fall work may
serve as preparation for a larger project to be
completed in the spring.

SEMINARS
G roup I
101. S h a k e s p e a re .

Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through all
the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Staff.
102. C h a u c e r and M e d ie v a l L ite ra tu re .

A survey of English literature, primarily poetry,

120

from the 8th through the 15th century with an
emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will include
Beowulf and other selected Old English poems,
Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Chaucer’s
Troilus and Criseyde and a major portion o f The
Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman, Pearl, Every­
man, selected mystery plays, and portions of
Malory’s LeM orte d ’Arthur. Background read­
ings will include selections from Andreas
Capellanus and Boethius. Works in Chaucerian

dialect will be read in Middle English; other
works will be read in translation or in modern­
ized versions; Modern analogies such as Gard­
ner’s Grendel and Bergman’s Seventh Seal are
occasionally included.
Fall semester. Williamson.
104. M ilto n .

Study o f Milton’s works with special emphasis
on Paradise Lost.
Not offered 1984-85.
105. llid o r -S tu a r t D ra m a .

The development of English drama from
medieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy
and comedy.
Not offered ig 84-83. Blackburn.
106. R e n a is s a n c e Epic.

The two major English epics o f the period,
Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise
Lost, considered in the context o f the work of

each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered.
Spring semester, 1986. Snyder.
108. R e n a is s a n c e P o etry.

Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the Eng­
lish Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Not offered 1984-85. Snyder.
109. E ig h te e n th -C e n tu ry L ite ra tu re .

Examination o f the literary forms and critical
values o f the age, with special attention given to
the works of Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
11& R o m a n tic P o e try .

Examination of the poetry of Blake, Words­
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Fall semester, 1985. Pagliaro.

Group II
112. T h e N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry E ng lish
N o v e l.

Studies in fiction from Austen to Hardy.
Spring semester. Herr.
113. T h e En g lish N o ve l.

Studies in English fiction from the eighteenth
century to the present.
Fall semester, 1985. Weinstein.

society during the American Renaissance.
Fall semester. Schmidt.
118. M o d e rn P o etry.

A study o f the poetry and critical prose of
Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define
their differences and to assess their influence
on later poets and theorists.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

115. M o d e rn C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re .

119. M o d e rn Dram a.**

Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville to
the present. Fall and Spring reading lists will be
different.
Each semester. Weinstein.

A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to
the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and
cultural documents. The seminar will visit
various theatres, meet with actors and direc­
tors, and shape appropriate acting exercises.
Secondary readings on dramatic theory, criti­
cism, and intellectual history relevant to the
plays under discussion will be assigned each
week.
Spring semester. Devin and Williamson.

116. A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re.**

A study o f central writers of the American
Renaissance, 1820-1865: Emerson, Hawthorne,
Margaret Fuller, Thoreau, Melville, Walt Whit­
man, and Emily Dickinson. As well as closely
reading selected texts, we will place these
authors within a broad, interdisciplinary con­
text, incorporating recent work by American
studies scholars, including contemporary fem­
inist historians, and Michael Foucault. Special
emphasis will be given to the revolutionary
aesthetic and social implications o f Transcend­
entalism for views o f religion, nature, language,
industrialism, and the "woman’s sphere” in

120. T h e o r y of C ritic is m .* *

A course designed to provide a working
knowledge of the major schools o f contempo­
rary criticism. In addition to questions of
interpretation, issues addressed by these critics
include the nature o f language, the formation of
the literary canon, and the social and political

121

English Literature

role o f the critic. Theories to be studied include
New Criticism, Structuralism, Post-struc­
turalism, Psychoanalysis, Feminism, and Marx­
ism.
Spring semester, 1986. Poovey.
121. M o d e rn B la c k F ictio n .

A comparative approach to black fiction o f the
United States, Africa, and the Caribbean. This
study attempts a unity o f themes arising out of
shared experiences o f heritage and exile—exile
from sources, tradition, and landscape. Empha­
sis will be on works by Wright, Baldwin, and
Morrison (U .S.A .), Achebe and Tutuola (Ni­
geria), McKay and Harris (Caribbean).
Not offered 1984-85. James.
180. T h e s is .

A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.

122

The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than the
end o f the junior year. Normally, the student
writes the thesis, under the direction o f a
member o f the Department, during the fall of
the senior year.
Staff.
183. In d e p e n d e n t Study.

Students may prepare for an Honors Examina­
tion in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Dead­
lines for the receipt o f written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April.
Staff.

History

R O B ERT C . B A N N IS T E R , Professor and Chairman2
J A M E S A . FIELD, J R ., Professor Emeritus5
K A TH R Y N L. M O R G AN , Professor
BERN ARD S . S M IT H , Professor
JE R O M E H. W OOD, J R ., Professor
H A R R IS O N M . W R IG H T, Professor5
M A R G A R E T AN D E R S O N , Associate Professor and Acting Chairman (Spring, 1985)
R O B ERT S . D U P LES S IS , Associate Professor2
LILLIA N M . LI, Associate Professor3
M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y , Assistant Professor
A N D R EW M . VERNER, Assistant Professor3
RICHARD J . LU FR AN O , Lecturer

COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Department o f History offers a range of
courses o f value to all students, from surveys to
more specialized course focusing on a specific
period, theme, or subfield. All courses attempt
to give students a sense o f the past, an
acquaintance with the social, cultural, and
institutional developments which have pro­
duced the world of today, and an understanding
of the nature o f history as a discipline. The
courses emphasize less the accumulation of
data than the investigation, from various points
o f view, o f those ideas and institutions—
political, religious, social, and economic—by
which people have endeavored to order their
world.
Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f
students who seek a general education in the
field, as well as to provide preparation for a
range of upper-level courses. Freshman sem-

inars explore particular issues or periods in
idepth. Although these entry-level courses vary
!somewhat in approach, they normally consider
major issues o f interpretation, the analysis of
]
primary
sources, and historical methodology.
Prerequisites: Surveys (numbered one through
nine) are open to all students without pre­
requisites. Freshman seminars are open only to
j
freshmen on the same basis. Upper-level
courses are generally open to all students who
j
have taken a survey in the same area, or who
j
have Advanced Placement scores of 3 ~5 in the
same area, or by permission of the instructor
j
based on work in fields related to the subject of
i
the course. Exceptions are courses “not open
i freshmen” or where specific prerequisites
to
; stated. For courses not clearly in the area of
are
< of the surveys, please consult the instructor.
one

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission to
the Department as a major in the Course or
External Examination (Honors) Program or as
a minor in the Honors program is normally at
least two History courses taken at Swarthmore

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

and a satisfactory standard o f work in all
courses. At least one of these history courses
should be taken within the History Department,
and preferably two for admission to Honors.
Ideally preparation of the major should include

5 Spring semester, 1985.

123

History

at least one survey, and either a freshman
seminar or upper level course. Students who
intend to continue their studies after graduation
should bear in mind that a reading knowledge
o f one or two foreign languages (particularly
French and German) is now generally assumed
for admission to graduate school.
M ajor in the Course Program: The work o f the
major in course consists o f at least eight (and
normally no more than eleven) semester
courses in the department plus a thesis, chosen
so as to fulfill the following requirements:
(a) Course majors must fulfill certain departmental distribution requirements. For
purposes o f distribution the Department
has divided its courses into four groups:
(1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modem
Europe through the 18th century; (2)
Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries);
(3 ) the United States; and (4 ) Africa, Asia,
and Latin America. Course majors must
take at least one course from each o f these
areas. Beyond that, majors are encouraged
to concentrate informally in topics or areas

o f special interest to them, including at
least three courses in the area o f the senior
thesis.
(b) Course majors must take History 91
(Junior Seminar) in the spring of the junior
year. This course considers the nature and
methods o f historical research, and in­
volves the writing o f an historiographical
essay related to the topic o f the senior
thesis.
(c) Course majors in the fall o f the senior year
complete a single credit thesis (History 92)
on the topic developed in* the junior
seminar.
M ajor and minor in the External Examination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional programs.
Majors in the Honors Program may take either
three or four seminars in the Department.
Minors in the Honors Program are ordinarily
expected to take at least two seminars.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
Advanced Placement. The Department will
automatically grant one semester’s credit for
incoming students who have achieved a score
o f 5 in Advanced Placement history tests. This
credit may be counted toward die number of
courses required for graduation. It may be used
in partial fulfillment o f the college distribution
requirements. For majors, it may serve as
partial fulfillment of the departmental distri­
bution requirements listed above. Grades of 3
and 4 may serve as prerequisite for advanced
courses in history in the same area (European
or American) as the Advanced Placement
course.
Langu age A ttachm ent. Certain designated
courses offer the option of a foreign language
attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per­
mission to take this option will be granted to
any student whose reading facility promises the
profitable use o f historical sources in the
foreign language. Arrangements for this option
should be made with the instructor at the time
o f registration.

124

1. E a rly Eu ro pe.

Europe from the rise of Christianity to the end
o f the Middle Ages. This course will stress the
uses of primary sources.
Not offered 1984-85. Smith.
2. E a r ly M o d e rn Eu ro pe.

From the late Middle Ages to the mid­
eighteenth century, focusing on intellectual
movements, varieties o f state formation, and
economic and social change.
Not offered 1984-85. DuPlessis.
3 A . M o d e rn Euro pe.

A topical survey from the Old Regime to the
Cold War, with emphasis on the political,
institutional, economic, and social forces that
have shaped modem Europe. Topics include
Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and
reform movements, industrialization and the
rise of the modern nation-states, imperialism,
and world war.
Spring and Fall. Anderson.

3B. M o d e rn E u ro p e a n S o c ie ty and
C u ltu re .

An introduction to the history of major ideas
and intellectual movements in relation to social
realities and political action from the eighteenth
to the twentieth century. Changing conceptions
o f the individual, state, and society are exam'
ined in historical context.
Not offered 1984-85. Vemer.
4. La tin A m e ric a .

The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to die present. Empha­
sis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina,
and on recent attempts at radical transformation.
O ptional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Fall. Wood.
5. T h e U n ite d S ta te s to 1877.

The colonial experience and the emergence of
an American social order; Revolution and
Constitution; the "first” and "second” party
systems; humanitarianism and social control in
the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil War,
and Reconstruction.
Fall. Wood.
6. T h e U n ite d S ta te s s in c e 1877.

Industrialism arid the? American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring. Murphy.
7. A f r ic a n -A m e r ic a n H is to ry .

A survey o f the African-American experience
from its African background to the present.
Topics will include politics, economics, educa­
tion, philosophy, race relations, and selected
forms of expressive culture.
Fall. Morgan.
8. A fric a .

A survey o f African history since 1800.
Themes include nineteenth century political
change; Islamic reform and revolution; the
scramble for Africa; the culture o f colonization
and independence; roots o f ethnic and "tribal”
| conflict. Examples to be drawn from north and
sub-Saharan Africa.
I ' Not offered 1984-85.
9. C h in e se C iv iliz a tio n .

An historical introduction to variousaspects of

traditional Chinese civilization and culture—
language, literature, philosophy, art, imperial
and bureaucratic institutions. The impact of
Chinese civilization on other parts o f Asia will
be examined briefly.
Spring. Luffano.
IO A . F re s h m a n S e m in a r:
T h e C ru s a d e s .

The history o f the crusading movement from
its beginnings in eleventh century papal ideol­
ogy through the fall of Constantinople to the
Turks in 1453. The emphasis will be less on the
military campaigns than on West European
political and social change brought about by
exposure to Islam. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with Advanced Placement
score o f 3 or more in European History.
Not offered 1984-85. Smith.
IO B . F re s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e T h ir d
B e ich and th e H o lo ca u st.

An intensive examination o f the origins, ideol­
ogy, and operations of the Nazi regime, its
extension across Europe, and responses of
victims and collaborators. Open to freshmen
only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference
given to freshmen entering with Advanced
Placement score of 3 or more in European
History.
O ptional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1984-85. Anderson.
IO C . F re s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e G re a t W a r

An examination o f the political, social, and
diplomatic setting o f the European war o f 1914
to 1918 and o f its effects on the major par­
ticipants. The period studied will be roughly
from 1870 to 1920. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with Advanced Placement of
3 or more in European history.
Fall. Smith.
100. F re s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e Cold
W a r Era.

A focused examination of the origins and
persistence o f the cold war from the globali­
zation o f containment to the pressure of
domestic conflict. Topics include: the EisenhowerDulles years, Kennedy’s Crisis Management,
LBJ and Vietnam, Nixon/Kissinger’s Detente,
Truman’s Decisions to Drop the Bomb and
subsequent nuclear policy decisions. Open to

125

History

freshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten.
Preference given to freshmen entering with
Advanced Placement o f 3 or more in American
history.
Fall. Murphy.
10E. C o lo n ia lis m in th e A m e ric a s .

A comparative analysis o f selected aspects of
the colonial history o f North, Central, and
South America with special emphasis on the
roots of contemporary structures and problems
in matters such as land tenure, political
organization, and social class configurations.
Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to
ten.
Fall. Wood.
C la s s ic s 21. A n c ie n t G re e ce .

(See listing under Department of Classics.)
C la s s ic s 31. H is to ry of G re e ce .

(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la s s ic s 3 2. T h e R o m an R e p u b lic
a nd A u g u s tu s .

(See listing under Department of Classics.)
C la s s ic s 4 2. G re e c e in the Fifth
C e n tu ry R.C.

(See listing under Department of Classics.)
C la s s ic s 44 . T h e E a r ly R o m an E m p ire .

(See listing under Department of Classics.)
11. E a rly M e d ie v a l Euro pe.

The history o f western Europe from the
accession of Diocletian to the last Carolingians.
Fall. Smith.
12. L a te r M e d ie v a l Europe.

The history of western Europe from the tenth
to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on the
role o f the Papacy.
Spring. Smith.
13. M e d ie v a l England.

The political, cultural, and religious history of
England from the Roman occupation to 1485.
Fall. Smith.
14. M e d ie v a l E u ro pe a n In te lle c tu a l
H is to ry .

The history o f ideas in western Europe from
the fifth to the fourteenth century, with roughly
equal attention being paid to the development
o f political theory, theology, philosophy, edu­
cation, and science.
Not offered 1984-85. Smith.

126

15. M e d ie v a l E u ro pe a n H is to rio g ra p h y .

Writings on history, from Augustine to Frois­
sart, and the Middle Ages, from the fifteenth
century to the present, will be studied. The
course’s purpose is to identify changes in each
period’s conception of the Middle Ages.
Spring. Smith.
16. T h e IV ie lfth C e n tu ry.

A study of the most rapid period of change in
the Middle Ages, seen through the careers of
seven representative figures: Abelard, Bernard,
John o f Salisbury, Henry Plantagenet, Barbarossa, Louis VII, and Pope Alexander III.
Spring. Smith.

ia T h e

R e n a is sa n c e .

The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates of Italy between the fourteenth and early
sixteenth centuries, studied in relation to the
political, economic and social context. Empha­
sis on cultural developments including human­
ism, art, historiography, and political thought.
Not offered 1984-85. DuPlessis.
23. T u d o r and S tu a rt England.

The transformation of England in the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries, from the Reforma­
tion to the Glorious Revolution. Topics in­
clude the Tudor polity, political revolt and the
emergence o f parliamentary monarchy, the
recasting of the social structure, the rise of a
capitalist economy, and the course of religious
conflict and change.
Not offered 1984-85. Duplessis.
24. T h e R ise of C a p ita lis m .

The transition from agrarian feudalism to
industrial capitalism in Europe from the four­
teenth to the nineteenth centuries. Emphasis
on varying patterns of agrarian transformation,
restructuring o f industrial production, expan­
sion o f the market, class formation, economic
thought, and ideology. Analysis o f theories
about the origins o f capitalism and industriali­
zation. Some discussion o f development in
Eastern Europe, but most attention is given to
Western Europe, particularly England and
France.
Not offered 1984-85. DuPlessis.
25. W o m e n , S o c ie ty and C h a n ge in
M o d e rn Euro pe.

A topical study o f European women from the
later Middle Ages to the twentieth century.

Issues to be considered include working women
in preindustrial and industrial economies,
family life, sexuality and reproduction, wornen’s collective action, the rise of feminism.
Optional Language Attachment: French.
Fall. DuPlessis.
29. V ic to ria n England.

England from the 1830’s to the end o f the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures o f the
age.
Fall. Anderson.
32. Eu ro p e of the D ic ta to rs ,
1914-1945.

I

The assault o f radical politics, left and right, on
the social and political fabric o f Europe; the
interaction o f domestic and international con­
flict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism; nation­
alism, militarism, racism; the first effective
experiments in the use o f ideology, technology,
and terror as means o f social control.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Fall. Anderson.
33. T h e E u ro p e a n Left.

Leftist movements and ideologies in the nine­
teenth and twentieth centuries from preMarxian socialism to post-Leninist commun­
ism. Topics include the changing nature o f
social protest, the transformation from corpo­
rate to class society, "utopian and scientific”
Marxism, anarchism, trade unionism and elec­
toral politics, class consciousness and mass
action, war and revolution, the responsibilities
and alienation o f power.
Not offered 1984-85. Verner.
34. R e v o lu tio n a ry F ra n c e .

I

I
I
I
I
I

The transformation o f France from the Ancien
Regime to the 1848 revolution: The crisis o f
old regime state and social structure, Enlightenment thought and the revolution o f 1789,
Sans-Culottism, revolutionary war and terror,
Napoleon, restoration and reaction, 1830 and
the July Monarchy.
Not offered 1984-85. Verner.

I 35. C u ltu re and P o litic s of M o d e rn
| Fra n c e .

An examination o f nation, citizen, and class
from the July Monarchy to the Fifth Republic.

Topics include the revolution of 1848, middle
classes and bourgeois culture, rise o f the
working class, Bonapartism and Commune,
Republican synthesis and stability, radicals and
the church, anti-Semitism, polarization and
disintegration, World War II—collaboration
and resistance, rebirth o f the republic and end
o f empire, Gaullism.
Not offered 1984-85. Verner.
36. M o d e rn G e rm a n y.

The development of Germany from a collection
o f small towns and small states to the lynch-pin
o f the present European balance o f power.
Topics will include: the formation of an
imperial state and its grasp for world power; the
conflict between agrarian ideals and industrial
imperatives; democratization and the search for
a national identity; cultural efflorescence and
political breakdown; the youth movement,
anti-semitism, and National Socialism; divided
Germany and the "undigested” Germany past.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Spring. Anderson.
37. M e d ie v a l and Im p e ria l R u ssia .

From the ninth century origins of Kievan Rus
to Russia’s emergence as the Gendarme of
Europe in the nineteenth century. Topics
include the Mongol yoke, the evolution of
Tsarist autocracy since Ivan the Terrible,
slavery and serfdom, the relationship between
the Orthodox church and the state, Westerni­
zation, the origins o f the intelligentsia, and the
disintegration o f the Petrine service class
system.
Not offered 1984-85. Verner.
38. R e v o lu tio n a ry and S o v ie t R u ssia .

A century o f continuity and change from
Alexander II to Brezhnev. Topics include
bureaucratic reform and reaction in the auto­
cratic state, the intelligentsia tradition, Russian
Marxism and the revolutionary movement, the
transformation o f an agrarian economy, the
dilemma o f Russian liberalism, the revolutions
o f 1905 and 1917, Leninism versus Stalinism,
de- Sta linizat ion.
Not offered 1984-85. Verner.
41. T h e A m e ric a n C o lo n ie s .

The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the develop­
ment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the emer-

127

History

gence o f a new social structure; racism and
ethnic relations; and England’s imperial policy.
Spring. Wood.
42 . T h e A m e ric a n R e vo lu tio n .

The conflict between intensive self-government
in the colonies and English ideas and projects
for empire; the revolt against colonial status
and the elaboration o f a "republican” ethos
and "republican” institutions, 1763-1789.
Spring. Wood.
43. Je f f e rs o n ia n is m and the
A m e ric a n E x p e rie n c e .

An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer­
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu­
tional law, social theory, religion, literature, and
architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6 or equivalent,or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Wood.
4 4 . A m e ric a in the P r o g re s s iv e Era,
1 8 9 6 -1 9 2 0 .

Modernization, social control, and the rise of
the corporate state. Topics include the control
o f industry, scientific management, socialism
and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics
and birth control, the women’s movement,
social science and the rise o f the "expert,”
advertising and the roots of consumerism.
Fall. Bannister.
4 5. T h e U n ite d S ta te s S in c e 1945.

The Cold War and McCarthyism; domestic
politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza­
tion, technological change and mass society;
the New Left and the counterculture; Civil
Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation;
Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet­
nam; revival on the Right.
Not offered 1984-85. Murphy.
46 . T o p ic s in A m e ric a n In te lle c tu a l
H is to ry .

Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Tentative topic for 1985-86: Science and
Society. Not open to freshman.
Not offered 1984-85. Bannister.
47. A m e r ic a and the Wtorld: to 1900.

The American role in world affairs from the
Revolution through the War with Spain;
independence and westward expansion; ideo­

128

logical and economic interaction with Europe
and the outer world; the growth of industrial
power and the problem of "imperialism.”
Not offered 1984-85. Field.
48. A m e r ic a and the W o rld : s in c e 1900.

New responsibilities in the Caribbean and the
Far East; the expansion o f American economic
and cultural influence; two world wars and the
effort to prevent a third; the American "chal­
lenge” and the American "empire.”
Spring. Field.
49. A m e ric a n E c o n o m ic H is to ry .

(Also listed as Economics 49 .) Economic
development from the colonial period to the
New Deal with emphasis on patterns of growth,
the quantitative expansion of the economy,
changing institutional and social structure, and
the culminating economic and social crises of
each stage of development.
May be taken for History credit only by those
who have satisfied the departmental prerequi­
sites.
Fall. Weiman (Department of Economics).
52. E d u cation in A m e ric a .

(Also listed as Education 52.) A history of
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
origins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Bannister.
53. B la c k C u ltu re and B la ck
C o n s c io u s n e s s .

Exploration into the relationship between
black culture and black consciousness with
emphasis placed on twentieth century America.
Prerequisite: History 5 ,6,7 , or 8, or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring. Morgan.
54. W om en, S o c ie ty , and P o litic s .

Women in American society from the colonial
period to the present, with emphasis on the
changing nature o f work and the separation of
spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resistance
to women’s rights. Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1984-85. Murphy.
56. E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .

An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as

reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis is
placed on the relationship o f the narratives to
the understanding of the black experience in
the United States.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6 , 7, or 8, or the permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Morgan.
57. O ra l H is to ry .

By examining the living past this course seeks to
emphasize the relevance o f history to modern
life with special emphasis on American subject
matter. Students will be taught the skills
requisite for the completion o f an original
research project that involves the collection,
classification, and analysis o f data selected
from both written and oral sources. General
discussion topics include folk religion, the role
o f the family, local and personal history, and
old ways in the new world. Some work will be
done off campus.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permis­
sion o f instructor.
Fall. Morgan.
58 . T h e W o rld o f D u B o is, R o g e rs ,
a nd Diop.

This course deals with the impact o f the
writings o f three black twentieth century
intellectuals on our knowledge o f world history
in general and the contributions o f Africa to
world civilizations in particular. First, the ideas
of W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on sex and
race in writings of J. A. Rogers; third, African
origins o f civilization in writings o f C. A. Diop.
Prerequisite: Introductory history course or
the permission o f the instructor.
Fall. Morgan.
R e lig ion 17. H is to ry of R e lig ion in
A m e ric a .

(See listing under Department o f Religion.)
R e lig ion 18. Q u a k e ris m .

(See listing under Department o f Religion.)
6 3.

S o u th A fr ic a .

A survey o f South African history with an
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems.
Not offered 1984-85. Wright.
6 6. T o p ic s in Latin A m e ric a n H is to ry .

Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year. Topic
for spring 1985: Revolution and Social Change
in twentieth century Latin America.

Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission of the
instructor.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring. Wood.
67. T h e A fr ic a n in Latin A m e ric a .

The history of black people in French, Portu­
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci­
pation, the contemporary scene. Special atten­
tion will be given to the impact o f African
civilization on Latin countries, as well as to
comparative analysis o f the experience of
blacks in that region and in the United States.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1984-85. Wood.
68. Food and F a m in e : P a s t and P re s e n t.

The production, distribution, and consump­
tion o f food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environ­
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the
current world food problem differs from
historical subsistence crises, and how food
affects economic development and interna­
tional relations.
Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1984-85. Li.
72. J a p a n e s e C iv iliz a tio n .

Japan’s history from its origins to the early
nineteenth century tracing its dominant politi­
cal, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns.
No prerequisite.
Not offered 1984-85. Li.
74. M o d e rn C h in a.

The history of China since the early nineteenth
century. Topics include the impact o f the west,
reform and revolution, nationalism, and the
development of the communist movement.
No prerequisite.
Not offered 1984-85. Li.
75. M o d e rn Ja p a n .

The transformation o f Japan into a modern
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
No prerequisite.
Not offered 1984-85. Li.
76. C h in a B e tw e e n R e v o lu tio n s .

Two great revolutions rocked China in the 20th

129

History

century: the 1911 revolution, which overthrew
the 2,000-year old dynastic system, and the
1949 revolution, which established a new
socialist state. This course will examine these
two tumultuous events from various perspec­
tives, including the impact o f Western and
Japanese imperialism, the increasing poverty of
the peasantry, and the organization and ideol­
ogy o f the revolutionary parties.
Fall. Luffano.
77. C h in a : T h e P o litic s of H is to ry .

This course will examine, with particular
emphasis on political influences, the historiog­
raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the
relationship o f the traditional Chinese view of
the past to the Confucian state; 2) major
ideological controversies from the late nine­
teenth century to the present; 3) the changing
views o f Western observers and historians,
both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­
ment.
Prerequisite: History 9, History 74, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Li.
8 4 . F o lk lo re and F o lk life S tu d ie s .

(Also listed as English 8 4 .) An introduction to
the major forms o f folklore and selected forms
o f folklife materials. The course includes the
study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs,
jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including
folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft,
magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the
function o f folklore in highly industrialized
modern societies as well as in traditional ones.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­
ture.
Spring. Morgan.
8 8 . H is to ry T h ro u g h F o lk lo re and
L ite ra tu re .

A comparative analysis o f folklore and litera­
ture. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not ex­
clusively in the United States. Themes include

loneliness and friendship, love and death,
vocation and avocation, life after death, and the
resurgence o f the occult in United States
popular culture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History/Literature 86, or per­
mission o f the instructor.
Spring. Morgan.
90. W o m e n W o rk in g , W o m e n W ritin g .

(Also listed as English 86). An interdiscipli­
nary investigation into the experience and
meaning o f women’s labor and discourse in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This is the
first o f two courses to be team-taught by
members o f the English and History depart­
ments o f Swarthmore, Bryn Mawr, and Haverford Colleges.
Prerequisite: An introductory course in either
English or History.
Spring. Murphy (Swarthmore) and Hansen
(Haverford).
9 1 . J u n io r S e m in a r.

Required o f all course majors, this seminar
considers issues in the research and writing of
history. In the first part o f the semester, works
embodying various conceptual and methodo­
logical perspectives will be discussed; in the
second, students will prepare historiographical
essays related to the topics o f their senior
theses.
Spring. Members o f the Department.
92. T h e s is .

A single credit thesis, required o f all course
majors, on a topic developed in the junior
seminar.
Fall. Members of the Department.
93. D ire c te d R eading.

Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.

SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for a
degree with Honors. They may be taken

130

without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.

111. M e d ie v a l Eu ro pe .

Western Europe from the Papal-Frankish aliiance o f the eighth century to about 1300.
Spring. Smith.
116. T h e R e n a is sa n c e .

Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian communes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen­
turies. Issues addressed include forms of
political and economic organization, varieties
o f humanism, political theory, changing histor­
ical consciousness, art and society. Much
attention is devoted to historiography.
Not offered 1984-85. DuPlessis.
117. Eu ro p e in th e 16th and 17th
C e n tu rie s .

State, society and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mideighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France,
Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on the
disparate patterns o f state formation, economic
development and social change; the relations
between economic and political transforma­
tion; political thought and ideology. Consider­
able attention will be given to comparisons
among states, the transition to capitalism, the
crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins
and functions o f absolutism.
Spring 1986. DuPlessis.
118. TU d o r and S tu a rt England.

The rise o f parliamentary monarchy and
capitalist economy through religious reform,
political revolution and socio-economic trans­
formation. Topics include popular rebellion,
the causes and nature of the two revolutions of
the seventeenth century, the rise o f the gentry
and crisis o f the aristocracy, enclosure and
agrarian change, the sources o f English eco­
nomic growth, Puritanism and political revolt,
the relation between science and religion.
Fall. DuPlessis.
I i a E a rly M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n
In te lle c tu a l and C u ltu ra l H is to ry .

European thought and culture in its social
context from the breakup o f cultural unity
following the Renaissance to the emergence o f a
new synthesis during the Enlightenment.
Topics include the theology, appeal and institu­
tionalization of the magisterial, radical and
counter Reformations; rationalism and pes­
simism; popular mentalities and witchcraft;
intellectual and educational institutions; print­

ing, literacy, and the diffusion of learning;
"high” and "low” Enlightenments. Attention
will be given to conceptual and methodological
issues in the study of cultural history.
Not offered 1984-85. DuPlessis.
122. R e v o lu tio n a ry E u ro pe 1 750-1870.

Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and Ger­
many from the ancien regime to German
unification. Special emphasis on the origins
and nature of the French Revolutions, the
Industrial Revolution in England and its con­
sequences, class structure and conflict, German
nationalism and the failure of liberalism.
Fall 1985. Vemer.
124. E ng land, 1815-1914.

The adjustments of an aristocratic society to
the impact o f industrialization. Topics include:
the nature o f the English aristocracy; the
origins and impact o f the industrial revolution;
popular radicalism and the development o f a
working class consciousness; philosophic rad­
icalism and the origins o f the welfare state; the
rise o f modern political parties and modes of
politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious re­
vival, respectability, and Victorian morality;
imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem o f Ireland and the
growth of Irish nationalism.
Fall. Not offered in 1985. Anderson.
125. F a s c is t Eu ro pe.

A comparative study o f the social, intellectual,
and historical origins and development of
Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hider’s
Germany. Some attention will be given to the
Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements of
Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Romania.
Theories o f Fascism will also be examined.
Spring. Not offered in 1986. Anderson.
126. E u ro p e in th e L ib e ra l Era,

1870-191a
By 1870 constitutions, parliaments, and a
liberal economy were in place throughout most
o f Central and Western Europe. This seminar
will examine these liberal structures, as well as
the challenges to them and their assumptions
posed by social and economic change; devel­
opments in social theory; the rise o f anti-liberal
ideologies and movements (such as nihilism,
racism, anti-Semitism, and ethnic nationalism);
the birth of mass politics, feminism, political
Catholicism, and international socialism; and

131

History

the Great War. Emphasis will be on the Great
Powers—Britain, France, Germany, and the
Hapsburg Empire—but some attention will be
paid to Italy and Spain.
Not offered 1985-86. Anderson.
128. R u s sia n E m p ire in th e 19th
and 20th C e n tu rie s .

From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Salient
themes in Russian and Soviet history including
autocratic politics and bureaucratic reform, the
role of social groups such as the intelligentsia,
nobility, peasantry, and workers, problems of
economic development, revolutionary theory
and practice, Leninist and Stalinist alternatives
o f the Soviet system.
Spring 1986. Verner.
130. E a rly A m e ric a n H is to ry .

Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects
o f the period from the explorations to the early
National era.
Spring 1985. Wood.

135. A m e ric a n S o c ia l H is to ry .

The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics include
fertility, mortality, and migration; industrial­
ization and the family; slavery and its after­
math; mechanization and changing patterns of
work; social mobility, urbanization and sub­
urbanization; gender, class, and ethnicity.
Spring. Murphy.
136. A m e ric a n In te lle c tu a l H is to ry .

Political, social, and literary culture from the
late eighteenth century through World War I.
Fall 1984; Spring 1986. Bannister.
140. M o d e rn A fric a .

Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800.
Spring 1986. Wright.
141. S o u th A fric a .

South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present.
Fall 1985. Wright.
144. M o d e rn C hina.

132. A m e ric a n P o litic a l H is to ry .

Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues
from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic,
and cultural context. Topics include the shaping
o f the constitution; "republicanism,” "democ­
racy,” and the first and second party systems;
slavery, the Civil War and the constitution; the
social bases o f campaign styles and strategies;
the emergence o f the regulatory-welfare state;
experts, interest groups, and the decline of
voter participation; the making of the modern
presidency.
Fall 1985. Bannister.
134. A m e ric a n D ip lo m a tic H is to ry .

A study o f the evolution since 1776 of
American relations with the outer world with
emphasis on ideological, economic, and strate­
gic developments.
Spring. Field.

132

China from the late eighteenth century to the
present. Topics include: social and intellectual
currents in the late imperial era; Western
imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu­
tion; political and social transformation in the
People’s Republic of China.
Fall 1985. Li.
148. Latin A m e ric a .

Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall 1985. Wood.
180. T h e s is .

W ith the permission of the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for either
single or double course credit. Double-credit
theses will normally be written in the fall
semester of the senior year for submission as
papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.

International Relations

Coordinator: R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S

Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in their
programs, during the first two years, introduc­
tory courses in economics, history, and political
science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
listed below may be incorporated in the
programs o f students who do their major work
in economics, history, political science, or
modern language.
Students who wish to major in one o f these

departments with a concentration in interna­
tional relations may take a Senior Comprehen­
sive Examination planned for this concentra­
tion. Students preparing for this examination
should take eight or more courses from among
those listed below, including all those.listed in
Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or
more in Group III, in addition to other courses
in the major Department as may be required by
that Department, so as to have a minimum of
eight courses in the major. The examination
will be administered by the major department
after consultation with the concentration coor­
dinator.

Group 1
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4.

H is to ry 75.

International Politics

Modern Japan

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 14.

American Foreign Policy

Group 111

E c o n o m ic s 30.

E c o n o m ic s 11.

The International Economy

Economic Development
E c o n o m ic s 31.

Group U

Comparative Economic Systems

H is to ry 4.

E c o n o m ic s 81.

Latin America
H is to ry 8.

Africa

Economics o f the Middle East
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 3.

Comparative Politics

H is to ry 32.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 18.

Europe of the Dictators, 1914-1945

Political Development

H is to ry 36.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 19.

Modem Germany

Comparative Communist Politics

H is to ry 38.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 20.

Revolutionary and Soviet Russia

Politics o f China

H is to ry 47.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 21.

America and the World: to 1900

Politics o f Africa

H is to ry 48.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 22.

America and the World: since 1900

Latin American Politics

H is t o r y 74.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 41.

Modern China

Defense Policy

133

International Relations

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 43.

Food Policy: National and
International Issues
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 55.

Modern Political Theory
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 5 8.

International Political Theory

134

Students who plan to enter the External
Examination (Honors) Program will find it
possible to select a similar combination of
courses and seminars in the field o f interna­
tional relations. In planning such programs,
they should consult with the chairman o f their
prospective major department.

Linguistics

ALFR ED BLO OM , Associate Professor and Program Director7
M A R C IA LINEBARGER, Lecturer
S U S A N G. W IL L IA M S O N , Social Sciences Librarian

Linguistics is the study o f language. On the
most general level it deals with the internal
structure o f languages, the history o f their
development and the role they play in influ­
encing the entire spectrum of human activity.
Linguistics attempts to arrive at an adequate
description o f the phonological, syntactic, and
semantic components of language, differenti­
ating those elements which are generic to all
languages from those which are particular to
any given language or family of languages.
Historical linguistics looks at the evolution o f
these components over time. Sociolinguistics
centers on the link between language and the
social context in which it is spoken; mathemat­
ical linguistics on the formal analysis of linguistic
structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay
between language and the processes o f percep­
tion and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic
variables influence interaction at the individual
and societal levels, play a central role in shaping
the form and meaning o f literary expression
and constitute a significant area of philosophi­
cal inquiry. Special majors bridging linguistics
with individual foreign languages, the human­
ities or the social sciences are encouraged for
Course students. All such programs are de­
signed on an individual basis to suit the
interests of the student, but it is highly
recommended that Linguistics 108 be included
at some point in the course sequence.
The Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f a
minimum o f three external examination prepa­
rations. Honors candidates in addition are
required to include Linguistics 108 in their
programs and to have developed competence in
at least one foreign language beyond the
intermediate level through an advanced course
or an introductory literature course. All Honors
Linguistics majors are encouraged as well to
write a thesis in their senior year and to organize
their prior course and seminar work so that

they will be prepared to begin this project in the
fall of their senior year.
1.

L a n g u a g e — A n In tro d u c tio n .

An introduction to language and its multi­
faceted interaction with human thought and
behavior. The first part of the course will,
concentrate on the description of the internal
structure of language, providing a grounding in
the principles of structural linguistics, trans­
formational grammar, and semantic theory.
The second part will turn from a description of
internal structure to brief explorations into the
role played by linguistic variables in psycholog­
ical processes and development, philosophical
inquiry, socio-political interaction, and artistic
creation.
Spring semester. Bloom and Linebarger.
15. T h e C h in e se Langu age

(See Chinese 15.)
Not offered 1984-85.
20. In tro d u c tio n to T ra n s fo rm a tio n a l
G e n e ra tiv e S y n ta x .

A brief introduction to the theory o f trans­
formational generative grammar as developed
by Noam Chomsky and others. Specifically
designed to prepare students for Linguistics
108. One credit.
Not offered 1984-85.
21. H is to ry of th e F re n c h Langu age

(See French 20.)
Not offered 1984-85.
25. L a ngu age, C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .

An investigation o f the influence o f cultural
context and social variables on verbal com­
munication. W e will discuss theories o f lan­
guage acquisition and language change in light
of cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence.
The course includes readings from the three
major fields of language and culture studies;
ethnography of communication, -sociolinguis­
tics, and sociology of- language. Language

7 Joint appointment with psychology.

135

Linguistics

projects in the community are included.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f the
instructor. (Crosslisted as Sociology/Anthro­
pology 25.)
Not offered 1984-85.
2 6.

P h ilo s o p h y o f La n g u a g e .

(See Philosophy 26.)
'Not offered 1984-85.
3 4. T h e P s y c h o lo g y of Langu age.

An exploration into the ways in which the
syntactic and meaning elements of language are
represented in the mind and into the effects
these psycholinguistic structures may have on
the way we think, with special emphasis on an
attempt to interpret philosophical and socio­
logical (including feminist) views in terms of
psychological theory and research and on
cross-cultural perspectives.
Spring semester. Bloom.
52. H is to ric a l L in g u is tic s .

An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction of prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment of language families and their
interrelationships, and the examination of
processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic, and
semantic.
Fall semester. Linebarger.

the nation-state and the international system.
Fall semester. Bloom.
60. Langu age A c q u is itio n .

An examination of the process by which
children learn their first language. Stages in the
acquisition o f phonology, syntax, and seman­
tics; language acquisition and universal gram­
mar; the issue o f biological specialization for
language.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 preferred, but this
requirement may be met through additional
reading. (Crosslisted as Psychology 60.)
Fall semester. Linebarger.
61. A p h a s ia .

The disruption of language by brain damage is
examined, with particular concern for any
evidence that it may provide about localization
o f language in the brain and the functional
organization o f the language processing system.
Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1 or Psychology
3 or their equivalent. (Crosslisted as Psychology
61.)
Not offered 1984-85.
93.

D ire c te d R eading o r R e s e a rch .

Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Each semester. Staff.
9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r Paper.

56 . M o ra l T h in k in g .

(Crosslisted as Psychology 56 .) An investiga­
tion into the role played by cognitive dimen­
sions in influencing moral thinking and moral
behavior, with emphasis on adolescence and
beyond. An attempt will be made to place the
investigation within a framework provided by
current trends in cognitive psychology, exis­
tential philosophy, and linguistics and to draw
on the implications o f these dimensions with
respect to the relationship o f the individual to

Both semesters. Bloom.
Other courses o f particular interest to students
o f Linguistics:
C h in e se 1 B -2 R . In tro d u c tio n to
M a n d a rin C h in e se .
R u s sia n 16. H is to ry of the R u s sia n
Langu age.
G re e k 19. C o m p a ra tiv e G ra m m a r
of G re e k and Latin.

SEMINARS
104. H u m a n N a tu re and C u ltu re :
C o n v e rg e n t P e rs p e c tiv e s .

(See Sociology/ Anthropology 104.)
Spring semester.
107.

L a n g u a g e and Th o u g h t.

An intensive investigation o f selected linguistic,
psychological and philosophical approaches to

136

the elusive interaction o f language and thought.
Emphasis will be placed on developmental and
cross-cultural perspectives, and students will
be encouraged to undertake independent re­
search projects in their specific areas of
interest.
Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1, or Psychol­

ogy 3, or permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Bloom.
108.

S y n ta c tic T h e o ry .

A comparison o f models of linguistic descrip­
tion with emphasis on recent developments in
syntax and semantics. (Formerly Contempo­
rary Approaches to Descriptive Linquistics.)
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 and 20 or permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85.

Iia

The relationship between syntax and seman­
tics; quantification, negation, and logical form;
reference in natural language; the interaction
between semantics and pragmatics.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1.
Spring semester. Linebarger.
116. P h ilo s o p h y of L a ngu age.

(See Philosophy 116.)
180. T h e s is

Each semester. Staff.

S e m a n tic s .

Theories of meaning in generative grammar.

137

Literature

Coordinator: H A R O LD E. PAG LIAR O

The Literature major is administered by a Literature Committee representing the Depart­
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modem Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work in
two or more literatures in the original language.
A student who intends to major in Literature
will submit to the Literature Committee a
proposed program o f integrated work which
sets forth the courses or seminars to be taken
and the principle o f coherence upon which the
selection is based. The Committee will review
the proposal and advise the student. Subject to
the requirement of serious study of at least two
literatures in the original language, one of
which may be English, work in translation is
encouraged, especially as it consists o f thematic
or comparative courses. In lieu o f a regular
course, the Literature Committee will consider
proposals for an individual or cooperative
project, for one or more research papers
written as course attachments, or for the
substitution o f a thesis for course credit when
these projects have as their purpose either the
integration o f work within the major or the
relating o f work outside the major to some
portion o f the major.
For a major in the Course Program the requirements
are as follows:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration of work—normally not fewer
than five courses—in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modern Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents o f the Literature major.
O f English courses numbered 2 through 10,
only one may be counted for the major.
The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offer­
ings presently listed in the Catalogue:
CEL 13. M e d ie v a l C o m p a ra tiv e
L ite ra tu re .
CEL 14. M o d e rn E u ro p e a n L ite ra tu re .
S A L 5 0. C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n is h A m e r ic a n L ite ra tu re .

138

2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester of the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program of
work is developed. In some cases the Commit­
tee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follows:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose of
integrating the work o f the major in accord
with the principle o f coherence on which the
program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina­
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.

E n g lis h 70. R e n a is s a n c e C o m p a ra tiv e
L ite ra tu re .
E n g lis h 72. P ro u s t, J o y c e , F a u lk n e r.
E n g lis h 7 3 ./ F re n c h 75. P r o u s t / J o y c e .
E n g lis h 74. M o d e rn D ra m a .
E n g lis h 76. T h e R la ck A fr ic a n W rite r.
E n g lis h 115. M o d e rn C o m p a ra tiv e
L ite ra tu re .

Mathematics

J A M E S W . EN G LAN D , Professor and Provost6
G U D M U N D R. IVERSEN, Professor of Statistics
C H A R LE S F. KELEM EN , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics
EUGENE A . K LO TZ , Professor
DAVID ROSEN, Professor12
J . EDWARD S K E A T H , Professor and Chairman
S TE P H E N R. M A U R ER , Associate Professor
C H A R LE S M . G R IN S TEA D , Assistant Professor3
IRENE M U LV E Y, Assistant Professor
HELENE S H A P IR O , Assistant Professor1
G AR Y A . M A R T IN , Instructor
M A R G A R E T C H R IS TE N S E N , Lecturer4

Mathematics is one o f the most powerful tools
available to the physical, biological, and social
sciences, and to engineering. It is the aim of the
Swarthmore Mathematics Department to en­
able those who so wish, to study mathematics
as a discipline in its own right, while providing
the skills and structural insights necessary to
those in need of its power.
We live in a time when mathematics is cutting
across more and more disciplines; there now
exist such specialties as mathematical econom­
ics, mathematical linguistics, mathematical so­
ciology, mathematical psychology, and mathe­
matical biology, along with more traditional
areas such as mathematical physics. Other
relatively new disciplines such as Computer
Science and Operations Research rely heavily
on both mathematics and engineering. In
recognition o f this, the mathematics curriculum
includes a wide variety o f courses in applica­
tions related areas in addition to the many
courses in areas of pure mathematics. More­
over, the Mathematics Department is quite
interested in facilitating the creation o f joint
majors, and also in developing carefully worked
out programs which involve a concentration in
mathematics and some other discipline.
Mathematics courses available to first semester
freshmen with normal high school preparation
include Math 1 (Statistics for Observational
Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5
(Calculus I), and Math 7 (Introduction to
Computer Science). Math 2 (Statistics for
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

Experimental Data), Math 4 (Calculus Con­
cepts), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics) are
available in the second semester, again with
only normal high school preparation. Students
with some calculus background from high
school may take Mathematics 6 by passing the
Calculus I placement exam, Mathematics 16 by
passing the departmental Calculus II placement
exam, or Mathematics 16H by passing the
departmental Calculus II placement exam and
receiving departmental approval. All freshmen
planning to enroll in Mathematics 3 ,5 ,6 ,1 6 , or
16H are required to take the appropriate
departmental placement exams given during
freshman orientation.
Programs for premedical students: Most medical
schools require a year o f college mathematics.
Many require that one semester be calculus,
and a few require the full year to be calculus.
For a semester o f calculus most premedical
students should consider Math 4 or 5. In
addition, premedical students should consider
the precalculus courses 2 and 3, the second
semester calculus course 6 , the discrete mathe­
matics course 9, and the post-calculus statistics
course 23. Sometimes medical schools will give
credit for calculus taken in high school, but
only if it is acknowledged on the college
transcript, as an AP or placement credit.
Programs for social science majors: Most leading
graduate departments in the social sciences
regard it as a definite plus if an applicant has
had calculus, statistics, and computer experi-

\
6

semester, 1984.
administrative assignment, 1984-85.

139

Mathematics

ence. Economics graduate departments often
go further, requiring a year o f calculus and
hoping for much more: multivariate calculus,
linear algebra, differential equations, probabil­
ity, operations research. Mathematics courses
o f particular interest to social science students
included: Elementary, 1 ,2 ,3 ,4 ,1 3 ; Intermedi­
ate, 5, 6 ,7 ,9 ,1 6 ,1 8 ; Advanced, 2 3 ,3 0 ,4 1 ,5 3 ,
6 1 ,6 4 .

use o f computers. A student who is not a
mathematics major can achieve certification by
taking the following courses: Math 5 and 6 and
four more advanced courses such as 16, 18,45
and 49. All persons asking for certification
should register for a directed reading with the
department in order to become familiar with
mathematics texts that will be helpful in their
teaching career.

Programs for students in Chemistry and Engineer­
ing: Students interested in Chemistry and
Engineering might plan to take a minimum of
Mathematics 5, 6 , 18 and either 16 or 30, or
(with proper Advanced Placement), Mathe­
matics 16,18, and 30. Other courses of general
interest to students in these areas include
Mathematics 23, 41, 67, 81 and 82. Special
interest courses include Mathematics 48,49,
67, 85 or related seminars.

Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice
determined by their intended major. Both
courses lead to Math 13 on multivariate
statistical analysis. Students who know calculus
should take Math 23 and students with a strong
background in mathematics can take the more
theoretical Math 53. Both courses lead to Math
57 on multivariate analysis. Students who want
a seminar in statistics can take Math 111.

Programs for Physics majors: See Physics section
for basic requirements. Other useful courses
are Math 4 1 ,4 8 ,4 9 ,5 3 ,6 7 , and 85. Any o f the
seminars listed could be appropriate as past of a
mathematics minor. In addition, Math 81, 82
can be taken as a seminar.

Computer Science: The Departments o f Mathe­
matics and Engineering are working together
on a curriculum in computer science. This
curriculum will include the courses Math 7 and
Math 9.

Mathematics majors: The normal preparation
for a major in mathematics consists of the
sequence o f Mathematics 5, 6, 16 and 18 (or
with Advanced Placement 16 or 18).

Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using meth­
ods such as chi-square, rank correlation, and
regression analysis. The main examples are
taken from sample surveys and governmental
data, and the course is intended for students in
political science, sociology, and related disci­
plines making use o f observational data. The
course does not satisfy any mathematics pre­
requisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Fall semester. Iversen.

In addition, a Course major must complete a
program approved by the chairman o f at least
five mathematics courses numbered 20 or
above and the senior conference or the depart­
mental comprehensive examination. An Honors
candidate with a major in mathematics will
normally take Math 101 and 102 in the junior
year, and two other mathematics seminars in
the senior year.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in some
depth a discipline which makes use o f mathe­
matics. All mathematics students are urged to
acquire some facility with the computer. Stu­
dents bound for graduate school in mathema­
tics should obtain a reading knowledge o f
French, German, or Russian.
Secondary accreditation: A Course or Honors
major in mathematics will normally qualify a
student for secondary school certification in
mathematics. In view o f the impact o f compu­
ters on mathematics, the department urges
prospective teachers to obtain a facility in the

140

1. S ta tis tic s f o r O b s e rv a tio n a l Data.

2. S ta tis tic s f o r E x p e rim e n ta l Data.

Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlation,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The main examples are taken from experimen­
tal research, and the course is intended for
studénts in biology, psychology, and related
disciplines making use o f experimental data.
The course does not satisfy any mathematics
prerequisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the

Department.
Spring semester. Iversen.
3. B a s ic M a th e m a tic s .

This course focuses on two objectives (1)
review and remedial work, and (2 ) preparation
for calculus. Some special attention will be
given to those whose previous experience with
mathematics has not been entirely prosperous.
Prospective students should take the Basic
Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably
at the Math Exam time. (The results will be
used to help determine both classroom topics
and individual strengths and weaknesses.)
Subject matter will be taken from logic,
algebra, trigonometry, and geometry.
Fall semester. Mulvey.
4. C a lc u lu s C o n ce p ts .

This course, which covers the basic concepts o f
one variable calculus, is particularly useful for
biology and social science majors. Topics to be
included are sequences, series, differentiation,
integration, transcendental functions, and ex­
tremal problems.
Spring semester. Staff.
5 ,6 . C a lc u lu s I and II.

The first semester will cover topics in differen­
tiation and integration o f functions o f one
variable with some applications. The second
semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics
covered in the second semester include series,
improper integrals, differential equations, and
techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be taken
in the fall semester by passing the departmental
Calculus I placement exam. All students plan­
ning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall semester are
required to pass the appropriate departmental
placement exam. Students taking Math 5 or 6
in the fall semester are strongly urged to take
the half credit attachment, Math 6A (crosslisted as Physics 5, Economics 5), Computing
from the User’s End, see course description
below.
5. Fall semester. 6. Each semester.
6A . C o m p u tin g fro m the U s e r ’s End.

(Also listed as Physics 5 and Economics 5.)
A practical introduction to computer use
including interactive operating protocol, the
BASIC language, and graphics and statistical
packages. Assumes no prior background in
computing or physics. One intensive lecture

plus a workshop session per week; one-half
credit course. Some of the workshops will be
included in regular Physics Labs. There will be
a separate workshop stressing applications
appropriate to Math 5 and 6 for students taking
6A but NOT taking Physics 1 or 3.
Fall semester. Boccio.
7. In tro d u c tio n to C o m p u te r S c ie n c e .

This course is intended to form the normal
introduction to computer science for students
interested in this discipline and also to offer an
introduction to the computer for students in
the natural sciences, engineering, and mathe­
matics. The course includes a survey of the
computer science field, with emphasis on
detailed attention to algorithms and the struc­
turing of programs. The approach will stress
problem solving in general with programming
implemented in a high level language.
Fall semester. Kelemen.
9. D is c re te M a th e m a tic s .

An introduction to noncontinuous methods in
mathematics, this course is o f special value to
students interested in computer science or
applications o f mathematics to the social and
management sciences. Topics include sets,
functions, number systems, induction, and an
introduction to logic, counting methods, dif­
ference equations, finite probability, graph
theory, and the algorithmic way o f thinking.
This course will be taught at a level of
sophistication similar to Math 5 and 6 and may
be taken before, during, or after calculus.
Spring semester. Maurer.
13. M u ltiv a ria te S ta tis tic a l A n a ly s is .

Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the
course deals mainly with the study of relation­
ships among three or more variables. Included
are such topics as multiple regression analysis,
with multiple and partial correlation, several
variable analysis o f variance and the analysis of
multidimensional contingency tables. The
course ends with an introduction to Bayesian
methods. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted
toward a major or minor in the Department.
Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ 4
or Psych 13 or 14 or 15 or Soc/Anthr 18 or 19
or 20.
Alternate years.
Plot offered 1984-85.

141

Mathematics

16. L in e a r A lg e b ra .

The subject matter of this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transforma­
tion with application to solutions o f systems of
linear equations, determinants, and the eigen­
value problem.
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in Math 6
or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus
II placement exam.
Each semester.
16H. L in e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e .

This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its
standard counterpart (the subject matter will
be equally as valuable in applied situations, but
applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who enter with BC Advanced Placement
calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 6 or
a passing grade on the departmental Calculus II
placement exam.
Fall semester. Staff.
16A. L in e a r A lg e b ra and
D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s.

This course will cover the main topics o f Linear
Algebra (Math 16) and Differential Equations
(Math 2 0 ) in one semester and is an alternative
to taking both Math 16 and Math 30. These
two subjects are closely related. Differential
equations requires certain techniques from
linear algebra and at the same time provides
examples and applications o f many concepts of
linear algebra. Topics: Linear algebra—matrices,
vector spaces, solutions to linear systems,
determinants, eigenvalues, linear transforma­
tions. Differential equations—linear differential
equations (constant and non-constant coef­
ficients), The Wronskian, power series meth­
ods, Laplace transforms, systems o f differential
equations. As time permits: orthogonality and
least square approximations. Level and pace
will be the same as for Math 16.
Prerequisite: Grade o f C or better in Math 6.
Fall semester. Skeath.
18. S e v e ra l V a ria b le C a lc u lu s .

This course considers differentiation and inte­
gration o f functions o f several variables with
special emphasis on two and three dimensions.
It is the normal sequel to Math 6 and is a

prerequisite for several other mathematics
courses.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent.
Each semester.
18H. S e v e ra l V a ria b le C a lc u lu s
H o n o rs C o u rs e .

This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its
standard counterpart (the subject matter will
be equally as valuable in applied situations, but
applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who have successfully completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
23.

S ta tis tic s .

This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a
higher mathematical level. The course is in­
tended for anyone who wants an introduction
to the application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Fall semester. Iversen.
30.

D iffe re n tia l E q u ations.

An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math 18 and 16 or permission of
the instructor.
Spring semester.
33.

Fo u n d a tio n s of Real A n a ly s is .

This course is designed to give the student an
understanding o f basic theorems of calculus.
The student is also expected to learn how to
construct a mathematical proof. This course is
recommended for students majoring in mathe­
matics in course and for students planning to
major in mathematics in honors.
Spring semester.
37. N u m b e r T h e o ry .

The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts, and
the theory of multiplicative number theory will
be developed. Potential secondary school
teachers should find this course valuable.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Alternate years, spring semester.

41. P ro b a b ility .

This course deals with the mathematical theory
and concepts o f probability including an
introduction to stochastic processes.
Prerequisite: Math 5, 18, or permission.
Alternate years.
Fall semester. Haughton.

Prerequisite: Math 23 or 53.
Alternate years.
Spring semester. Iversen.
61. M o d e lin g .

Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offering have included Algebraic Coding
Theory, Groups and Representations.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.

An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard
methods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to apply
these subjects to specific modeling problems,
not on their systematic theory. The format of
the course will include projects as well as
lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
Alternate years.
Spring semester. Maurer.

4 9. In tro d u c tio n to M o d e rn A lg e b ra .

64.

45. G e o m e try .

Synthetic and analytic projective geometry will
be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclid­
ean geometry will be developed as special cases.
Recommended for potential secondary school
teachers.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
48. T o p ic s in A lg e b ra .

The course will survey some o f the important
topics o f modern algebra, such as groups,
integral domains, rings, and fields.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f the
instructor.
Alternate years.
Fall semester. Klotz.
5 3.

M a th e m a tic a l S ta tis tic s .

Based on probability theory, this course exam­
ines the statistical theory for the estimation of
parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small
and large sample properties o f the estimators
are studied. The course concludes with the
study o f models dealing with relationships
between variables including chi-square and
regression analysis.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
5 7. M u ltiv a ria te S ta tis tic s .

Given as a continuation o f Math 23 or 53, the
course deals mainly with statistical models for
relationships between variables. The general
linear model, which includes regression, vari­
ance, and covariance analysis, is examined in
detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory, and Bayesian
statistics.

M a th e m a tic a l P ro g ra m m in g .

Linear Programming and its extensions: the
simplex method, duality, assignment problems,
network flows, two-person game theory, and an
introduction to non-linear programming.
Numerous algorithms are discussed, and there
will be opportunities for computer imple­
mentation. A different perspective on mathe­
matical programming is available in Engineering/Economics 57, Operations Research.
In comparison, Mathematics 6 4 is more ad­
vanced mathematically in that there is more
emphasis on theory, and linear algebra is used
to present it. However, Engineering 57 is more
extensive in that engineering economics and
probabilistic decision models are also covered,
and case studies are involved. A student may
take both courses; together they form a strong
introduction to the theory and practice of
optimization.
Prerequisites for Math 64: Math 16 and 18, or
instructor’s permission.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
67.

N u m e ric a l M e th o d s.

This course will deal with the numerical
solution o f various mathematical problems,
pure and applied. The computer will be used
extensively. Also listed as Engineering 27.
Prerequisite: Math 6 and Math 7 or E23 or

143

Mathematics

equivalent.
Alternate years.
Fall semester. Rosen.
70. Data S tru c tu re s .

Topics to be considered may include: Trees,
lists, arrays, stacks, queues, sorting and
searching, garbage collection, applications of
use in doing algorithms in computer science
(parsing, efficient storage, and use o f sparse
matrices, etc.)
Not offered 1984-85.
7 3.

A lg o rith m s .

The course considers the construction, analy­
sis, and theory o f algorithms for solving
mathematical problems. This includes algo­
rithms for constructing all or random combina­
torial objects (subsets, permutations, parti­
tions), algorithms on graphs (graph coloring
and shortest paths), and complexity o f alg­
orithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness.
Overlap with Mathematics 64, Mathematical
Programming, and Mathematics 70, Data Struc­
tures, will be minimized by avoiding lengthy
discussion o f algorithms studied in those
courses.
Prerequisite: Math 9 and/or further courses in
mathematics and computing.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
75. C o m p ile r D e sig n end C o n s tru c tio n .

(Also listed as Engineering 31.) This course
presents an introduction to the design and
construction o f language translators for pro­
cedure oriented computer languages. Topics
covered include: formal grammars, lexical
analysis and finite automata, syntax analysis
and push-down automata, LL and LR parsing,
semantic analysis and table handling, error
detection and recovery, code generation and
optimization, compiler writing tools. There
will be an ongoing programming project that
will culminate in a compiler for a small but not
trivial subset o f the Ada programming language.
Prerequisites: Students should be comfortable
writing recursive procedures in a high level

language, understand proofs by mathematical
induction, have a knowledge o f data structures,
and have some understanding o f the primitive
nature o f a computer without system softward.
These prerequisites could be obtained by
completing E23 or M7, E24 or M 70, M9. E26
would be helpful for general background but
not essential for any course requirements.
Fall semester. Kelemen.
81. A p p lie d A n a ly s is I.

Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier
transform, orthogonal functions, introduction
to Hilbert space, and operators. The motivation
for these topics will be in partial differential
equations arising in the physical sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 3 0 or permission o f the
instructor.
Fall semester. Skeath.
82. A p p lie d A n a ly s is II.

Analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s
Theorem, power series, residue calculus, con­
formal mapping, and harmonic functions will
be considered. The emphasis of this course is
on applications to the physical sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Spring semester. Skeath.
85.

T o p ic s in A n a ly s is .

Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Functional Analysis.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
93. D ire c te d R eading.
96. T h e s is .
97. S e n io r C o n fe re n c e .

This half course is designed to give students an
overview o f all o f their mathematics courses by
solving a variety o f mathematical problems.
W hen offered, this course replaces the depart­
mental comprehensive examination.
Half course credit.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
101a and b. Real A n a ly s is .

This seminar concentrates on the careful study
o f the principles underlying the calculus o f real

144

valued functions o f real variables,
Fall semester 101a; Spring semester 101b.

102a a nd b. M o d e rn A lg e b ra .

This seminar deals with the theoretical proper­
ties o f such formal systems as groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces. While these concepts
will be illustrated by many concrete examples,
the emphasis will be on the abstract nature o f
the subject.
Fall semester 102a; Spring semester 102b.
103. C o m p le x A n a ly s is .

A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of
the Cauchy theory of analytic functions of a
complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are
also discussed.
Alternate years.
Spring semester.
104. To p o lo gy.

The subject matter o f this seminar will include
such topics as point set topology with some
application, piecewise linear topology, homol­
ogy, and homotopy theory.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
105. P ro b a b ility .

The purpose o f this seminar is to give the
mathematical background necessary for an
understanding o f the mathematical analysis of
statistical data. In addition, the modern devel­
opment o f the subject provides a valuable
application o f the concepts and techniques
acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The

topics treated may include: the axiomatic
approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correla­
tion and regression, some special distributions,
sampling theory, and a short introduction to
the theory o f statistical estimation.
Alternate years.
Not offered 1984-85.
106. C o m b in a to ric s , O p tim iza tio n ,
and A lg o rith m s .

A selection, in seminar format and at a higher
level o f sophistication, of topics related to
Math 9, 64, 70, and 73. The emphasis will
depend on student interest. Possible topics are:
advanced enumeration, combinatorial struc­
tures (e.g., graphs, matroids, designs), optimi­
zation, game theory, social choice theory,
theory o f computational complexity. If slanted
towards combinatorics and theory of algo­
rithms, this seminar will be o f special interest to
those studying computer science. If slanted
towards the other topics, it will be o f special
interest to those studying mathematical eco­
nomics.
Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.
Alternate years.
Fall semester. Maurer.
111. M a th e m a tic a l S ta tis tic s .

Properties o f random variables are studied
together with ways o f inferring about param­
eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is
put on the study o f models for relationships
between random variables.
Alternate years.
Spring semester. Iversen.

145

Medieval Studies

Coordinator: BERNARD S . S M IT H

This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study of European and Medi­
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical
importance for the understanding o f Western
culture, can be approached best through a
combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight
Departments (Art, Classics, English Literature,
History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion,
and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course
of study which may be offered as a major in
either the course Program or the External
Examination (Honors) Program.
For a major in the Course Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11 or
12 )
Either Religion 37 /Philosophy 19 or His­
tory 14
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1.
2. Five other courses chosen from three of the
following fields:
Art History (15, 16, 17).
History (11, 12, 13, 14, 15).
Religion (35, 37).
Literature (Classics 35; English 2 0 ,2 1 , 22,
31; CEL 13, French 20 and 30; Spanish 30).
Music (20),
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.

146

Directed readings in medieval subjects.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester o f the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section of Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements of the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more o f the
fields, included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­
ing: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy),
History 111 (Medieval Europe), Art His­
tory 117 (Gothic Art), English 102 (Chau­
cer and Medieval Literature) or French 100
(Litterature du Moyen-Age.)
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibility of work in the
Honors Program beyond these five sem­
inars.
The minor program should be planned with the
coordinator so as to insure a close relation to
the major. No minor in Honors is offered.
Students wishing to minor in subjects included
in this field should take them as minors in the
department in which they are normally offered.

Modera Languages and Literatures

GEORGE C. AVERY (German), Professor
GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor
P H ILIP M E TZ ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor1
J E A N A S H M E A D PER K IN S (French), Professor and Chairman, 1983-86.
ROBERT ROZA (French), Professor, y
S IM O N E VO IS IN S M IT H (French), Professor1 10
FR A N C IS P. T A F O Y A (French and Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1980-839
EUGENE W EBER (German), Professor1
T H O M P S O N BR ADLEY (Russian), Associate Professor123
M A R IO N J . FABER (German), Assistant Professor (part-time)
JO H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Associate Professor
GEORGE M 0 S K 0 S (French), Assistant Professor8
K E N N E TH C. LU K (Chinese), Assistant Professor
FLORENCE E C H T M A N (French), Lecturer4*
EVGENIYA L. K A TS EN ELIN B O IG EN (Russian), Lecturer
R O B ERT K A T Z , (Spanish), Lecturer4
M A R Y K. K EN N EY (Spanish), Lecturer
L I-C H IN G C H A N G M A IR (Chinese), Lecturer
D A R IA M ON TE R 0 - P A U LSO N (Spanish), Lecturer4
ELKE P L A X TO N (German), Lecturer
R EN ATE S T O R A (German), Lecturer4
CARO LE N E TTE R (French), Assistant

The purpose o f the major is to acquaint stu­
dents with the important periods and principal
figures o f the literatures taught in the Depart­
ment, to develop an appreciation o f literary
values, to provide training in critical analysis,
and to foster an understanding o f the relation­
ship between literary phenomena and the
historical and cultural forces underlying the
various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally complete
seven credits in literature courses or seminars,
take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­
sive examination. Students whose interests lie
primarily in language or civilization are advised
to consider the possibility o f a Special Major in
combination with Linguistics, History, or some
other appropriate department. Students inter­

1
2
3
4
8

Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
Absent on leave, 1984-85.
Fall semester, 1984.
Campus coordinator, Grenoble Program.

ested in studying literature in more than one
language are encouraged to consider a Litera­
ture major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary studies
in a foreign language through work with the
language and selected texts o f literary or general
interest.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered 11
or above emphasize the study o f literature as a
humanistic discipline as well as competence in
the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign

9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble, fall semester, 1984.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble, spring semester, 1985.

147

Modera Languages and Literatures

language and its literature are advised to
present sufficient credits on admission to
enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11
and 12 in their freshman year. Students who
enter with no previous knowledge o f the
language and are interested in majoring in a
foreign literature should register for the inten­
sive language courses (1B-2B) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through 5
(8 in German) do not count toward the
minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina­
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing of each of the literatures taught. Excep­
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language of
specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to elect supporting courses in
other literatures, in history, philosophy, lin­
guistics, or art history. The Department also
recommends participation for a minimum o f a
summer and a semester in an academic program
abroad. Linguistically qualified students may
apply to the Swarthmore Program at the
University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This
program is particularly suited for majors in the
humanities and the social sciences. Students

competent in Spanish should consider the
Hamilton College-Program in Madrid, Spain,
which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­
more. Those competent in German should
consider the Wayne State Junior Year in
Germany (at the University o f Munich or the
University o f Freiburg) or the Smith College
Junior Year at the University o f Hamburg.
Students interested in intermediate and ad­
vanced Chinese studies in China are encouraged
to consider the China Educational Tours
program in Beijing, the People’s Republic of
China. Students on scholarship may apply
scholarship monies to designated programs of
study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton
College Program in Madrid and the Swarth­
more Program in Grenoble (see Education
Abroad, p. 52-54).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program of
language and literature courses required for the
major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered in
the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under­
standing of the foreign culture being studied are
also recommended. Prospective teachers of a
foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.

Continental European and Spanish American
Literatures (in translation)
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original language.
CEL/SAL courses provide students with the
opportunity to study literature which they
cannot read in the original. These courses may
be used to satisfy the distribution require«
ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or

148

12 level courses to satisfy the departmental
prerequisites for a major or minor in the
original languages. In some cases CEL/SAL
courses may form an appropriate part of
supporting upper-level work, part o f a Litera­
ture Major, or they may serve as the basis o f
preparation for an Honors paper. Students
planning programs where such considerations

might apply should consult with the Depart­
ment.

25R. R u s sia n F o lk lo re and R u ssia n
C u ltu re .

Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is
offered each semester; these courses are an­
nounced before fall and spring registration.
Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature
in translation are listed after SAL 50.

A study of folk poetry in its cultural and artistic
aspects. Folklore and the genesis o f literature
and civilization. Survivals o f myth and ritual in
Russian folk poetry and their significance for
the understanding of the collective psycholog­
ical dominants in Russian cultural outlook will
be discussed. Special attention will be given to
ritual poetry, tales, heroic epic, and lyric poetry
with extensive use o f comparative evidence
from non-Russian folk traditions. Representa­
tive texts will be analyzed in class with active
participation by students.
Not offered 1984-85. Krugovoy.

12R. R u s sia n T h o u g h t and L ite ra tu re
in th e Q u e s t f o r T ru th .

The development o f Russian intellectual tradi­
tion as reflected in Russian philosophy and
literature from the 18th century to the present.
Brief consideration o f Russian medieval litera­
ture and thought. Eighteenth century: seculari­
zation o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth
centuries: philosophical and literary polemics
within the framework o f current secular ideol­
ogies and religious thought. Russia and the
West and the dream o f a Perfect World.
Not offered 1984-85. Krugovoy.
13R. T h e R u s sia n N o v e l.

See Russian 13.
13. M e d ia e v a l C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re .

The tension between ideals and their realization
as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages,
especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen)
and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The Grail).
Fall semester 1985. Perkins.
14. M o d e rn E u ro p e a n L ite ra tu re .

Contributions in theme and form to a European
tradition o f modern fiction will be examined
and compared in seminar format (presentation
and critical discussion o f student papers).
Authors will include Dostoevsky, Rilke, E. M.
Forster, Thomas Mann, Virginia Woolf, and
Malraux. Intended especially for freshmen and
sophomores contemplating a Literature major.
Limited enrollment.
Spring semester 1985. Avery.
20G. T h e C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm a n N o v e l.

A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociological
currents in East land West Germany, Austria,
and Switzerland since the end o f World War II
as they appear in representative works o f prose
fiction. Authors include Heinrich Boll, Gilnter
Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johnson, Peter Handke
and Christa Wolf. Lectures and discussions in
English. German majors will be required to
read some o f the works in German.
Not offered 1984-85.

50G. S tu d ie s in M o d e rn G e rm a n
L ite ra tu re .

Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­
tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to
be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Women
in Modem German Literature; German Ex­
pressionism; Austrian Writers o f the 20th
Century; Nietzsche and his Literary Influence;
Literature and Film in Weimar Germany.
Not offered 1984-85.
30R. T h e P e te rs b u rg T h e m e in
R u s sia n L ite ra tu re .

Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modern city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Readings
and discussions based on works by Pushkin,
Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy,
and Bely. This course is not a regular offering
and may not be repeated in the foreseeable
future.
Not offered 1984-85. Krugovoy.
50R. R u s sia n L ite ra tu re and
R e v o lu tio n a ry Th o u g h t.

A study o f continuity and change in the rela­
tionship between the major political and social
movements and the writers before and after
1917. Special attention will be given to the post­
revolutionary literary and political struggle in

149

Modem Languages and Literatures

the 1920’s and its revival of the 1960’s.
Not offered 1984-85. Bradley.

S A L 60. S p a n is h A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
T h ro u g h Its N o ve l.

5 0 S . S p a n is h T h o u g h t and L ite ra tu re
o f the tw e n tie th C e n tu ry .

This course will explore the relationship
between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez,
Juan Rulfo and others will be discussed in
conjunction with sociological patterns in con­
temporary Spanish America. See SociologyAnthropology 60.
Not offered 1984-85.

The struggle between traditionalism and libera­
lism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn of
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y
Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo José
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Not offered 1984-85.
S A L 50 . C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n is h A m e ric a n L ite ra tu re .

A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark the
coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortázar; PERU: Vargas Llosa; CO­
LOMBIA: García Márquez; GUATEMALA:
Asturias; M EXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo, Pedro;
CUBA: Carpentier.
Not offered 1984-85.

70. ^ R e n a is s a n c e C o m p a ra tiv e
L ite ra tu re .

(See English Literature 70.)
Not offered 1984-85.
71. E u ro p e a n R o m a n tic is m .

(See English Literature 71.)
Not offered 1984-85.
74.

M o d e rn D ra m a .

(See English Literature 74.)
Not offered 1984-85.

EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR
LANGUAGE COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:
1-2 combines the presentation of grammar
with readings from the humanities
(including literature), social sciences,
and sciences. Classes meet three times
per week and are conducted in English.
May be used to prepare for fulfilling
the reading requirement o f graduate
schools but does not prepare students
for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original
language.
Students who start4n the 1-2 sequence
must complete 2 in order to receive
credit for 1. However, students placing
directly in 2 can receive credit for a
single semester of language work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 5B carry
one and one-half credits per semester.

150

Three semesters in this sequence are equiv­
alent to two years of work at the college
level. Designed to impart an active com­
mand o f the language and combine the
study or review o f grammar essentials and
readings o f varied texts with intensive
practice to develop the ability to speak the
language. Recommended for students who
want to progress rapidly and especially for
those with no previous knowledge o f the
language and who are interested in prepar­
ing for intermediate or advanced courses in
literature taught in the original language.
Students who start in this orientation can
major in a foreign language and literature
not studied previously. These courses (a)
meet as one section for grammar presenta­
tion and in small groups for oral practice
with a native speaker o f the language, and
(b) may require periodic work in the
language laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence

must complete 2B in order to receive credit
for IB. However, students placing directly
in 2B can receive one and one-half semester

credits. Courses numbered 3B and 4B may
be taken singly for one and one-half
semester credits.

Chinese
The purpose o f the program is to develop
competence in the modem Chinese language.
Students should plan to take the introductory
and intermediate courses as early as possible so
that studying in China may, if desired, be
incorporated into their curriculum. The courses
numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 5 are offered each
year and 12, 15 in alternate springs.

intensive oral practice with writing and reading
in the modern language. Emphasis is on rapid
expansion o f vocabulary, idiomatic expressions,
and thorough understanding of grammatical
patterns. Prepares students for advanced study
at the College and in China.
Luk and Mair.

Although no major in Chinese exists in either
the course program or the External Examina­
tion Program, qualified students may prepare
for one External Examination in classical
Chinese. Special Majors in areas o f interdisci­
plinary interests may be arranged. Students
whose primary interests lie in linguistics and
civilization are encouraged to explore such
alternatives.

Concentrates on reading in modern Chinese.
Develops the ability to read a variety of
Modern Chinese writings, fiction, essays, docu­
mentary and journalistic materials and the
ability to write in the modern language. Classes
conducted in Chinese, though oral translation
into English is an important component.
Luk.

COURSES

An introduction to Chinese literature, its
themes and the intellectual tradition it reflects.
Course material includes fiction, drama, and a
brief consideration o f classical poetry.
Spring semester 1985. Luk.

1 B -2 B . In tro d u c tio n to M a n d a rin
C h in e se .

An intensive introduction to spoken and
written Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on
oral practice. Designed to impart an active
command o f basic grammar. Introduces 350 to
4 0 0 characters and develops the ability to read
and write in simple modern Chinese.
Luk and Mair.
3B , 4B . S e c o n d -y e a r M a n d a rin C h in e se .

Designed for students who have mastered basic
grammar and 350 to 4 0 0 characters. Combines

5. T h i r d -y e a r C h in e se .

12. C h in e s e L ite ra tu re in T ra n s la tio n .

15. T h e C h in e se Langu age.

A linguistic survey o f the history and structure
o f the Chinese language; Chinese as a nonIndo-European language, its basic structure, its
dialects and national standard, and the devel­
opment o f its writing system.
Spring semester 1986. Luk.
93. D ire c te d R eading.

French
French may be offered as a major in the Course
Program or as a major or minor in the External
Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites
for both Course students and Honors candi­
dates are as follows: French 12 and 16, the
equivalent, or evidence of special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs, as
well as minors in the Honors Program, are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken
and written French to do all o f their work in
French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses
and seminars, and all oral and written examina-

151

Modern Languages and Literatures

tions, including comprehensive and Honors
examinations.

Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Not offered fall 1984.

Course majors are required to do Special
Topics and to complete a comprehensive
examination in the Spring semester of their
senior year. This examination is based on a
reading list of essential works from the Middle
Ages to the Twentieth Century. Students may
choose to prepare any two consecutive cen­
turies, plus one genre in any o f two other
centuries, and they are expected to devise a
suitable program o f study on this basis in the
Fall semester of the junior year.

5.

Students are required to take at least one course
in Literature before 1800. They can take no
more than two courses of a non-literary nature.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or minor
in French should plan their program in con­
sultation with the Department.
1 B -2 B , 3B. In te n s iv e F re n c h .

For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study of grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. Prepares for
intermediate and advanced courses in language
or literature taught exclusively in French.
Recommended for students who wish to
acquire minimal linguistic competence for
study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See the explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description of the
Swarthmore program at the University of
Grenoble under Education Abroad.
4B. P ra tiq u e Bu F ra n c a is .

This course carries one and one-half credits and
satisfies the prerequisites for intermediate and
advanced courses taught in the original lan­
guage, such as 12 or 16. Emphasis is on the
consolidation o f grammatical principles with
an aim to increasing the facility to write and
speak the language through work with formal
grammar, selected readings o f literary or
general interest, newspaper and magazine arti­
cles, radio programs, film strips, etc. Recom­
mended for students who wish to study abroad
at the university level.

152

C o m p o s itio n and D ictio n .

Emphasis on oral fluency and writing pro­
ficiency. Prepares for French 12 or 16. Recom­
mended for students who wish to study abroad
at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Fall semester 1984. Perkins.
5 A . F re n c h C o n v e rs a tio n .

A half-credit conversation course concentrating
on the development o f the students’ ability to
speak French.
Both semesters. Netter.
10. Im a g e s de la F ra n c e .

Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age­
long struggle for human values. May include
literary works depicting life or events in a given
period (e.g. Les Dieux ont Soif—the period of
revolutionary terror) but emphasis is on social,
political, and artistic highlights rather than
belles lettres as such. Readings and discussions
in French.
Spring semester 1985. Tafoya.
12. In tro d u c tio n to L ite ra ry S tu d ie s .

An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes of expression. Selected works
from Molière to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 4B, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Each semester.
15. F re s h m e n S e m in a r.

For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score of 675 or above in French,
and satisfactory performance in the Placement
Exam for Literature courses administered
during Freshman Orientation.
Fall semester. Roza.
16. S tu d ie s in S t y lis tic s .

For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the written
and oral language. Original compositions are
based on a stylistic study of texts by representa­
tive French authors from the 17th century to
the present.
Prerequisite: French 4B, 12, or the equivalent
with special permission.
Each semester. Roza.

20. H is to ry of the F re n c h Langu age.

The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to. its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than on
philological details. Texts of the various periods
will be analyzed intensively. The course will be
given in English; students must have a reading
knowledge of French. This course will satisfy
the linguistics requirement for a teacher certifi­
cation and may be used for a Medieval Studies
major.
Perkins.
22. Le C in é m a fra n ç a is .

An examination o f the evolution of style and
theme in French Cinema from Realism to
Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied will
be Clair, Renior, and Carné, as well as Resnais,
Truffaut, and Godard.
Spring semester 1985. Roza.
25. L’A n c ie n R é gim e .

This course will study the social conditions of
17th and 18th century France in both rural and
urban areas (i.e., peasants, artisans, merchants,
nobles, etc.). Readings will be taken from 20th
century historians (i.e., Goubert, Ariès,
Flandrin, etc.) and from representative literary
texts o f the period (i.e., Saint-Simon, Lesage,
Diderot, etc.)
Prerequisite: French 12 or equivalent language
skills.
Fall semester 1984. Perkins.
28. La F ra n c e C o n te m p o ra in e .

A study o f events and ideas which have shaped
French society from the 19th century to the
present. Selected French works in history,
political science, sociology and literature.
Smith.

A study of innovations in techniques and form
as well as the examination o f moral problems
arising from socio-political changes in 19th
century France. Based primarily on the novels
of Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola.
Moskos.
61.

R o m a n tis m e .

65. R a u d e laire , R im b au d, M a lla rm é ,
A p o llin a ire .
70. T h é â tre M o d e rn e .

Major trends in 20th century drama from
Anouih, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
71. Po é sie C o n te m p o ra in e .

From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
72. Le R o m an du 20e S iè c le .

An examination o f the tensions between
humanistic tradition and formal innovation in
the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the
Nouveau Roman and beyond.
Roza.
73. L itté ra te u rs Eng agés.

A study o f the literature of commitment before
and after World War II. Principally an exami­
nation o f the literary manifestations of French
Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux,
Sartre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
Tafoya.
75. P ro u s t and J o y c e .

Not offered 1984-85.
76. E c ritu re fé m in in e .

35. L’ H u m a n is m e de la R e n a is sa n c e .

A study of the literary, theoretical and socio­
political implications o f feminine texts in
twentieth-century France. Topics to be dis­
cussed: the idea of the author, deconstruction
and feminism, psychoanalysis and women, and
others.
Fall semester 1984. Moskos.

42. L itté ra tu re du 17e S iè c le .

91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s (f o r s e n io r m a jo rs ).

30. L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .

43. Le T h é â tre .

Representative works from the Middle Ages to
the the Romantic period included.
Smith.

Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems.
Spring semester. Roza.
92. C o llo q u iu m .

50. Le R om an a v a n t la R é vo lu tio n .

The topic for spring 1985 will be Satire.
Spring semester 1985. Perkins.

51. L e s P h ilo so p h e s .

93. D ire c te d R eading.

60. Le R om an du 19e S iè c le .

94. T h e s is .

153

Modem Languages and Literatures

SEMINARS
Preparation of topics for External Examinations
(Honors) may be done by appropriate courses
plus attachments only when seminars are not
available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the De­
partment on the suitability and availability of
attachments.
100. L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .

Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and
romance.
Perkins.
101. La R e n a is s a n c e .

103. L’A g e d e s L u m iè re s .

Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Perkins.
104. S te n d h a l et F la u b e rt.

Fall semester 1985. Tafoya.
105. P ro u s t.

Style and vision in La Recherche du Temps perdu.
Spring semester 1986. Roza.
106. P o é sie S y m b o lis te .

From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.

Prose works of Rabelais, Marguerite de Na­
varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from
Marot through the Pléiade.
Smith.

108. Le R o m an du 20e S iè c le .

102. Le T h é â tre C la s s iq u e .

109. Le R o m a n tis m e .

1. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study of
"the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
Molière.
Smith.

180. T h e s is .

Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Fall semester 1984. Roza.
Spring semester 1985. Moskos

German
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
W ith minor exceptions, the language o f in­
struction in courses numbered 11 and above is
German. Students are expected to have a
sufficient command of the language to be able
to participate, in class discussions and do
written work in German. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their

154

program in consultation with the Department.
All courses listed under G ronpsJ and II are
open to students after either German 11 or 12.
The courses listed under Group II are offered
on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in
Course are required to select a minimum of
four courses from Group II.
1-2. G e rm a n R eading and T ra n s la tio n .

For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above.
Not offered 1984-85.
1 8 -2 8 ,3 8 . In te n s iv e G e rm a n .

For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command of the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 8, 11 or 12.

1B-2B. Faber and Plaxton.
3B. Fall semester. Avery and Plaxton.
4. In te rm e d ia te G e rm a n .

For entering students with high school language
training equivalent to 3B. Review o f grammar,
literary readings o f moderately difficult texts,
such as Brecht’s Gedichte, Dtirrenmatt’s Die
Physiker, Kleist’s Marquise von O. Regular
written assignments. Normally followed by
German 8, 11, or 12. Admission contingent
upon departmental testing or permission o f the
instructor.
Fall semester. Stora.

8.

W ritin g and S p e a k in g G e rm a n .

Oral discussions and writing practice based on
general and literary topics o f contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills o f expression. Recommended for
German majors. Can be taken concurrendy
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, or by departmental
placement test.
Spring semester. Faber.

GROUP I
11. In tro d u c tio n to G e rm a n L ite ra tu re
(e a rly 20th c e n tu ry ).

An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from
the beginning o f the 20th century, including
works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka, Mann and
Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, 8 or equivalent
work.
Spring semester. Avery.
12. In tro d u c tio n to G e rm a n L ite ra tu re
(T h e A g e of G oe th e ).

An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second half
of the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller, and the Romantics.
Fall semester. Faber,
13. T ra n s la tio n : T h e o r y and P ra c tic e .

This course aims at exploring the act o f
translation, at first theoretically, and subse­
quently—and primarily—through practice in
translating texts from various fields within the

humanities from German into English. In the
second half o f the course, students will pursue
individual projects in consultation with the
instructor. This course does not count towards
the major.
Prerequisite: German 2, 3B, or the equivalent.
Not offered 1984-85.
50.

Die D e u ts ch e L y rik .

Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1984-85.
63. G oeth e’s F au st.

An intensive study o f Faust I and II.
Not offered 1984-85.
83.

K afka and B re c h t.

A study o f the principal works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and
Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
considered in the context o f the authors’
cultural and social environment.
Spring semester. Avery.

GROUP II
52. D a s D e u ts ch e D ra m a .

A study of German drama, concentrating on
the modem period and including also an
examination o f opera as drama. Readings
include plays by Brecht, Buchner, Hauptmann,
Kaiser, Schiller, and Wedekind as well as the

libretti to the following operas: Mozart’s Die
Zauberflste, Wagner’s Tristan und Isolde, and
Berg’s Wozzek.
Not offered 1984-85. Weber.

155

Modem Languages and Literatures

60 . A u fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D ra n g .

The German Enlightenment and various reac­
tions to it. Authors read include Gellert,
Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early
Goethe, and the early Schiller.
Not offered 1984-85. Weber.

Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Not offered 1984-85. Avery.
82. L ite ra tu r d e s z w a n z ig s t e n
Ja h rh u n d e rts .

Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings of Modernism. Readings include
selections from essayistic writings reflecting
contemporary thought.
Fall semester. Avery. -

German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity of the
modern tradition under the impact of political
exile and World War II. Authors include
Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II
writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and West
Germany.
Not offered 1984-85. Avery.

8 0 . K la s s ik e r d e r M o d e rn e .

Courses to be offered in subsequent years:

A study o f German literature from the begin­
nings of Modernism through World War I.

84.

7 2. L ite ra tu r d e s n e u n ze h n te n
Ja h rh u n d e rts .

R ilke, H o fm a n n sth a l, G e o rg e .

SEMINARS
All seminars to be offered in a particular year
will be announced in advance. Preparation of
topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by appropriate. courses plus
attachments only when seminars are not avail­
able. Students preparing for External Examina­
tions should consult with the Department on
the suitability and availability of attachments.

105. Die D e u ts ch e R o m antik.

Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors include
Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano,
Eichendorff, the early Büchner, and Heine.
Also offered as a course. See 70.
Spring semester.Faber.
107. M o d e rn e P ro sa .

104. G oethe.

A study of Goethe’s major works in the context
o f his life and times.
(This seminar does not include Faust.)
Spring semester 1986. Weber.

The development of German prose narrative
since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler,
Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Döblin,
Karl Kraus, and R. Walser.
Fall semester. Avery.

Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the Course
Program or as a major or minor in the External
Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites
fo r bo th C ourse students and H onors
candidates are: Russian 6, 11, 12, and 13, or
equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars

156

are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.
1 -2 . R u ssia n R eading and T ra n s la tio n .

For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals of Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge of the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read

and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
Not offered 1984-85.
1B-2B, 3B. In te n s iv e R u ssia n.

For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explanatory
note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 6, 11, and 12.
6. A d v a n c e d R u ssia n .

For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command of language. Ad­
vanced conversation, composition, translation,
and stylistics. Readings include short stories
and newspapers. Conducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
11. In tro d u c tio n to R u ssia n L ite ra tu re .

Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and dis­
cussions in Russian.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.

1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two
decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dos­
toevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver
Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and dis­
cussions in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
13. T h e R u s sia n N o v e l.

Continuity and change in the development of
the novel in the 19th century and in the post­
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in
English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
Fall semester. Bradley.
16. H is to ry of the R u s sia n Langu age.

An introductory course. A study of the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among the
other modern Indo-European and Slavic lan­
guages. The uses o f philology and linguistics for
the ideological and stylistic analysis of literary
texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Fall semester 1984. Krugovoy.
91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

12. In tro d u c tio n to R u s sia n L ite ra tu re .

(For senior majors.) Study o f individual au­
thors, selected themes or critical problems.

19th and 20th century Russian literature to

93. D ire c te d R eading.

I SEMINARS
I

101. T o lsto y.

105. L ite ra tu re o f the S o v ie t P e rio d .

I Fall semester 1984. Krugovoy.

Spring semester 1986. Bradley.

I

102. R u s sia n S h o rt S to ry .

106. R u s sia n D ra m a .

I

103. P u s h k in and L e rm o n to v .

107. R u s sia n L y ric a l P o etry.

I

104. D o sto e v s k y .

I Spring semester 1985. Krugovoy.

108. M o d e rn R u s sia n P o etry.
109. C h e k h o v .

I Spanish
I
I
I
I

Spanish may be offered as a major in the
Course Program but not as a major or minor in
the External Examination (Honors) Program.
Prerequisites for Course students are as follows:

I Required: Spanish 11, 13, or equivalent work.
1 Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehensive
examinations in Spanish. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

157

Modern Languages and Literatures

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in
Spanish should plan their program in consulta­
tion with the Department.
1B -2 B , 3B. In te n s iv e S p a n ish .

For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study of grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 11 or 13.
5B . In te n s iv e S p a n ish .

For majors and others who wish an advanced
language course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. Much attention paid to
pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and the
most difficult concepts o f Spanish grammar.
An ideal course prior to study abroad.
Each semester. Hassett and Kenney.
7. F o n é tica E sp a ñ o la y C o m p o s ic ió n .

A course designed to improve the individual
student’s pronunciation of Spanish and com­
position.
Spring semester 1986. Metzidakis.
11. In tro d u c tio n to 'S p a n is h L ite ra tu re .

A study of representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla,
Bécquer, Pérez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja,
Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 3B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Fall semester. Montero-Paulson.
13. in tro d u c tio n to S p a n is h A m e ric a n
L ite ra tu re .

42. La P o e sía del R e n a cim ie n to y del
S ig lo de O ro.

From the Romancero through the Baroque.
Special emphasis on Garcilaso de la Vega,
Herrera, Fray Luis de León, San Juan de la
Cruz, Lope de Vega, Quevedo and Góngora.
Fall semester 1984. Montero-Paulson.
44.

C e rv a n te s .

The works o f Cervantes with special emphasis
on the Quijote.
Spring semester, 1985. Metzidakis.
46. La n o v e la p ic a re s c a .

A study of the major picaresque novels from
both Spanish and Spanish American literature.
Works by Cervantes, Quevedo, Baroja, Fer­
nández de Lizardi, Romero and others. Com­
parative work will also be done on Fielding,
Mann, Twain, etc.
Fall semester 1985. Metzidakis.
48. El R e g io n a lis m o Español

This course will examine how the different
regions o f Spain are captured and interpreted
by their principal regional commentators.
Texts will include works by deCastro, Baroja,
Azorin, Machado, Galdós.
Spring semester 1986. Metzidakis.
75. T e a tro H is p a n o a m e ric a n o
C o n te m p o rá n e o .

After a brief introduction to the origins of
Spanish American theatre this course will focus
principally on representative works by some of
the most important figures o f twentieth
century Spanish American Theatre. Our selec­
tion o f dramatists will include Florencio
Sanchez, Rodolfo Usigli, Rene Marqués, Egon
Wolff, Emilio Carballido, Carlos Solórzano,
Jorge Diaz, and Osvaldo Dragón.
Spring semester 1985. Hassett.

A study of representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the' 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
D ario, Lugones, Sanchez, L illo, Neruda,
Vallejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, García Márquez).
Discussions, papers.
Spring semester. Hassett.

76. La P o e sía H is p a n o a m e ric a n a
del S ig lo XX.

NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent of instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.

77. La H o v e la H is p a n o a m e ric a n a
del S ig lo XX.

158

Texts will include the poetry o f Gabriela
Mistral, Delmira Agustini, Alfonsina Storni,
César Vallejo, Pablo Neruda, Octavio Paz and
others.
Fall semester 1985. Hassett.

Novels by Juan Rulfo, Maria Luisa Bombal,

José Donoso, Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas
Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez, Manuel Puig,
Luisa Valenzuela.
Fall Semester 1984. Hassett.
79. El C u e n to H is p a n o a m e ric a n o .

The-Spanish American short story from the
early 19th century to the present. Representa­
tive authors include Echevarria, Carrasquilla,
Payro, Lillo, Roa Bastos, Borges, Bioy Basares,
Rulfo Cortázar, Garcia Márquez, and others.
Spring semester 1986. Hassett.

C ourses to be offered in subsequent years:
3 0 . La L ite ra tu ra M e d ie v a l.
40. El T e a tro del R e n a cim ie n to y del
S ig lo de O ro.
60. La N o v e la en el S ig lo XIX.
70. La G e n e ra c ió n del 98.
71. L ite ra tu re Española
C o n te m p o rá n e a .
72. La N o v e la E sp a ñ o la de la P o s g u e rra .

91. S p e c ia l T o p ic s .

Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Topic for Spring 1985:
Hie works o f Federico Garcia Lorca. Open to
all students with previous experience in Spanish
or Spanish American Literature.
Spring semester 1985. Metzidakis.

73. U n a m u n o .
74. L ite ra tu ra Esp a ñ o la de P o s g u e rra .
78. La N o v e la M e x ic a n a S o c ia l
del S ig lo XX.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM
Although the Spanish section can not now
prepare students for External Examinations,

students interested in such a possibility should
make their wishes known to the section.

159

Music

P A TR IC IA W IT Y K BOYER, Professor o f Dance12
J A M E S D. FR EEM A N , Professor and Chairman
PETER G R A M S W IN G , Professor
G ERALD LEVIN SO N , Associate Professor
A N N K O S A K O W S K I M c N A M E E , Assistant Professor
P A U LA S E P IN U C K , Assistant Professor of Dance and Acting Director of the Dance Program
D O R O TH Y K. FR EEM A N , Associate in Performance (Music)
P A U L K LO CK E, Associate in Performance (Dance)
K A R EN M EYER S, Associate in Performance (Music)
GEOFFREY M IC H A E L S , Associate in Performance (Music)
CAROLYN REICH EK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
R O B ERT M . S M A R T , Associate in Performance (Music)
N A N C E Y R O SEN SW EIG , Associate in Performance (Dance)
JO S E P H L. KELLY, Associate in Performance (Dance)

The study o f music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music as
an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory
courses train the student to work with musical
material, to understand modes o f organization
in composition and to evolve methods of
musical analysis. History courses introduce
students to methods o f studying the develop­
ment o f musical styles and genres, and the
relationship o f music to other arts and areas of
thought. The Department encourages students
to develop performing skills through private
study and through participation in the band,
chorus, early music ensemble, orchestra, and
chamber music coaching program which it
staffs and administers. The Department also
assists instrumentalists or singers to finance the
cost o f private instruction. Credit may be
granted under the provisions for Creative Arts.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or
vocal studies outside the College with a major
in music at Swarthmore can, with special
permission, from the department and the
Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus
reducing the normal number o f courses to be
taken per semester.
Two semester courses in theory and one
semester course in history are prerequisite for
acceptance as a major. Majors will normally
12 Inactive, 1984-85.

160

take five semester courses in theory (including
Music 15, 16, or 17), three semester courses in
history (including Music 20 and either 21 or
22) and meet the basic piano requirement.
M ajor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will normally stand for four
papers in music. The Department strongly
recommends that one paper be a thesis or
research project. Any Theory/Composition
course numbered 15 or higher, also all history
courses, can be used as the basis o f a paper
when augmented by a concurrent or subse­
quent attached unit o f additional research, or
by directed reading, or by a tutorial.

I
I
I

Minors in the Honors Program: A student
intending to minor in the Honors Program will
normally stand for two papers in music. Two
semester courses in theory and one semester
course in history are prerequisite for a minor.
Music 2 may, with permission o f the Depart­
ment, be substituted for the theory prerequi­
site.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.

I
I
I
I

Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th
century sonata. By the end o f the junior year
they should be able to read chamber music
scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize
figured basses. The department recommends
that majors take one or two semesters o f Music
42 to develop these skills. Students with
exceptional proficiency in an instrument other
than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards of
pianists.
The basic piano program: This program is
designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students

meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.
Special scholarships and awards in music
include:
The Presser Foundation Scholarship: See p. 29.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships: See p. 63.
Friends o f Music and D ance Summer Fellowships:
See p. 63.
The M elvin B. Troy Award: See p. 61.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p.
24.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship:
See p. 31.

CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
Band, Chamber Music, Chorus, Orchestra, Early
Music Ensemble, Orchestra
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43), Performance Orchestra (Music 44), Per­
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45),
Performance Band (Music 46), or Performance
Chamber Music (Music 47), for credit with the
permission o f the Department member who
has the responsibility for that performing
group. The amount o f credit received will be a
half-course in any one semester and usually will
be granted only to students participating for a
full year in a particular activity. Students
applying for credit will fulfill requirements
established for each activity, i.e., regular
attendance at rehearsals and performances and
participation in any supplementary classes held
in connection with the activity. Students will be
graded on a credit/no credit basis.
Individual Instruction (Music 48)
Music Majors and members o f the Band,
Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, Gospel Choir,
and Orchestra may, if they wish, take lessons
for credit. Members of the Chorus, Early
Music Ensemble, and Gospel Choir are eligible
for voice lessons; members o f the Band, Early
Music Ensemble, and Orchestra are eligible for
lessons on their primary instrument. Students
who are not Music Majors and are not in any of

the performing organizations listed above may
take lessons for credit if they are concurrently
enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition
course offered by the Music Department.
Pianists who are not Music Majors and who are
not enrolled in a History or Theory/Compo­
sition course offered by the Department may
qualify for Music 4 8 by taking part in the
Department’s Program for Accompanists. The
Department expects such pianists to give at
least three hours a week to the Program.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
will first demonstrate to the Department ability
to undertake such study at least at an inter­
mediate level. The student will arrange to work
with a teacher of her/his choice, subject to the
approval o f the Department, which will then
supervise the course o f study and grade it on a
credit/no credit basis. Teacher and student will
submit written evaluations, and the student
will perform for a jury at the end o f the
semester. The Department will then decide if
the student should receive credit, and if the
student can re-enroll.
The Department will pay one-quarter the cost
o f eight lessons for all students enrolled, except
that Music Majors and section leaders in the
Chorus and Orchestra will receive two-thirds
the cost o f eight lessons, up to a maximum of

161

Music

$ 133 per semester.
All students enrolled in Music 48 are strongly
encouraged to perform in student chamber

music concerts and to try out for concertos
with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus.

COURSES AND SEMINARS
1. In tro d u c tio n to M u s ic .

A course designed to teach intelligent listening.
The course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Swing.
2. In tro d u c tio n to M u s ic .

A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen­
tals: reading notation and developing or ex­
panding aural perception of pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Fall semester. Freeman.
6. J . S . B a ch .

An introduction to his career as composer and
performer through readings and through study
o f his compositions in representative genres.
The course emphasizes training in informed
listening.

Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1984-85. Swing.
8. M u s ic of the O r ie n t

Introduction to music and musical theories of
the Near East and Far East. Guest lecturers in
special fields will meet with the class at
appropriate intervals.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Levinson.
10. A m e ric a n M u s ic .

A study o f unwritten and written music in the
United States to 1940, popular and vernacular
as well as classical, using Charles Hamm, Music
in the New W orld, as a text. Students will be
evaluated on a portfolio o f work to include
papers presented in class, reports on music
listened to, listening quizzes, and an extended
essay on a topic o f choice.
No prerequisite. Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Swing.

THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the first
meeting o f that course for students who feel
they may be able to place out o f it. Majors will
normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and 15, 16,
or 17 in successive years.
11-12. H a rm o n y and C o u n te rp o in t I.

Written musical exercises include composition
of original materials as well as commentary on
excerpts from the tonal literature. Listening
assignments coordinated with written work.
Prerequisite: knowledge of traditional notation,
major/minor scales, ability to play or sing at
sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Year course. McNamee.
13-14. H a rm o n y and C o u n te rp o in t II.

Continued work with the tonal literature at an

162

intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected
works with assignments derived from these
works.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Levinson.
15. H a rm o n y and C o u n te rp o in t III.

Detailed study o f a limited number o f works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Fall semester. McNamee.
16. S c h e n k e r.

An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1984-85.

17.

H is to ry o f M u s ic T h e o r y .

A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1984-85.

19. C o m p o s itio n .

Both semesters. Levinson,

HISTORY OF MUSIC
20. M e d ie v a l and R e n a is sa n c e M u s ic .

The study of medieval and renaissance music
beginning with Gregorian chant and ending
with the music of Josquin Desprez. The course
is also concerned with the relationship of music
to the art and thought o f the times, and the
function of music in the Roman Catholic
liturgy.
Prerequisite: a knowledge of traditional nota­
tion.
Fall semester. Swing.
21. B a ro q u e and C la s s ic a l M u s ic .

Topics in music of the 17th and 18th centuries.
This course, run as a seminar, deals with music
by Purcell, Handel, and Haydn as performed in
the city o f London, along with the political and
social conditions governing commissions and
performances.
Spring semester. Swing.
22. N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .

Beethoven through Wagner, Brahms, and
Mahler. A study o f Romanticism in music,
stylistic characteristics and historical premises.
Prerequisite: a knowledge of traditional nota­
tion.
Spring semester. Freeman.
23. T w e n t ie t h -C e n t u r y M u s ic .

An examination o f a selected group o f com­
positions and o f their historical and theoretical
premises.
Prerequisite: a knowledge of traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1984-85.

tion.
Not offered 1984-85.
31. O pera.

A study o f opera and drama, concentrating on
ideas o f operatic "reform ” and on specific
works by Monteverdi, Purcell, Mozart, Verdi,
Wagner, Tschaikowsky, Puccini, Berg, Menotti,
and Stravinsky. Projects will include prepara­
tion and performance o f selected ensembles for
those with vocal or dramatic experience and
papers for those with little or no performing
experience.
Prerequisite: a knowledge of traditional nota­
tion.
Fall semester. Freeman.
32. H is to ry of the S trin g Q ua rte t.

This course traces the development o f the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission of the
instructor.
Not offered 1984-85.
33. Lieder.

A study, through performance and analysis, of
various solutions by various composers to the
problems o f relating text and music. Students
should be moderately proficient either as
singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German
is desirable.
Not offered 1984-85.

30. W . A . M o z a rt.

39. M u s ic and D a n ce : C r itic is m and
R e v ie w in g .

A study o f representative works in the light of
modern style criticism. A reading knowledge of
French or German is desirable.
Prerequisite: a knowledge of traditional nota­

This course, to be administered by the depart­
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover
various aspects of writing about the perform-

163

Music

ance o f music and dance: previewing, reviewing,
the critic’s, role and responsibilities, and the
special problems o f relating performance to the
written word.
Spring semester.
6 0. P ro je c ts in P e rfo rm a n c e .

A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform
instrumentally or vocally is required.

Not offered 1984-85.
9 2 . In d e p e n d e n t Stu dy.
93. D ire c te d R eading.
95. tu to r ia l.

Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.
96. S e n io r T h e s is .

One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.

PERFORMANCE (MUSIC)
NOTE: All performance courses are for half­
course credit per semester. See p. 52 and p. 161
for general provisions governing work in per­
formance under the provisions for Creative
Arts.
4 0. E le m e n ts of M u s ic ia n s h ip .

Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation.
! Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both semesters. McNamee and Meyers.
41. C o n d u c tin g .

Spring semester. McNamee.
4 2. F ig u re d B a s s a nd S c o re R ead ing .

Both semesters. Smart.
4 3. P e rfo rm a n c e (c h o ru s ).

Both semesters. Swing and McNamee.
44 . P e rfo rm a n c e (o rc h e s tra ).

Both semesters. Freeman and Michaels.
45. P e rfo rm a n c e (e a r ly m u s ic
e n s e m b le ).

Both semesters. Meyers.
4 6. P e rfo rm a n c e (b a n d ).

Both semesters. Levinson.

Students taking Music 47 for credit should
submit to the Department at the beginning of
the semester a repertory o f works to be
rehearsed, coached, and performed during the
semester. They should include the names o f all
students who have agreed to work on the
repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have
agreed to work with them, and the proposed
dates for performance.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach at
least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable o f working well both
independently and under the guidance o f a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance of
high quality. It is not necessary for every person
in the group to be taking Music 47 for credit,
but the Department assumes that those taking
the course for credit will assume responsibility
for the group, making sure that the full group is
present for regular rehearsals and coaching
sessions.
48. P e rfo rm a n c e (in d iv id u a l
in s tru c tio n ).

Both semesters.

47. P e rfo rm a n c e (c h a m b e r m u s ic ).

Both semesters. D. Freeman.

D ANCE PROGRAM
Dance, a program within the Department of
Music, shares the Department philosophy that
courses in theory and history should be

164

integrated with performance. Serious dance
students are urged to supplement their study
with appropriate courses in music, theater and

other related disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours of
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels with a variety o f approaches. Technique
courses, numbered 1 through 9, receive no
academic credit but may be substituted for
required physical education. Advanced dancers
are encouraged to audition for the performing
group, The Swarthmore College Dancers. The
group meets three times weekly for class
(Dance 4 0 Performance Dance) and performs
several times during the year.
1. In tro d u c tio n to D a nce .

A course in dance technique with emphasis on
alignment and movement analysis and includes
introductory theory o f dance as an art form.
The class meets three hours weekly and is a
prerequisite (or equivalent prior training) for
all dance courses except Dance 23 and 39.
Each semester. Reichek, Rosensweig.
2. B e g in n in g B a lle t.

Prerequisite: Dance 1 (or equivalent prior
training). Meets for one hour weekly. It should
be supplemented with two hours o f dance
technique.
Each semester. Klocke.
3. In te rm e d ia te / A d v a n c e d B allet.

Prerequisite: Dance 2 (or equivalent prior
training). Meets for one hour weekly. It should
be supplemented with two hours o f dance
technique.
Each semester. Klocke.
4. In te rm e d ia te D a nce Te c h n iq u e .

Approaches to various styles o f dance tech­
nique.
Each semester. Reichek, Sepinuck.
5. H igh In te rm e d ia te D a n ce T e c h n iq u e .

Meets three hours weekly.
Each semester. Staff.
7. J a z z D ance.

Meets for one class weekly and should be
supplemented with two hours o f dance tech­
nique.
Prerequisite Dance 1 or equivalent.
Kelly.
9. D a nce R e p e rto ry .

Extensive work on performing a piece of

choreography.
Spring 1985.
10. D ance Im p ro v is a tio n .

This course is geared to improvisation both as a
performance technique and as a tool for dance
composition. It gives the student a chance to
expand individual movement vocabulary and
work with others as a part o f a cohesive
ensemble. The class meets three hours weekly
and receives one half course credit.
Spring semester. Rosensweig.
11. D ance C o m p o s itio n I.

A study of the principles o f dance composition
through exploration o f the elements o f dance
movement invention and improvisation, de­
velopment and movement themes, and chor­
eographic structure. Students will be expected
to read, create movement studies, and chor­
eograph a full length dance as a final project. A
course in dance technique must be taken
concurrently. One credit..
Fall semester. Sepinuck.
11a. D ance C o m p o sitio n .

One half course cedit may be awarded to those
students who have previously taken Dance 11
or the equivalent and who choreograph a work
which is performed at a public concert. Weekly
consultations with the instructor will be re­
quired. One-half credit.
Each semester. Sepinuck.
12. D ance C o m p o s itio n II.

A continuation o f Dance Composition 1. Onehalf credit.
Fall semester. Sepinuck.
23. T w e n tie th C e n tu ry D ance.

Not offered 1984-85.
39. M u s ic and D a n ce : C r itic is m and
R e v ie w in g .

(See Music 39).
Spring semester.
40. P e rfo rm a n c e (D a n c e ).

This course includes dance technique on the
advanced level, basics o f production, and
performance. Students are required to perform
in at least one scheduled dance concert. Admis­
sion by audition or invitation o f the dance
faculty. One-half credit.
Each semester. Reichek, Rosensweig, Sepinuck.

165

Philosophy

H U G H M . LACEY, Professor!
H A N S F. OBERDIEK, Professor and Chairman2
R IC H A R D S C H U LD E N FR E I, Professor and Acting Chairman (spring semester, 1985)
C H A R LE S RAFF, Associate Professor
R O S E M A R Y M . R. D E S JA R D IN S , Assistant Professor
R IC H A R D ELDRIDGE, Assistant Professor
EU GEN E SCH LO SSR ER G ER , Visiting Assistant Professor

Students majoring in philosophy must com­
plete at least one course or seminar in each of
these areas: (1) Logic, (2) Ancient or Modem
Philosophy, and (3) Moral or Social Philoso­
phy. Prospective majors should complete the
Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery
o f at least one foreign language is strongly
recommended. Students majoring in the Course
Program may be required to elect Philosophy
97.
1. In tro d u c tio n to P h ilo so p h y.

Philosophy addresses fundamental questions
that arise in a variety o f practices and inquiries.
How can we tell whether an action is right,
whether an act or institution is just, or whether
any o f our beliefs is either rationally justifiable
or true? Is there a scientific method? Does
knowing require having sense-experience? What
is human happiness? W hat is the meaning o f a
text? Does God exist? Each section of Philos­
ophy 1 concentrates on a few o f these and
related questions in order to introduce a range
o f sharply contrasting positions. Readings are
typically drawn from the works o f both
traditional and contemporary thinkers with
distinctive, carefully argued and influential
views regarding knowledge, morality, mind,
and meaning. Socrates, Plato, Aquinas, Des­
cartes, Hobbes, Hume, Mill, and Marx are
philosophers frequently considered in various
sections. Close attention is paid to formulating
questions precisely and to the technique of
analyzing arguments. Students are encouraged
to develop their own positions through careful
consideration o f texts and arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite for
all other philosophy courses except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.1

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.

166

11. E th ics.

How can we tell whether any action is right or
wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institution
just or unjust? Can one justify any set o f actionguiding moral principles? Or is morality rela­
tive to one’s opinion, culture, or social class?
These and related questions will be addressed
through an examination o f the works of leading
moral philosophers, both classical and con­
temporary. Student papers will address con­
crete moral issues in biomedicine (e.g., euth­
anasia, abortion, the allocation o f scarce life­
saving resources, and experimentation on
human subjects) and in public policy (e.g.,
capital punishment, pacifism and the just war,
and political morality).
Fall semester. Oberdiek.
12. Lo g ic.

An introduction to the principles of deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects of logical systems. Applica­
tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­
lems are also studied.
Fall semester. Staff.
13. M o d e rn Ph ilo so p h y.

17th and 18th-century sources o f current
philosophical problems o f knowledge, free­
dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from
central texts o f Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant.
Fall Semester. Raff.
14. A n c ie n t P h ilo so p h y.

A study o f selected work representing the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating their
teachings on fundamental issues of meta­
physics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics,

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.

as these have shaped our subsequent Western
civilization.
Spring semester. Desjardins.

23. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.

16. P h ilo s o p h y of R e lig ion.

2 4 . T h e o r y o f K n o w le d g e .

See Religion 14.

Empiricist, idealist, and realist traditions in
epistemology surveyed as treatments of prob­
lems o f scepticism, dogmatism, authority,
truth, self-knowledge, perception, memory,
objectivity. Readings from both current and
traditional theorists.
Spring semester. Raff.

17. A e s th e tic s .

How can we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Do all
art works have some property—such as signifi­
cant form or beauty—in common? Or can any­
thing at all be a work o f art? What sorts of
things ought we to do with works o f art, and
what things ought they to do for us? W e will
attempt to answer these questions by consider­
ing views about the nature and function of
works o f art held by such philosophers as
Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nelson
Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some attention
will be paid to twentieth century painting and
to the writings o f such critics as Clement
Greenberg, Harold Rosenberg, and Michael
Fried.
Not offered 1984-85. Hldridge.
18. P h ilo s o p h y of th e S o c ia l S c ie n c e s .

The course will be concerned with the philo­
sophical problems which arise in the attempt to
study and understand man. Typical issues will
be the relation o f facts to values, empirical
evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural
forces. An attempt will be made to show how
patterns o f response to these issues, reflect
conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in
general bring out the substantive implications
of methodology.
Fall semester. Staff.
19. M e d ie v a l P h ilo so p h y.

Not offered 1984-85.
21. S o c ia l a nd P o litic a l Ph ilo so p h y:

This course will be primarily concerned with
issues in the philosophical foundations of
modern democracy. The nature and justifica­
tion o f democracy, as well as tolerance, liberty,
and community will be considered. The "ex­
ceptional” character o f American democracy
may also be discussed. Classical sources may be
used for background, but the bulk o f the
reading will be o f 19th- and 20th-century
sources, such as J.S. Mill, de Tocqueville,
Schumpeter, Dahl, and MacPherson.
Spring semester. Schuldenfrei.

See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1984-85. Raff.

26. P h ilo s o p h y o f La n g u a g e .

In the twentieth century, philosophers have
paid a great deal o f attention to what bits of
language mean, what structure they have, and
how they have acquired the meanings and
structures they have. Can traditional philo­
sophical problems—such as whether things
have essences and what we can know—be
solved by paying attention to what words
mean? What is it to know the meaning o f either
an utterance or a literary text? Can one be
justified in claiming to know this? These
questions will be considered by examining the
theories o f meaning o f such figures as Wittgen­
stein, J. L. Kustin, Qjjine, and Chomsky.
Derrida, Foucault, and recent French critical
theory may be touched on.
Fall or spring. Staff.
27. M e ta p h y s ic s .

An exploration o f selected topics arising out of
traditional philosophical questions: What is
there in the world? How do we know? Where
does language fit in? Against the historical
background o f modem rationalism and empiri­
cism, the course will focus especially on the
critical approaches o f Kant and Wittgenstein
which have so affected contemporary thought.
Fall semester. Desjardins.
28. M a r x is t P h ilo so p h y.

Not offered 1984-85.
29. N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry P h ilo so p h y .

Nineteenth-century philosophers began to
think historically, hoping to establish the
natures of knowledge and morality by seeing
how views about them emerge and evolve in a
culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement
will be reached as a result o f this evolution, if
we can understand it. Whether historicism as a
method is compatible with objectivism about
such topics as knowledge, morality, the exist-

167

Philosophy

ence o f God, and the nature of the self will be
studied by examining the historicist treatments
o f these topics put forward by Fichte, Hegel,
Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche.
Not offered 1984-85. Eldridge.
3 3 . P lato.

Plato’s thought grows out of the rich soil of
Pre-Socratic philosophy and poetry. In this
course, we will do two things: First, we will
focus on certain central issues in the earlier
tradition; and secondly, we will explore the
ways in which Plato pursues some o f these same
inherited (and inter-related) themes through
his pivotal series Theaetetus, Cratylus and
Sophist.
Fall semester. Desjardins.
3 4. V a lu e s and E th ic s in S c ie n c e and
T e c h n o lo g y .

(Also listed as Engineering 34.)
See Engineering 34.
Not offered 1984-85. Barus and Oberdiek.
3 8. P h ilo s o p h y of S c ie n c e .

The course will focus on issues connected with
the nature and verification o f scientific theories.
Special treatment will be given to the nature of
scientific change, growth, and development,
giving an historical emphasis to the course.
Spring semeter. Staff.
3 9 . P h e n o m e n o lo g y and E x is te n tia lis m .

Not offered 1984-85.
5 9. C a th o lic S o c ia l and P o litic a l
T h o u g h t.

The course will study the Catholic tradition of
social and political thought, recent theoretical
developments in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move­
ments, especially in Latin America. The princi­
pal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal social
encyclicals, 2) documents o f the Second Vati­
can Council and Latin American Bishops’
Conferences, 3) writings of liberation theology.
From time to time, selected applications o f this
theory, e.g. the growth o f "basic communities”
in Brazil, will also be studied.
Not offered 1984-85. Lacey.

ophers and poets drew On the quest romance to
develop new modes of writing that were at once
literary and philosophic. Thus we find both
philosophers (the German idealists) and poets
(Novalis, Hölderlin, Schiller, Coleridge, Shel­
ley, Keats, Wordsworth) tracking in their
works the odysseys o f human subjects from
innocence to dawning self-consciousness, to
alienation and dejection, and ultimately to a
precarious self-integratiori. The kinds of writing
which Wordsworth and Coleridge and Hegel
and Schiller produced call into question our
commonplace assumptions about the differ­
ences between philosophy and literature and
about the aims o f work in each field. Should the
epistemological tradition be abandoned? Should
we think o f linguistic products in general as
texts, all of which are to be studied in the same
way, so that there are no real distinctions to be
drawn between literary and non-literary works,
or between fiction and non-fiction? What can
literature and philosophy teach us about the
nature of the self, and how?
Prerequisites: Introduction to philosophy and
an introductory English course, or permission
of the instructor.
Special interdisciplinary course. Further infor­
mation will be available in November 1984.
Spring semester. Eldridge.
87. C o llo q u iu m : A d v a n c e d L o g ic and
Fo u n d a tio n s of M a th e m a tic s .

A selection o f topics from the following:
metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­
pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems of
arithmetic, recursive function theory, axiomatic
theories o f space and time, logical form and the
structure o f natural languages, philosophical
foundations of arithmetic, foundations of
geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature
o f metrics. Two credits. Approval o f instructor
required.
Spring semester. Lacey.
93. D ire c te d R eading.

Each semester. Staff.
96. T h e s is .

Fall semester. Staff.

77. C o llo q u iu m : T h e o r ie s of the S e lf in
R o m a n tic L ite ra tu re and P h ilo s o p h y .

97. S e n io r C o n fe re n c e .

At the end o f the eighteenth century, philos­

Fall semester. Eldridge.

168

Philosophy

SEMINARS
101. M o ra l P h ilo so p h y.

An examination o f the principal theories of
value, virtue, and moral obligation, and o f their
justification. Works of representative theorists,
both classical (e.g., Aristotle, Hume, Kant, and
M ill) and contemporary (e.g., Donagan,
Gewirth, Mackie, and MacIntyre), will be
studied.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.
102. A n c ie n t P h ilo s o p h y

See Philosophy 14.
Spring semester. Desjardins.
103. M o d e rn P h ilo s o p h y

Metaphysical and epistemological problems
about the nature o f minds and bodies, the
varieties of knowledge and freedom, are ap­
proached through the philosophical systems of
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
Fall semester. Raff.
104. C o n te m p o ra ry P h ilo so p h y.

One or more philosophical issues selected to
illustrate 20th-century philosophical tech­
niques and theories; such as: the nature of
emotion, value, human action, personal iden­
tity, truth, God, or imagination. Readings
include current contributions and 20th-cen­
tury classics by Moore, Russell, or Wittgen­
stein.
Spring semester. Raff.

limits o f rationality. Readings primarily from
current theorists.
Spring semester. Raff.
114. N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.

See Philosophy 29.
Not offered 1984-85. Eldridge.
115. Lan gu a ge and Th o u g h t.

See Linguistics 107.
116. P h ilo s o p h y of L a ngu age.

See Philosophy 26.
Fall or spring 1984-85. Eldridge.
117. P h ilo s o p h y of th e S o c ia l S c ie n c e s .

See Philosphy 18.
Not offered 1984-85. Schuldenfrei.
118. P h ilo s o p h y of P s y c h o lo g y .

The study will center upon behaviorism, its
various kinds, its critics, and alternatives to it,
in particular cognitive theories. There will be
selected topics from the methodological and
philosophical foundations o f behaviorism,
types o f theoretical concepts used in psychol­
ogy, the explanatory function o f various
theoretical concepts (e.g., mentalistic and
neurophysiological), the explanation o f lin­
guistic behavior, the compatibility of deter­
minism with psychology, the relation between
structural and functional explanation, criteria
o f choice between conflicting theories, the
relevance of values to theory choice.
Fail semester.Staff.
119. H is to ry and P h ilo s o p h y of S c ie n c e .

See Philosophy 27.
Not offered 1984-85. Desjardins.

An examination o f some o f the central prob­
lems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the
nature o f scientific explanations, the interrela­
tionship between theory and observation,
criteria for the acceptance o f a scientific theory,
the nature of scientific concepts) will be made
through an analysis o f important episodes in
the history of physics. Writings of Aristotle,
Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and
Newton will be studied, as well as contempo­
rary writings in the philosophy of science.
Spring semester. Lacey.

110. M e d ie v a l P h ilo so p h y.

121. S o c ia l and P o litic a l Ph ilo so p h y.

106. A e s th e tic s .

See Philosophy 17.
Spring semester. Eldridge.
107. L o g ic and F o u n d a tio n s of
M a th e m a tic s .

See Philosophy 87.
Spring semester. Staff.
109. M e ta p h y s ic s .

Not offered 1984-85.
111. P h ilo s o p h y o f R e lig ion.

See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.
113.

T h e o r y of K n o w le d g e .

Topics in epistemology explore the nature and

See Philosophy 21.
Spring semester. Schuldenfrei.
122. P h ilo so p h y of Law .

A study o f concepts o f law, including examina­
tion o f the relationships between legal systems
and other social and political institutions. Such

169

issues as the proper relationship between law
and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforce­
ment o f morality, and justification of punish­
ment are considered. Readings in both historical and contemporary sources.
Not offered 1984-85. Oberdiek.

170

180. T h e s is .

A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place of one Honors paper, upon
application by the student and at the discretion
of the department.

Physical Education and
Athletics
6 0 M E R H. DAVIES, Professor
ELEANOR K. H E S S , Professor
ER N ES T J . P R U D E N TE , Associate Professor
DAVID B. SM O YER , Associate Professor and Chairman
S U S A N P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor
M IC H A E L L. M U L L A N , Assistant Professor
D O U G LA S M . W E IS S , Assistant Professor
ELIZA R ETH D. W A T T S , Instructor
LAW RENCE EH M ER , Assistant*
D IAN E FR EED M A N , Assistant
LORI FRIES, Assistant
T H O M A S F. L A P IN S K I, Assistant*
C U R T IS A . LAU D ER , Assistant*
VALERIE R YA N , Assistant
C .J . S TE FA N O W IC Z , Assistant*
D ALE S TR A W D R ID G E, Assistant*

The aim o f the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
of individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro­
vides an opportunity for instruction and
experience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding of move­
ment and the pleasure of exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports­
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety of activities which
can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­
hensive, including varsity teams in twenty-two
different sports, eleven for men and eleven for
women. During many of these activities con­
tests are arranged for junior varsity teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers of
students to engage in intercollegiate competi­
tion, and those who qualify may be encouraged
to participate in regional and national cham­
pionship contests. Several club teams in vari­

ous sports are also organized and a program of
intramural activities is sponsored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test or
take up to one quarter of swimming instruction;
classes for this purpose are offered in the fall
quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Physi­
cal Education requirement will also be given for
participation in intercollegiate athletics, as well
as for the following two dance courses:
Musics—Dance 1 (Introduction to D ance) and
Music—Dance 4 (Interm ediate Dance Tech­
nique). To receive credit for any part o f the
program students must participate in their
chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a
week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu­
dents who have not fulfilled the Physical
Education requirement will not be allowed to
enter the junior year.

4 Fall semester, 1984.

171

Physical Education and Athletics

F a ll A c tiv itie s ■

Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton .
**** Cross Country
*1j Field Hockey
Folk & Square Dance
*** Football

Jazz Exercise
Self-Defense
* Soccer
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
Touch Football
** Volleyball
Weight Training

W in te r A c tiv itie s

Aquatics
** Badminton

* Basketball
Fencing
Folk & Square Dance
i Gymnastics
Jazz Exercise
Self-Defense

* Squash
**** Swimming

* Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Weight Training
*** Wrestling

S p rin g A c tiv itie s

Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
*** Baseball
Folk & Square Dance
*** Golf
Jazz Exercise
**** Lacrosse

t. Women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
** Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.

172

** Softball

Squash
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
**** Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Weight Training

*** Intercollegiate competition for men.
**** Intercollegiate competition for men and

women.

Physics

O LE X A -M Y R O N B ILA N IU K , Professor
JO H N R. BO CCIO, Professor and Chairman
M A R K A . HEALO , Professor
PAUL C. M AN GELSD O R F, J R ., Professor
A L B U R T M . ROSENBERG, Associate Professor
R U S H 0 . HOLT, Assistant Professor3
FR AN K A . M O S C A TE LL I, Assistant Professor
DAVID G. S T O R K , Instructor
JO H N R. DONEL , Assistant
JO D Y A N N M A L S B U R Y , Lecturer in Computing

The Physics Department offers two calculusbased introductory courses. Physics 1,2 covers
both classical and modem physics and is
intended to be the proper introductory physics
course for those students planning to take only
one year of physics. Physics 3, 4, on the other
hand, is aimed toward students planning to
take further work in the Physics Department. It
is the first half o f a two-year introductory
sequence consisting o f 3, 4 ,1 4 ,1 5 . Only those
students taking the entire four semester se­
quence will have proper coverage o f all major
areas of physics.
Entering freshmen with strong physics back­
ground should see the Department Chairman if
they are interested in taking advanced courses
in the Department. Normally, Physics 3H, 4H
is required prior to enrollment in Physics 14 or
15.
The Department offers a selection of courses
(Physics 6, 7, 8, 9 ,1 0 , 11, 21, 22, 23, 24, 27)
that are suitable for nonscience majors seeking
to fulfill the science distribution requirement.

emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition
o f facts and skills. In all courses and seminars
particular importance is attached to laboratory
work, because physics is primarily an experi­
mental science. External Examination candi­
dates taking physics seminars accompanied by
^experimental work must submit their labora­
tory notebooks to the visiting examiners for
their inspection.
In addition to curricular work, students are
encouraged to pursue independent projects
within faculty research programs. Good shop
facilities, a wide range of electronic instru­
mentation, and extensive computing facilities
are available in support of independent work.
The department sponsors a regular colloquium
series with speakers chosen so that the talks are
appropriate for undergraduates. In addition,
students regularly give talks about research
projects. The talks are sponsored by the local
chapter o f the. Society o f Physics Students of
the American Institute o f Physics.

Throughout the work o f the Department,

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in physics
normally take Physics 3 ,4 ,5 and Chemistry 10
in the freshman year and Physics 14, 15 in the
sophomore year. For freshmen prepared to
enter Mathematics 6 the normal mathematics
sequence for physics majors is Mathematics 6,

16 or 16H, 18 or 18H, and 30, during the first
four semesters, followed by Mathematics 81,
82. Students entering the mathematics se­
quence with Mathematics 5 may wish to defer
Mathematics 30 until after their sophomore
year. Students taking Physics 1, 2 may also

3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

173

Physics

continue with Physics 14, 15 and advanced
work in the Department, although in most
cases it will be necessary to include a half-credit
tutorial in the sophomore year to expand the
student’s background in certain topics treated
intensively in Physics 3 ,4 . Satisfactory work in
an introductory course is prerequisite for all
further work in the Department. In view of the
extensive literature o f physics in French,
German, and Russian, it is recommended that
the student acquire a reading knowledge o f at
least one o f these languages.
Students wishing to major or minor in physics
have several options available. The department
offers both External Examination and Course
programs, although all upper-level offerings
use the seminar instruction format. A student
majoring in physics in either case and planning
to enter graduate school in physics would
normally take Physics 101A/B, 102A/B,
103A/B, 104, and Mathematics 81, 82 or
equivalent. Physics 104 is not required for a
major in physics.
Students in the External Examination program
usually present four papers in physics and two
papers selected from a minor subject area. Each
physics paper is currently based on two single
unit seminars. An External Examination major
with three papers in physics and greater
diversity in the minor subjects is not only an
adequate program for a physics major going on
to graduate school, but also constitutes an
effective educational program for careers in
law, medicine, and other professions in as
much as the aim throughout is to achieve an
understanding o f fundamental ideas and con­
cepts, as distinct from the mastery o f a limited
segment o f science.
Course majors and double majors normally
take ten course units o f physics. Students in the
course program and double majors take de­
partmental comprehensive examinations during
the last semester of their senior year.
Students not intending to do further work in
physics but still wishing to pursue a program in
physics that introduces the major areas of
physics and the methods and techniques used
to solve problems in physics should consider
an eight-course physics major program. We
feel such a program is useful for careers in many
diverse fields and encourage consideration of

174

this program by students planning to enter
graduate or professional programs in other
fields. The requirement o f only eight courses
should allow a full program in a second field of
interest.
1 ,2 . In tro d u c to ry P h y s ic s .

An introduction to selected concepts and
applications of classical and modern physics.
Vectors, Newtonian mechanics, special rela­
tivity, mechanical advantage, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism,
optics and optical instruments, waves, sound,
and nuclear physics. Physics 5 must be taken
concurrently with Physics 1. Laboratory and
homework exercises include extensive use of
interactive computing and computer graphics.
Three lectures, a conference section, and a
laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 completed or
Mathematics 5 concurrently or comparable
preparation in mathematics.
Mangelsdorf, Rosenberg, and staff.
3. G e n e ra l P h y s ic s : M e c h a n ic s
S p e c ia l R e la tiv ity .

and

A presentation o f a unified view of physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their
implications and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under­
standing o f physical phenomena through the
use o f calculus and simple differential equa­
tions. Topics include vectors, kinèmatics in
one, two, and three dimensions, Newton’s laws
and dynamics, conservation laws, work and
energy, oscillatory motion, systems of particles,
rigid body rotation about a fixed axis, motion
in a gravitational field, and special relativity.
Physics 5 must be taken concurrently with
Physics 3. Laboratory and homework exercises
include extensive use o f interactive computing
and computer graphics. Three lectures, a
conference section, and a laboratory period
weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur­
rently, or comparable preparation in mathe­
matics.
Fall semester. Bilaniuk.
4. G e n e ra l P h y s ic s : W a v e s , O p tic s , and
E le c tric ity and M a g n e tis m .

A continuation o f Physics 3. Topics covered
include wave phenomena, geometrical optics,
physical optics, electricity and magnetism,

Maxwell’s equations, direct and alternating'
current circuits.
Spring semester. Mangelsdorf and staff.
3 H , 4H . F re s h m a n S e m in a r.

A half-credit course for students with Ad­
vanced Placement physics and mathematics
preparation, or equivalent. Physics 5 must be
taken concurrently with Physics 3H. A seminar
meeting and a laboratory weekly. At the level of
the Berkeley Physics Series.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the department
chairman.
Heald, Boccio.
5. C o m p u tin g f ro m th e U s e r ’s End.

(Also listed as Mathematics 6A and Economics
5 . ) A practical introduction to computer use
including PRIM E 9950 system procedures and
commands, text editing and manuscript prepa­
ration, the BASIC programming language,
graphics and statistical packages including
MINITAB. Assumes no prior background in
computing or physics. One intensive lecture
plus a workshop session per week; one-half
course credit. Required of students enrolled in
Physics 1 and 3, for whom the workshop is
included in the regular laboratory session.
Separate workshops stressing appropriate ap­
plications and examples will be provided for
non-physics students.
Fall semester. Boccio and Malsbury.
6. P rin c ip le s of the E a rth S c ie n c e s .

An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields of geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geo­
morphology. Reading and discussion based on
current literature. The underlying physical and
chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory
demonstrations and one or more field trips. No
special scientific background required.
Not offered, in 1984-85. Mangelsdorf.

8. T h e P h y s ic s of L iv in g M a c h in e s .

The camera and the eye, and semiconductor
devices and bioelectricity, sound detection and
orientation, signal to noise discrimination, as
illustrations of the importance o f physical
theory and instruments in understanding cer­
tain aspects o f the living machine. Includes
weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience
majors; not appropriate for pre-medical stu­
dents.
Not offered in 1984-85. Rosenberg.
9. O rd e r and S y m m e tr y in N a tu ra l
S y s te m s .

Analysis o f the forms seen in nature and the
principles involved in producing those forms.
Symmetries of designs and other geometrical
objects. Interacting wave-like phenomena.
Computer graphic displays will be used in
producing various patterns. Includes weekly
laboratory-workshop. Intended for nonscience
majors.
Not offered in 1984-85. Rosenberg.
10. A n a ly s is o f th e P e rtu rb e d
E n v iro n m e n t.

Problems associated with numbers and flow in
the movement o f people. Energy resources and
distribution. Selected problems o f pollution,
including radioactive contamination. The com­
puter will be used to simulate different ecologi­
cal situations. The value and implication of
these models will be sought. Where needed,
basic physical concepts, computer techniques,
and analytical methods will be taught. Lectures
plus projects. Intended for nonscience majors.
Fall semester. Rosenberg.
11. W h at A r e E le m e n ta ry P a rtic le s ?

7. R e v o lu tio n s in P h y s ic s .

This course traces the conceptual and historical
development of our view of what the world is
made o f from atoms through electrons, pho­
tons, nucleons, mesons, and quarks. Intended
for nonscience majors.
Not offered in 1984-85. Rosenberg.

The problem o f celestial motion and the
Copernican revolution. The problem o f ter­
restrial motion and Galileo. The Newtonian
synthesis. Einstein’s theory o f relativity. Con­
sideration o f the nature o f scientific revolu­
tions. Some use o f computer graphics will be
taught. Includes weekly laboratory. Intended
for nonscience majors.
Fall semester. Rosenberg.

An introduction to modern physics, including
relativity, wave mechanics, Schrodinger equa­
tion applied to one dimensional systems, the
world as a vector space, and properties of
atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and elemen­
tary particles. The empirical basis of modern
physics is emphasized. Three lectures, con­
ference section, and laboratory weekly.

14. In tro d u c tio n to Q u a n tu m P h y s ic s .

175

Physics

Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4; Mathematics 16 or
18 taken concurrently.
Fail semester. Boccio.
15. S ta tis tic a l and T h e rm a l P h y s ic s .

Basic methods and concepts appropriate for
the treatment of systems consisting of very
many particles. Statistical mechanics and
thermodynamics are presented from a unified
point o f view. The ideas o f the atomistic nature
o f matter, concepts form quantum mechanics,
and statistical postulates are combined to bring
out conclusions about the macroscopic beha­
vior o f matter. Three lectures, conference
section, and laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 14.
Spring semester. Stork.
21. P rin c ip le s of A e ro n a u tic s .

Principles o f flight, elements of aircraft struc­
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground
lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enroll­
ment limited. (The Department of Physics is
officially certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot
Ground School.)
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.
2 2. E n e rg y f o r M a n k in d .

The role o f energy in the modern world.
Renewable and nonrenewable energy resources,
their present and potential use and abuse. The
physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil,
hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean,
bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear
fusion, and other energy sources; their respec­
tive advantages and disadvantages. Lectures
and afternoon session (lab or field trip).
Acceptable for science distribution require­
ment. No prerequisites, but enrollment limited
because o f field trips.
Not offered 1984-85. Bilaniuk.
2 3 . R e la tiv ity .

A non-mathematical introduction to the special
and general theories o f relativity. Emphasis on
spacetime diagrams and geometrical concepts.
Not offered in 1984-85. Boccio.

and external constraints involved in negotia­
tions, and the scientific and political factors
involved in creating and controlling weapons
systems. This course will not satisfy the
distribution requirements.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructors.
Not offered 1984-85. Holt and Frost.
27.

Lig h t, C o lo r, and V is u a l P h e n o m e n a .

Fundamentals o f light and color with myriad
examples from art and nature, including rain­
bows, halos, color in gems, kaleidoscopes,
lenses, curved mirrors and the images they
form, the camera and film, human and animal
eyes, telescopes, microscopes, visual illusions,
special effects in the movies, depth perception,
color in pigments and dyes, color perception
and illusions, color film, diffraction gratings,
spectra, polaroid sunglasses, holographic mov­
ies, black holes, and light in the universe.
Intended for nonscience majors.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Stork.
31. B io p h y s ic s .

Ionizing radiation and biological damage. Bio­
electrical potentials. Mechanisms of vision and
hearing. Thermodynamics and life processes.
Pattern formation. Force and shape. Automata.
Optical data analysis. Applications o f physical
instrumentation. The course is intended for
biological and physical science, mathematics,
and engineering students.
Spring semester. Rosenberg.
40.

G ra p h ic s , M o d e lin g and S im u la tio n .

(Also listed as Economics 6). FORTRAN77.
Techniques o f graphics.Techniques for model­
ing and simulating complex biological, envi­
ronmental, economic, societal and physical
systems. Use will be made o f the DISSPLA
graphics subroutine package and the DYNAMO
modeling/simulation package. Integration of
computer graphics into models and simula­
tions. Color graphics. Introduction to WaitingLine simulations and Monte Carlo methods.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Fall semester. Boccio and Hollister.

2 4. Is s u e s in A r m s C o n tro l and
D is a rm a m e n t.

6 3 . P ro c e d u re s in E x p e rim e n ta l
P h y s ic s .

An examination of attempts to control nuclear
and conventional weapons since World War II.
Particular emphasis will be placed upon the
SALT process and its alternatives, the internal

Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research. Techniques, materials,
and the design o f experimental apparatus. Shop

176

practice. Printed circuit design and construc­
tion. Half-credit course.
Spring semester. Staff.

written reports to the instructor.

93 . D ire c te d R eading o r P ro je c t.

Initiative for a research project may come from
the student, or the work may involve collabora­
tion with on-going faculty research. The stu­
dent will present a written and an oral report to
the Department.

This course is to provide an opportunity for
individual students to do special work, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in
fields not covered by the regular courses and
seminars. The student will present oral and

94. E x p e rim e n ta l o r T h e o re tic a l
R e s e a rch .

SEMINARS
The seminars 101A/B, 102A/B, 103 A/B have
an associated laboratory program. The labora­
tory meets one afternoon per week. Laboratory
programs include substantial set-piece experi­
ments and projects.
101 A . In te rm e d ia te M e c h a n ic s .

A general study of classical mechanics. Topics
include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and
three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary
motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion;
damping; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equations
and variational principles. Systems o f particles;
collisions and cross sections. Motion o f a rigid
body in two and three dimensions; Euler’s
equations. Rotating frames o f reference.
Small oscillations and normal modes. Wave
phenomena in one and two dimensions.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4; Math 30.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.
101B. In te rm e d ia te E le c tric ity
and M a g n e tis m .

A general study of electricity and magnetism
using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric
and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic
materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel­
opment of Maxwell’s field equations in differ­
ential form. Displacement current, Poynting
theorem and electromagnetic waves. Simple
boundary value problems.
Fall semester. Stork.
102A . Q u a n tu m P h y s ic s : T h e o ry .

A more formal continuation of Physics 14.
Topics include: Review o f classical concepts.
Postulates of quantum mechanics. Operators,
eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function
spaces and hermitian operators; BRA-KET
notation. Superposition and observables. Time
development, conservation theorems, and par­

ity. One dimensional systems. Two dimensional
systems. Angular momentum. Three dimen­
sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin.
Coupled angular momenta. Time-independent
perturbation theory. Time-dependent pertur­
bation theory. Transition rates. Scattering.
Prerequisites: Phys. 15 and 101A/B; Math 81,
82 (concurrent).
Spring semester. Boccio.
1020. Q uan tu m P h y s ic s : A p p lic a tio n s .

Directly integrated with Physics 102A. Topics
include: Review of history. Relativistic dynam­
ics. Atomic physics; spectroscopy. Solid-state
physics. Nuclear physics. Fission and fusion.
Spring semester. Heald.
103A. E le c tro d y n a m ic s .

Applications o f Maxwell’s equations Boundary
value problems in curvilinear coordinates;
special functions. Waveguides, antennas, radi­
ation. Classical election theory. Four-vector
formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics.
Microscopic theory of the electrical and mag­
netic properties o f materials. Plasma physics.
Superconductivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 101A/B; Mathematics
81, 82.
Fall semester. Heald.
1030. W a v e s and P h y s ic a l O p tics .

Geometrical optics. Acoustic waves. Disper­
sive media. Waves in three dimensions. Electro­
magnetic wavces. Superposition. Reflection
and refraction. Interference. Fraunhofer and
Fresnel diffraction. Polarization. Spectrometers
and interferometers. Fourier analysis. Sources
and detectors. Crystal optics. Matrix optics.
Lasers. Coherence. Holography. Nonlinear
optics. Quantum aspects o f light.
Fall semester. Mangelsdorf.

177

Physics

104. S e n io r S e m in a r.

An intensive investigation o f one or more
advanced topics such as:
Astrophysics
Atomic physics; spectroscopy
Fluid dynamics
General relativity
Nuclear physics
Particle physics
Philosophy of physics
Plasma physics

178

Quantum optics; lasers
Solid state physics
Statistical physics
Topics in mathematical physics
Topics in physics and public policy
A few seminars comprised of a single subject or
a combination o f subjects selected from the list
above will be offered each year. Actual choices
will vary from year to year depending on
available faculty and student interests.
Spring semester. Bilaniuk and Moscatelli.

Political Science

C H A R LE S E. GILBERT, Professor'
RAYM OND F. H O P K IN S , Professor
J A M E S R. K U R T H , Professor’
DAVID 6. S M IT H , Professor and Chairman
C H A R LE S R. B E ITZ , Associate Professor
RICHARD L. R U B IN , Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy (part-time)
K E N N E TH E. SH A R P E, Associate Professor
J A M E S L. C U R T IS , Instructor
S H IB LEY T E L H A M I, Instructor

Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place of
politics in society and contribute to an under­
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing general­
ly with the basic concepts of political science
and the processes of politics as illustrated by
case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by
more extended study of politics in various

institutional settings. In appropriate places
throughout the curriculum attention is focused
on problems o f change (evolutionary and
revolutionary), freedom and authority, war and
peace—and on the development o f political
institutions that are responsive to the needs of
our day. Courses are provided that give special
attention to political theory, comparative polit­
ical systems, international politics, and politics
in the United States.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students planning to study political science are
advised to start with either Elements of Politics
(Political Science 1) or Policy-Making in
America (Political Science 2). They should
then continue with one or more other intro­
ductory courses offered in the second semester:
Policy-Making in America (Political Science
2), Comparative Politics (Political Science 3),
and International Politics (Political Science 4).
Normally any two of these courses, preferably
including Political Science 1 or Political Science
2, constitute the prerequisite for further work
in the Department and are particularly recom­
mended for majors. Students who intend to
major in political science should begin their
work in the freshman year if possible. Support­
ing courses strongly recommended fo r all
majors are Statistics for Observational Data
(Mathematics 1); and Introduction to Eco­1

nomics (Economics 1-2). Political Theory,
either in seminar for Honors candidates, or in
Course (Political Science 54 or 5 5) for Course
students, is required o f all majors.
Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students especially
interested in a career in international relations
or planning a career involving overseas work, is
described on page 133. Students may elect this
concentration while majoring in several alterna­
tive departments including history, economics,
and modern language. For political science
majors concentrating in international relations
the comprehensive requirements for course
majors are adjusted to allow students to
demonstrate graduation level competencies
appropriate to work done in the concentration.
Similar options may be approved by the

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

179

Political Science

department for students in the external exam¿nation program. Details for each program are
worked out with the Coordinator o f the
concentration.
Concentration in Public Policy: This concentration, designed for students expecting to prepare
for work in government or to pursue further
study in the field o f public policy, is described
on page 193. The normal political science
comprehensive requirements apply, but these
allow students flexibility in preparing to gradu­
ate, in either the course or external examination
programs, so that they may have work reviewed
and/or competency tested in their policy
concentration.
Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting
for the external examination should review
their programs periodically with the depart­
ment, normally with the chairman. All work
programs in the department should be pre­
pared with a view to meeting the distributional
requirements o f the comprehensive examina­
tions. The department recommends for gradu­
ation students be able to write papers that
demonstrate three competencies: use o f em­
pirical evidence, analysis o f political theory,
and evaluation o f policy. Students must also
show knowledge o f material in at least three of
the four major subfields o f the discipline:
political theory, American politics, compara­
tive politics, and international politics. Usually
papers originally prepared in a course best
serve as the basis for meeting the comprehen­
sive requirement. More detailed information
on this exercise and its implication for course
selection is offered during the junior year.
Information on comprehensive requirements is
available in the political science department
office. Comprehensive qualifying papers must
be submitted well before the end o f the senior
year.
1. E le m e n ts of P o litic s .

Designed to probe some major questions of
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests of whom? How? What are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is
political power created, maintained, or chal­
lenged? Answering these questions will involve
a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and
moving forces of politics and exploring prob­
lems such as justice, freedom, equality, and
obligation. Materials will be drawn from the

180

United States and other countries.
Fall semester. Staff.
2. P o lic y -M a k in g in A m e ric a .

Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri­
can politics. Major attehtion will be devoted to
electoral organizations, voting behavior and
opinion formation, legislation and presidential
leadership, administration and policy choices.
Each semester. Staff.
3. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s .

An introduction to theories o f comparative
politics and to the data used in comparing
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, France, West Germany,
Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on
political culture; political crises; political par­
ties, including Communist, anarchist, and fas­
cist movements; and contemporary political
institutions and policy-making.
Spring semester. Staff.
4. In te rn a tio n a l P o litic s .

An introduction to the analysis o f the contem­
porary international system and its evolution in
the twentieth century. The course will examine
various approaches to explaining wars, inter­
ventions, and international economic conflicts.
Spring semester. Staff.
11. P ro b le m s in C o m m u n ity
G o v e rn m e n t

The social, economic, and legal setting of
American local government. Politics and ad­
ministration at state and local levels, with
emphasis on city and suburbs. Problems of
federalism and metropolitan areas. Various
public functions or policies—e.g., planning,
housing, law enforcement—are considered as
they relate to governmental capacities, private
interests, and political values.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
14. A m e ric a n F o re ig n P o licy.

An examination o f the making of American
foreign policy and o f the major problems faced
by the United States in the modern world. The
course will focus on the influence of political,
bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the
problems o f war, intervention, and economic
conflict.
Fall semester.

17. T h e A r a b -ls r a e li C o n flic t and
M id d le E a s te rn P o litic s .

The sources and the political and cultural
dynamics o f the Arab-lsraeli conflict; the
relations of this conflict to Middle Eastern and
the international politics more generally; a
consideration o f alternatives for reducing or
containing this conflict.
Fall semester.
18. P o litic a l D e v e lo p m e n t

An examination o f the political conditions of
social change and economic development. The
processes which promote change and affect the
stability and capacity of political systems will
be considered in the context o f a diverse group
o f third world states.
Spring semester. Hopkins.
19. C o m p a ra tiv e C o m m u n is t P o litic s .

A comparative study of the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85.
20 . P o litic s of C h in a .

An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese
politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­
making, policy implementation, economic pro­
grams, and foreign policy.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85.
21. P o litic s of A fric a .

A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political change
including traditional attitudes, leadership, eth­
nic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military
intervention, national integration, and interna­
tional involvements.
Spring semester. Hopkins.
22. Latin A m e ric a n P o litic s .

This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy of
Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources of instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning of politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers,
middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners,

etc.); and the economic and political difficul­
ties raised by U.S.-Latin American relations.
These topics will be approached through a
comparative study o f such countries as Brazil,
Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina.
Spring semester. Sharpe.
41. D efense P o lic y .

Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri­
can defense policy since World War II, with
particular emphasis on the choice of weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco­
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations of
past and présent policies will be explored.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Kurth.
4 2 . H ealth P o licy.

(Also listed as Economics 42.) Analysis of
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization o f
health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects of health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Fall semester. Smith
43. Food P o lic y : N a tio n a ls and
In te rn a tio n a l Is s u e s .

The causes and possible solutions to major
food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government policy
in production, distribution, and consumption
of food. Principal focus will be upon the Ameri­
can agricultural experience, food systems in
less dèveloped countries, international trade
and aid as solutions, and international measures
to improve food security. A field trip, an early
final exam, and a substantial paper are features
o f the course. Students with little work in
political science may be admitted with the
consent o f the instructor.
Fäll semester, Hopkins.

181

Political Science

44 . R a ce , E th n ic ity and P u b lic P o lic y .

An analysis o f important policy questions with
direct and indirect bearing on racial and ethnic
groups. The focus of the course is on: 1) the
political institutions that shape the formulation
of policy (elections and parties, courts, admin­
istrative agencies); 2) specific policy areas of
contemporary conflict (housing, education,
employment); 3) the various mechanisms (af­
firmative action, quotas, targeted job aid) used
as remedies. The format will be discussion.
Suggested prerequisite either Political Science
1 or 2.
Fall semester. Rubin.
4 5. T a x a tio n , th e S ta te , and S o c ie ty .

A comparative and historical examination of
(a) the relationship o f taxation and state
development, and (b) the way in which
individual societies are shaped through tax
policies. Topics include: progressive income
taxes and redistribution; use o f taxation to
pursue social as well as economic goals; the
financial basis of the modern state; limitations
revenue policies place on political organization;
alternatives to modern tax policies and states.
Spring semester. Curtis.
4 8 . E c o n o m ic s , J u s tic e , and L a w .

The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use of utilitarian constructs
in the analysis o f public policy issues. In
particular, the appropriateness of the growing
utilization o f economic methodology will be
examined through an intensive study of issues
in law and distributive justice. The necessary
background in welfare economics will be
developed as needed.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Kuperberg.
5 0. P u b lic L a w and P u b lic
A d m in is tra tio n .

Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role of the courts in
governmental administration. Issues o f organi­
zation and procedure. The interaction o f public
law and public policy, with particular attention
to certain sectors of public policy.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Gilbert.
5 1. T o p ic s in P u b lic A d m in is tra tio n
a nd P o lic y .

Problems of policymaking and administration,
primarily in American national government,
from the standpoints of public-policy analysis

182

and democratic theory. Central topics include:
accountability, responsibility, and productiv­
ity; organization theory and governmental
reorganization; budgeting, planning, and "ra­
tional” decision; public relations and clientelism; regulation and public enterprise; adminis­
trative law; intergovernmental relations; Con­
gress, Presidency, and administration.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
52. A m e ric a n C o n stitu tio n a l Law .

The role of the Supreme Court in the American
political system, viewed both historically and
through analysis of leading cases. Areas of
constitutional law and development empha­
sized are: the nature and exercise of judicial
review; federalism and the scope of national
power; due process, equal protection, the First
Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Fall semester. Beitz or Smith.
53. A m e ric a n P a rty P o litic s .

An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­
can political parties. The study of interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legis­
lative process.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Rubin or
Gilbert.
53B. T h e M a s s M e d ia and A m e ric a n
P o litic s .

An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects of mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institutions.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Rubin.
53C . P re s id e n tia l P o litic s .

The central focus of the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercise
o f presidential power.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85. Rubin.
5 4 . P o litic a l T h e o r y : P lato to
M a c h ia v e lli.

The development of political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­
gence of a distinctively modern political out­
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the

role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Recommended for students who plan to take
the Political Theory seminar.
Fall semester. Sharpe.
55. M o d e rn P o litic a l T h e o ry .

A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings of
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S. Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding liberty,
political obligation, the common good, human
nature, and distributive justice. N ot open to
students who plan to take the Political Theory
seminar.
Spring semester. Curtis.
56. C o n te m p o ra ry P o litic a l T h e o ry .

An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics a
special concern will be the ability of contempo­
rary liberal political and economic thought to
respond to its critics’ attacks on its psychologi­
cal and epistemological foundations, and on its
adequacy as a guide to political understanding
and action. An effort will be made to under­
stand the various and often conflicting currents
within liberal theory, as well as to identify
certain common problems. Marxist, existen­
tialist, anarchist, and structuralist critics may
be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission
of the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85. Sharpe or
Beitz.
57. Ju ris p ru d e n c e ..

An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
befen understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­
phers, and social scientists. Issues to be
considered include the nature and validity of
law, the relation o f law to morality, and the
place o f political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be
discussed. Readings will be chosen from clas­
sical and contemporary works in the philosophy
and social science o f law as well as from
representative cases.
Spring semester. Beitz or Smith.
58 . In te rn a tio n a l P o litic a l T h e o ry .

An examination o f several important moral
problems in international affairs. Topics to be

discussed include the morality o f war, war
crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics
o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, self-deter­
mination, and the moral status o f the nation­
state; and international distributive justice.
Readings will be selected from classical and
contemporary sources.
Spring semester. Beitz.
60. S p e c ia l T o p ic s in P o litic a l
S c ie n c e .

Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members of the Department.
62. C o llo q u im and R e s e a rc h P ro je c t on
P re s id e n tia l E le ctio n s.

The principal requirement o f this course is the
successful completion o f an independent re­
search project that examines a single presi­
dential election campaign between 1952 and
1984. There will be background readings and
discussion of the presidential election system,
the dynamics of shifting groups in coalitions,
and the role o f the mass media. Each student
will be doing an independent research paper.
Topics for papers include analyzing candidate
images, political themes, public opinion, and
campaign strategies during a particular election
year, putting the specific campaign in the
broader context o f election cycles, institutional
changes, and shifts in public policy. Enrollment
will be limited; interested students should see
Professor Rubin for permission.
Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an
advanced course in American politics.
Fall semester. Rubin.
64. P o litic a l S o c ia liz a tio n and S c h o o ls .

(Also listed as Education 64. See course
description under Program in Education.)
Spring semester. Travers.
65. P o litic a l P s y c h o lo g y .

A psychological examination of individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psycho­
logical processes are examined both for politi­
cal leaders and for the general public. Topics
thus include psychobiographies of presidents
and other leaders; psychological distortion in
political decision; personality types among the
public psychological factors in public opinion

183

Political Science

and revolution. Projects may involve class or
individual research. (Crosslisted as Psychology
65. )
Fall semester. Peabody.

instructors.
Spring semester. Not offered 1984-85. Gilbert and
Hollister.

66 . E n e rg y P o licy.

(Cross-listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both of these aspects
require understanding of environmental pro­
cesses including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f the instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. McGarity.

(Also listed as Engineering 66.) Presentation
and exploration of political, economic, and
technological issues affecting development of
energy policy, and investigation o f the influence
o f energy policy on policymaking in other
areas. Possible topics include: development of
the U .S. Energy bureaucracy; international
political/economic decisionmaking and OPEC;
development and impact o f energy price
decontrol; economic and political aspects of
U .S. energy technology exports; economic and
environmental perspectives of energy resource
development (renewable and otherwise). Sug­
gested preparation includes Economics 1-2 and
Political Science 2 or 51. Enrollment by
permission o f instructors.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Rubin and
Stone.
67. S o c ia l In s u ra n c e and W e lfa re
P o licy.

(Also listed as Economics 67.) The principal
American policies and programs dealing pri­
marily with relief o f poverty and economic
insecurity, and the prospects and options for
reform in this field. Topics include: Social
Security, national health insurance, unemploy­
ment compensation, and welfare reform. The
various public objectives and methods of
income support and related social services, as
well as certain contextual or alternative pro­
grams and regulatory policies. Conceptions of
"welfare” ; economic, social, political, and
administrative or professional considerations
in policy; historical and comparative perspec­
tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit
seminar for students in the Public Policy
Concentration and open for single credit to
others who have taken appropriate Public
Policy prerequisites, on which consult the
Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the

68. E n v iro n m e n ta l P o licy.

69. P o litic a l E c o n o m y of
M a c ro e c o n o m ic P o lic y .

(Also listed as Economics 91). The course
treats together the economic and political
aspects o f public policy on employment,
output, and the price level. The course focuses
on both theory and selected modem episodes
in American experience and policy. Intended as
a single- or double-credit seminar for students
in the Public Policy Concentration and open
for single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which
consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions,
one o f the instructors.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and
Economics 1 and 2.
Spring semester. Gilbert and Pack.
93. D ire c te d R e a d in g s in P o litic a l
S c ie n c e .

Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and the
instructor.
96. T h e s is .

With the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, normally
during either semester o f the senior year..

SEMINARS
The following seminars prepare for examination for a degree with Honors:

184

101. P o litic a l T h e o ry .

An analytical and critical examination o f the

philosophical foundations of liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings of theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works of
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such problems
as the nature of legitimate authority, the basis of
political obligation, liberty, and democracy.
Particular attention will be given to the ques­
tion o f distributive justice and the relevance of
Marx’s political and philosophical writings to
liberal theory.
Each semester. Beitz or Sharpe.
102. P o litic s and L e g isla tio n .

The study of political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ultimate­
ly, on politics from the standpoint o f theories
of political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
103. P ro b le m s in G o v e rn m e n t and
A d m in is tra tio n .

Problems of administrative organization, policy­
making and responsibility, with primary refer­
ence to the United States and to selected fields
o f policy.
Fall semester. Not offered 1984-85. Gilbert.
104. In te rn a tio n a l P o litic s .

An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1) competing
theories o f international politics, (2) war and
the uses o f force, and (3) the management of
various global issues such as food and energy.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­
lent.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
105. A m e ric a n F o re ig n P o licy.

A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modern world together with a
critical investigation of the making and imple­
menting o f American foreign policy. A variety
of explanations of American foreign policy will
be discussed and evaluated, and the political,
economic, and social influences upon it will be
considered. Key assumptions of United States
policymakers will be subjected to scrutiny, and
alternate assumptions and policies will be
analyzed.
Spring semester. Kurth.

106. P u b lic L a w and J u r is p r u d e n c e .

A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,”
and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence;
the nature o f the judicial process and other
problems of jurisprudence, illustrated by judi­
cial decisions and other legal materials relating
to selected areas of law.
Spring semester. Smith.
107. C o m p a ra tiv e C o m m u n is t P o litic s .

A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function of the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1984-85.
108. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : Eu ro pe .

A comparative study o f the political systems of
Western Europe. The major countries exam­
ined will be Britain, France, Germany, Italy and
Spain. Topics will include (1) competing
theories o f comparative politics, (2) the rela­
tionships between economic development,
economic crises, and political conflict, (3)
political parties, including communist, anar­
chist, and fascist movements, and (4) con­
temporary political institutions and policy­
making.
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equiva­
lent.
Fall semester. Curtis.
109. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : A fr ic a and
the T h ir d W o rld .

A comparative study o f the politics of societies
undergoing change and pursuing "develop­
ment.” Various theories, approaches, and
methods o f explanation are examined and
considered in the context of Africa and the
third world.
Spring semester. Hopkins.
110. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : Latin
A m e ric a .

A comparative study o f the politics of several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re­
public. The course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class struc-

185

Political Science

tures and social values, and an examination of
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
o f creating stable democratic institutions;
causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings of
politics for various classes in spcialist, corpora-

186

tist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and
the utility o f dependency theory in explaining
U.S.-Latin American relations.
Spring semester. Sharpe.
180. T h e s is .

All members of the Department.

Psychology

K E N N E TH J . GERGEN, Professor2
DEAN PEABODY, Professor
ALLEN M . SCH N EID ER , Professor
BAR RY S C H W A R TZ , Professor and Department Head
ALFRED H. B LO O M , Associate Professor*11
DEBORAH 0. K E M LER N ELSO N , Associate Professor
JE A N N E M A R E C E K , Associate Professor
PH ILIP J . K E L LM A N , Assistant Professor
LEIG H TO N C. W H ITA K E R , Director o f Swarthmore College Psychological Services
H A N S W A LL A C H , Research Psychologist

The work o f the Department o f Psychology
deals with the scientific study o f human
behavior and experience; processes o f percep­
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the development
of the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
The courses and seminars of the Department
are designed to provide a sound basis of under'
standing o f psychological principles and a grasp

o f research method. Students learn the nature
o f psychological inquiry and the psychological
approach to various problems encountered in
the humanities, the social sciences, and the life
sciences.
A special major is available in conjunction with
Linguistics emphasizing fundamental issues in
human cognitive organization. A full descrip­
tion of this program may be found under
Linguistics.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 3, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in the
Department.
A Course major consists of at least eight
courses, normally including four o f the core
courses (with course numbers in the 3 0 ’s):
Physiological Psychology, Learning and Behav­
ior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psychology,
Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology,
Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child
Development. Those wishing to substitute
more individualized programs should present
their reasons in writing. Majors should take at
least one course providing them with experi­
ence in research. In addition, majors in Course
are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 98
during the spring semester o f their senior year.
This course is intended to provide integration
o f different fields o f psychology and to offer

majors one way to meet the comprehensive
requirement. Students intending to pursue
graduate work in psychology will also find it
useful to take Psychology 13, Statistics for
Experimental Data, or Psychology 14, Statistics
for Observational Data, or Psychology 15,
Statistics.
A major in the External Examination Program
consists o f three or four seminars taken in
preparation for external examinations. A minor
usually consists o f two seminars. Seminars are
offered in Abnormal Psychology, Child Devel­
opment, Cognitive Psychology, Individual in
Society, Language and Thought, Learning and
Behavior Theory, Perception, Personality, Phil­
osophy of Psychology, and Physiological Psy­
chology. Some seminars meet during one
semester for two credits, while others consist of
a one-credit course offering plus a one-credit

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
11 Joint appointment with Linguistics.

187

Psychology

seminar in different semesters. (See seminar
listings.) A thesis (either empirical or library
research) may be substituted for one seminar.
Students may, with approval, prepare for an
external examination by combining two courses
or a course and an independent study.
3. In tro d u c tio n to P s y c h o lo g y .

An introduction to the basic process underlying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which normal
and abnormal behavior ate determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.
6.

C ritic a l Is s u e s in P s y c h o lo g y :

An exploration o f selected issues in psychol­
ogy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories and
the evidence testing them. This analysis is
applied to previous critical experiments and in
planning new research. The topics covered may
vary from year to year; the department can
supply information on the coverage in a
particular year. Intended to complement Intro­
duction to Psychology, this course will empha­
size student participation and discussion.
Strongly recommended for those who may take
further courses or seminars in psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Peabody.
13. S ta tis tic s f o r E x p e rim e n ta l Data.

(See Mathematics 2.)
Spring semester. Iversen.
14. S ta tis tic s f o r O b s e rv a tio n a l Data.

(See Mathematics 1.)
Fall semester. Iversen.
15. S ta tis tic s .

(See Mathematics 23.)
Fall semester. Iversen.
21. E d u c a tio n a l P s y c h o lo g y .

(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Renninger.
2 2. C o u n s e lin g .

(See Education 25.)
2 3. A d o le s c e n c e .

(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Renninger.

188

24. P s y c h o lo g ic a l A n th ro p o lo g y !

(See Sociology/Anthropology 24.)
Not offered 1984-85.
2 5 . M e th o d s o f P s y c h o lo g ic a l
R e s e a rc h .

Direct research experience is emphasized, and
instruction proceeds by example. Discussion
focusses on the relationships between given
theories and the methods used in the support­
ing research. The comparative advantages and
disadvantages o f participatory observation and
analysis, "objective” naturalistic observation,
interviewing, content analysis, and experimen­
tation are examined. Each student conducts an
individual research project and participates in
class projects.
Staff
30. P h y s io lo g ic a l P s y c h o lo g y .

A survey of the neural and biochemical bases of
behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and
memory. Both experimental analyses and clini­
cal implications are considered.
Fall semester. Schneider.
31. L e a rn in g and B e h a v io r T h e o ry .

The experimental analysis o f the major phe­
nomena of learning and conditioning is con­
sidered mainly at the animal level, with
particular attention to the theories of B.F.
Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major
theories are evaluated. The course includes a
laboratory, which is designed to acquaint
students with the processes considered.
Fall semester. Schwartz.
32. P e rc e p tio n .

An exploration of the connections among our
experience, the physical world, and our biology.
Theories of direct perception are contrasted
with those asserting the importance o f infer­
ence or hypothesis in perceiving. Primary
emphasis is on research in adult visual per­
ception, but other senses and some develop­
mental issues are also treated. Implications of
the study o f perception for the theories of
knowledge and the visual arts are examined.
There is laboratory work, including an original
experiment conducted by the class.
Fall semester. Kellman.

33. C o g n itiv e P s y c h o lo g y .

A broad overview of the psychology of
knowledge. Models of human cognition are
examined in light o f experimental data. Atten­
tion, pattern recognition, memory, concepts,
thinking, and problem solving are treated,
among other topics. Laboratory exercises and
demonstrations are included to acquaint stu­
dents with the issues and methods in the field.
Fall semester. Kellman.
34. T h e P s y c h o lo g y of L a ngu age.

(See Linguistics 34).
Spring semester. Bloom.
35. S o c ia l P s y c h o lo g y .

An examination of theory and research rele­
vant to the understanding o f social interaction.
Special emphasis is placed on the social
construction o f reality, rules of relationship,
and social life as drama.
Spring semester.
36. P e rs o n a lity .

An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories of Freud, Jung,
Fromm, Rogers, and others will be discussed,
and special attention will be given to current
research work.
Fall semester. Gergen.
38. A b n o rm a l P s y c h o lo g y.

A survey o f major forms o f psychopathology in
adults and children. Biogenetic, socio-cultural,
and psychological bases o f abnormality are
examined, along with their corresponding
modes of treatment.
Spring semester. Marecek.
39. C h ild D e v e lo p m e n t.

A selective survey of cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
Major theoretical perspectives on the nature of
developmental change are examined, including
those of Piaget and his critics. Topics include
the growth o f perceptual and cognitive skills,
the acquisition o f language, gender typing, and
personality theory in a developmental context*
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.
43. C o m p a ra tiv e C o g n itio n .

An exploration of cross-cultural research on
human cognition. What are the universals of
human cognition? What are its distinctive
features? What are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
human cognition? What are the virtues and

pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the study
o f cognition? The course is open to all students
who have had introductory psychology.
Kemler Nelson.
44.

P s y c h o lo g y o f W Pm en.

An examination of traditional and revisionist
theories and research on gender roles and
gender differences. The socialization of gender
roles in adults and children will be studied,
with particular emphasis on the penalties that
adults incur for gender-role deviance. Other
topics include men’s and women’s marital and
family roles; and gender roles and mental
health.
Fall semester. Marecek.
48. P e rc e p tu a l D e ve lo p m e n t.

Explores the perceptual world o f the infant and
child in order to assess the impact o f experience
on our ability to obtain knowledge through
perception. Research on the early perception of
objects, space and motion, as well as event and
social perception, will be considered against the
backdrop of major theoretical controversies.
Students will have the opportunity to devote
much o f their effort in the course to preparing a
substantial paper on a topic of their choice.
Some knowledge of development and/or per­
ception may be helpful, but is not prerequisite.
Kellman.
52. R e p re s e n ta tio n s of W o m e n ’s
Id e n tity .

(See English 82 .) Satisfies distribution require­
ment in group 2 not group 3.
Not offered 1984-85.
56. M o ra l T h in k in g .

An investigation into the role played by
cognitive dimensions in influencing moral,
linguistic, and political behavior, with emphasis
on adolescence and beyond. An attempt is
made to place the investigation within a
framework provided by current trends in
cognitive psychology, existential philosophy
and linguistics and to draw on the implications
o f these dimensions with respect to the
relationship of the individual to the nation-*
state and the international system. (Crosslisted as Linguistics 56.)
Fall semester. Bloom.
60. La n gu a ge A c q u is itio n .

An examination of the process by which
children learn their first language. Stages in the

189

Psychology

acquisition o f phonology, syntax, and seman­
tics; language acquisition and universal gram­
mar; the issue of biological specialization for
language.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 preferred, but this
requirement may be met through additional
reading. Crosslisted as Linguistics 60.
Fall semster. Linebarger.
6 1.

A p h a s ia .

See Linguistics 61.
Not offered 1984-85.
6 3. S p e c ia l T o p ic s in C o g n itiv e
P s y c h o lo g y .

Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni­
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­
phasis is placed oh the relationship between
theories of cognition and current experimental
findings. Also, the development o f cognitive
skills receives attention. In Spring, 1985, the
course will concentrate on the nature o f human
concepts and categories, with special emphasis
on how they are acquired.
Spring semester. Kemler Nelson.
6 4 . M o d e s o f P s y c h o th e ra p y .

A survey o f the theories, practices, and goals of
various modes o f psychotherapy, including
psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy,
humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and
family therapy. Other topics include research
on the effects o f psychotherapy, the ethics and
politics o f psychotherapy, and definitions of
mental health.
Spring semester. Marecek.
6 5 . P o litic a l P s y c h o lo g y .

A psychological examination of individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy­
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of
presidents and other leaders; psychological
distortion in political decisions; personality
types among the public; psychological factors
in public opinion and revolution. Projects may
involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65.)
Fall semester. Peabody.

190

67. S p e c ia l T o p ic s in Child
D e v e lo p m e n t

Aspects o f personality, social, and cognitive
development are examined, with individual
and group field projects an important part of
the course.
68. S p e c ia l T o p ic s in S o c ia l
P s y c h o lo g y .

In 1984-85, the subject will be Ethnopsychology, The Language o f Psychological Explana­
tion, first centering on psychological, anthro­
pological, and philosophical issues related to
the social construction of psychological entities
such as mind, emotion, intention, and selfconcept. After exploring fundamental issues
relating psychological constructs to language,
students engage in independent, supervised
research projects. This furnishes a means of
gaining first-hand research experience in a
newly developing area o f study.
Fall semester. Gergen.
69. S p e c ia l T o p ic s in P e rso n a lity .

Considers selected topics in personality or­
ganization and dynamics.
8 7 . C o llo q u iu m : P s y c h o lo g y , B io lo g y
and E c o n o m ic R a tio n a lity.

The concept o f “economic man,” in rational
pursuit of self-interest, has had a profound
impact on theory and research throughout the
social sciences in the last two centuries. This
course will offer a critical examination of the
notion o f economic rationality, exploring the
role it plays in economics, in evolutionary
biology (sociobiology), and in psychology. The
implications of this notion for thinking about
morality and about social organization will also
be considered. The course will be taught in
seminar format, for two credits.
Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica­
tion, to advanced students in either biology,
economics, philosophy, or psychology.
Spring semester. Schwartz.
88. C o llo q u iu m : B e h a v io ris m and
D e v e lo p m e n ta lis m .

This course examines behaviorism, as exempli­
fied by B. F. Skinner, in detail. It evaluates the
epistemological assumptions of behaviorism,
the empirical support for these assumptions,
and the social and political implications of
behaviorist analysis. Special attention is paid to

the articulation o f alternative epistemological
assumptions as potential frameworks for em­
pirical psychology.
Open to advanced students in philosophy
and/or psychology.
90. P ra c tic u m in C lin ic a l P s y c h o lo g y .

An opportunity for advanced psychology stu­
dents to gain supervised experience working in
off-campus research projects or clinical settings.
Weekly discussions are held concerning prac­
tical, theoretical, and ethical issues arising from
participants’ experiences. Course requirements
and evaluations are tailored to individual
projects. Advance arrangements for placements
should be made in consultation with the
instructor.
91. R e s e a rc h P ra c tic u m in
P h y s io lo g ic a l P s y c h o lo g y .

Research on the neural and chemical bases of
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory
work is designed to introduce students to
techniques in physiological psychology.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application.
Schneider.
94. In d e p e n d e n t R e s e a rch .

Students conduct independent research proj­
ects. They typically study problems with which
they are already familiar from their course
work. Students must submit a written report of
their work. Registration for Independent Re­
search requires the sponsorship o f a faculty

member who agrees to supervise the work.
Each semester. Staff.
95.

T u to ria l.

Any student may, with the consent o f a member
o f the department, work under a tutorial
arrangement for a single semester. The student
is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular
interest, and in consultation with a faculty
member, prepare a reading list and work plan.
Tutorial work may include field research
outside Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r Paper.

W ith the permission o f the Department,
students may conduct a 2-credit research
project in their senior year as one way to meet
the comprehensive requirement. The course
includes: (a) carrying out a research project
with the advice of a faculty sponsor and (b)
taking part in a joint discussion group that
shares the problems o f each stage o f the
research. Students should develop a general
plan by the end o f the j unior year and apply for
departmental approval. By application.
Both semesters. Staff.
98.

H is t o r y and S y s te m s of P s y c h o lo g y .

Intended to provide integration o f different
fields of psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the major
systematic points o f view. Special considera­
tion is given to problems overlapping several
areas o f psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.

SEMINARS
104. In d iv id u a l in S o c ie ty .

An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding of other
persons, theories of cognitive consistency,
group influence and conformity. Applications
to political attitudes, group prejudices, the
relation of attitudes and personality, and the
relation o f psychology to the social sciences are
also considered. Two credits.
Fall semester. Peabody.
105. P e rso n a lity .

An exploration o f general theories of human

functioning from Freud to the present. Special
attention is given to the empirical, intellectual,
ideological, and pragmatic basis o f competing
theoretical perspectives. Two credits.
Spring semester, 1986. Gergen.
107.

L a n g u a g e and T h o u g h t.

See Linguistics 107.
Fall semester. Bloom.
109. P h y s io lo g ic a l P s y c h o lo g y.

An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language. Gen­
eralizations derived from neurobehavioral rela-

191

Psychology

tions will be brought to bear on clinical issues.
Two credits.
Spring semester. Schneider.
118. P h ilo s o p h y o f P s y c h o lo g y .

See Philosophy 118.
Fall semester. Staff.
131a and b. L e a rn in g and B e h a v io r
T h e o ry .

See description of Psychology 31. Students are
expected to attend lectures given in Psychology
31, and to participate in the laboratory. The
second part o f the seminar (131b) considers in
depth special topics o f interest discussed in the
first part of the seminar. One credit each
semester.
131a: Fall semester, 1984 and 1985.
131b: Spring semester, 1986 only. Schwartz.
132a. and b. P e rc e p tio n .

Psychology 132a meets with Psychology 32.
The second part of the seminar ( 132b) explores
selected topics in human perception. Major
theories and experimental data direct our ex­
ploration of the roles o f inborn mechanisms
and inferential processes in producing percep­
tual experience. Adult visual perception of
form, space, motion and their interrelations are
major concerns. Intersensory coordination,
some auditory perception and perceptual adap­
tation are also considered. One credit each
semester.
Both semesters. Kellman.
133a and b. C o g n itiv e P s y c h o lo g y.

Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33.
The second part of the seminar (133b) is an
intensive study o f higher mental processes.

Specific topics include mental representation,
memory organization, imagery, attention and
consciousness, concept formation, reading,
thinking, and problem-solving. One credit each
semester.
Both semesters. Kellman.
138. A b n o rm a l P s y c h o lo g y .

A study in depth of various theoretical perspec­
tives on psychological disorders, including
schizophrenia, autism, depression, and anxiety
disorders. Underlying assumptions of each
theory will be considered, as well as empirical
evidence supporting the theory. Approaches to
treatment will also be studied. Two credits.
Fall semester. Marecek.
139a and b. C h ild D e v e lo p m e n t.

See description of Psychology 39. Students are
expected to attend and take part in Psychology
39. The second part of the seminar (139b)
considers in depth special topics of interest
discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One
credit each semester.
Both semesters. Kemler Nelson.
180. T h e s is .

May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member of the Depart­
ment is available to undertake the direction of
the thesis. May be taken either as a 2-credit,
1 -semester course or as a 2-semester course for
one credit each semester. Students writing a
thesis are expected to attend the weekly
meetings of senior paper students during the
semester(s) they are enrolled for Thesis.
Each semester. All members of the Department.

MASTER’S DEGREE
A limited number of students may be accepted
for graduate study toward the Master’s degree
in general psychology (see p. 58). Students
receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible to enter this
program.
The program of work for the Master’s degree

192

requires the completion of four seminars (as
listed above), or their equivalent. One of the
seminars must be a research seminar leading to
a thesis. The work of the seminars is judged by
external examiners. The requirements for the
Master’s degree can normally be completed in
one year.

Public Policy

Coordinator: R IC H A R D L. RUBIN

The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart­
ments toward both critical and practical under­
standing o f public policy, such as social
welfare, health, energy, food and agriculture,
and national defense. The focus o f the courses
in the concentration is on the development,
formulation, implementation, and evaluation
of policy. The departments centrally concerned
with the concentration are Political Science,
Economics, and Engineering; but work in other

departments is decidedly pertinent to the
concentration. Faculty members from other
departments may be directly involved in the
concentration, and course or seminar offerings
from other departments may, in certain cir­
cumstances, meet requirements for the con­
centration. Some competence in formal or
quantitative methods is required for students
concentrating in Public Policy, but work in the
concentration equally emphasizes historical,
institutional, and normative analysis.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most
integrally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments of Political Science,
Economics, or Engineering. At a minimum, the
concentration consists o f certain course re­
quirements, totaling six credits, and an intern­
ship. The program o f each concentrator should
be worked out in consultation with the
Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and
approved by the Coordinator, preferably at the
same time as majors in the Course and Honors
Programs are planned, but not later than the
middle o f one’s j unior year. Students who wish
to concentrate in Public Policy are urged to
complete the introductory, prerequisite courses
in two or more o f the participating departments
by the end of their sophomore year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis,
(2) political analysis, and (3 ) quantitative
analysis. These may normally be met by
preparation in specified courses: (1 ) Economics
20 (Economic Theory) or Economics 22 (Pub­
lic Finance) to fulfill the economic analysis
requirement; (2 ) Political Science 51 (Public
Administration) or its equivalent, to fulfill the
political analysis requirement; and (3) Mathe­
matics 1 (Statistics for Observational Data), or
Mathematics 2 (Statistics for Experimental
Data), Economics 4 (Statistics for Economists),

Engineering/Economics 57 (Operations Re­
search), or Economics 108 (Econometrics) to
fulfill the quantitative analysis requirement.
Equivalent honors courses may be substituted
for any o f the above.
Two courses, colloquia, or seminars specific to
the Public Policy concentration and dealing
with certain substantive sectors or institutional
aspects o f public policy are required (see list
below), and at least one o f these will be taken for
double credit. Many o f the courses will be
offered for one credit. A few will be offered for
double credit and will normally be taught
jointly by faculty members from two different
departments. Only those seminars or courses
approved as double credit may be taken as units
in the external examination program.
Students able to do pertinent work beyond
these requirements are encouraged to do so.
Highly desirable, though not required, is some
course or seminar work dealing with questions
o f public law and political philosophy, such as
Political Science 52 (American Constitutional
Law), Political Science 57 Ourisprudence), and
Economics/Political Science 48 (Economics,
Justice and Law).
Students interested in the more international
aspects o f public policy may request an
alternative set o f preparatory or prerequisite
courses.
In special circumstances, students with ade-

193

Public Policy

quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students or those with work done at other
institutions) may request that such preparation
be substituted for courses normally required in

the concentration. Approval o f such requests,
as for approval o f internships, will be the
responsibility o f the coordinator and the
committee on public policy studies.

INTERNSHIP
Some direct experience or practical responsi­
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by
completing an internship during either a semes­
ter or a summer or both. Normally, students

will hold internships between their junior and
senior years. The internship program is super­
vised by the faculty member serving as coor­
dinator o f the concentration, and specific
opportunities may be worked out for the
students.

ELIGIBILITY
The concentration is open to students majoring
in any field, although students in the social and
natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the
requirements most readily. Any student With
acceptable preparation is welcome to under­
take work in a public policy course, subject to
the priority for concentrators. For students
concentrating in Public Policy and reading for
Honors, certain work in the concentration will
normally be eligible for external examination.

E c o n o m ic s / P o litic a l S c ie n c e 42.

Policy Courses Offered

Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.

E c o n o m ic s 24.

E n g in e e rin g / P o litic a l S c ie n c e 68.

Economics o f Industry.

Environmental Policy.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 41.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e 6 9 / E c o n o m ic s 91.

Defense Policy.

Political Economy o f Macroeconomic Policy.

194

Health Policy.
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 43.

Food Policy.
P o litic a l S c ie n c e 44.

Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.
E n g in e e rin g / P o litic a i S c ie n c e 66.

Energy Policy.
E c o n o m ic s / P o litic a l S c ie n c e 67.

Religion

J . W IL L IA M FR OST, Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library1
P A TR IC K HENRY, Professor«
D O NALD K. SW EAR ER , Professor
P. LINW OOD (IR S A N , JR ., Professor and Chair
C H A R LE S D. M Y ER S , Lecturer5
STEVEN S A L T Z M A N , Lecturer«
D EM A R IS W EH R, Lecturer

Religion as a field of study encompasses
historical religious traditions and varied di'
mensions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the diverse
and pervasive nature o f religion, several meth­
odologies have evolved for its study, including
the skills o f historical investigation, textual
criticism, philosophical analysis, and empirical
description. Added to these skills is the
important ingredient o f empathy toward the
claims religious persons make regarding what
they have perceived to be ultimately real. Focus
for the several methodologies is provided by
dividing the subject matter into two broad
areas: the Religious Traditions o f the West, and
the Religious Traditions of Asia.
Any course numbered 1 through 9 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Successful completion of one of
these courses is normally required for admis­
sion to courses numbered 10 and above. The
normal prerequisite for religion as a Course
major, or an External Examination major or
minor, is completion of two courses.
The major in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. Majors in both the Course and
the External Examination Programs select an
area o f concentration—either Religious Tra­
ditions o f the West or Religious Traditions of
Asia—but also do some work in the other area.
For advanced work in some areas of religion,
foreign language facility is desirable.
An important part o f the Course major is the
production o f a sustained piece o f writing.
Normally, students in the Course program will
elect the Senior Comprehensive Paper. How­

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
4 Fall semester, 1984.

ever, with the consent o f the Department,
students may substitute a two-credit Thesis.
1. P a tte rn s of W e s te rn R e lig io n s.

An investigation o f the religious teaching and
practice o f the Jewish, Catholic, and Protestant
traditions. Both classical and contemporary
sources will be studied. There will be occasion­
al guest lecturers, and visits to synagogues and
churches. This course will be a Writing Course
o f 1.5 credits (see p. 52).
Fall semester. Henry.
2. P a tte rn s of A s ia n R e lig io n s .

An introduction to the study o f religion
through an examination o f selected teachings
and practices o f the religious traditions o f India
and China structured as patterns o f religious
life. Material is taken primarily from Hinduism
and Buddhism in India, and Confucianism and
Taoism in China.
Spring semester. Swearer.
3. In tro d u c tio n to th e H e b re w
S c rip tu re s .

A comprehensive introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures (Old Testament). The textual and
archaeological witnesses to ancient Israelite
religious institutions, practices, and beliefs will
be examined with reference to the ancient Near
Eastern context. Students will be introduced to
a variety o f historical, literary, and artistic
approaches by which this literature has been
interpreted.
Fall semester. Henry.
4. In tro d u c tio n to the N e w T e s ta m e n t

A comprehensive introduction to the New
Testament, leading to an understanding of
continuities and transformations in the emer­
gence o f Christianity and its development

5 Spring semester, 1985.

195

Religion

during the first century.
Spring semester. Myers.
5. P ro b le m s o f R e lig io u s T h o u g h t.

institutions, and symbolic expressions in art
and architecture.
Fall semester. Swearer.

The purpose of this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems of the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na­
ture o f religious experience, the existence of
God, religion and morality, science and reli­
gion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include
those given by Martin Buber, William James,
Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
Students are encouraged to find their own
answers and to work out their own religious
beliefs.
Each semester. Urban.

12. R e lig io u s A u to b io g ra p h y .

6. W a r a nd P e a ce .

Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenome­
non within the religious traditions o f Asia and
the West. The writings o f particular mystics,
e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, al Din Rumi,
Ramakrishna, are studied and such problems as
mystic states o f consciousness, language and
mysticism, the mystic and traditional religious
authority, mysticism and community are ex­
plored.
Not offered 1984-85. Swearer.

An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, defensive wars, pacifism, and
the sanctity o f life. The study o f America’s wars
from the Revolution to Vietnam will show our
nation’s responses to organized violence.
Not offered 1984-85. Frost.
7. In tro d u c tio n to C la s s ic a l Ju d a is m .

Through a study of primary sources in English
translation, students will be introduced to basic
categories and concepts o f classical Judaism
(e.g., Torah, Halachah, Talmud, Midrash,
Revelation, Redemption). The emergence and
development of the mythic and institutional
structures o f Judaism will be explored, with
particular attention to modes o f thought and
interpretation. Readings will include selections
from the Talmud, the Hebrew Prayer Book,
philosophical writings, and mystical texts.
Spring semester. Staff.
10. T h e H in d u T ra d itio n .

An analysis o f the Hindu religious tradition
structured around the classical paths o f action
(karma), knowledge (jnana), and devotion
(bhakti). The course includes analyses o f
various mythic, poetic, and didactic texts,
selected rituals, representative institutions, and
symbolic expressions in art and architecture.
Not offered 1984-85. Swearer.
11. T h e B u d d h is t T ra d itio n .

A study o f selected facets o f the worldviews of
the three major schools o f Asian Buddhism
(Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana). The course
includes analyses o f various mythic, poetic, and
didactic texts, selected rituals, representative

196

Autobiography as a genre of religious literature
and as a way o f understanding the religious
experience o f persons. Autobiographies to be
read include those o f Apuleius, Augustine,
Matsuo Basho, Frederick Douglass, Ghandi,
Dag Hammarskjöld, C.S. Lewis, Malcolm X,
Thomas Merton, Jack Rogers, Anne Sexton,
Mary McD. Shideler ’38, Tom Skinner, Teresa
o f Avila, Elie Wiesel.
Not offered 1984-85.
13. C o m p a ra tiv e R e lig io u s M y s tic is m .

14. P h ilo s o p h y of R e lig io n .

An investigation of the nature o f religious faith,
the problem o f religious knowledge, concepts
o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the relation­
ship of religion to ethics. Both critics and
supporters o f traditional religious perspectives
will be studied. (Crosslisted as Philosophy 16.)
Spring semester. Urban.
16. T h e A p o s to lic A g e .

Investigation o f several key questions about the
development o f the Christian community to
the middle o f the third century. Particular
attention is paid to the nature o f the sources,
and to both traditional and novel ways of
analyzing those materials. Among the topics
considered are: the Jewish matrix o f Christian
origins; Gnosticism; the Pauline churches;
martyrdom.
Fall semester. Henry.
17. H is to ry o f R e lig io n in A m e ric a .

An examination of religious ideas and practices
o f Americans from the 17th until the 20th
century. Particular emphasis is placed upon the
effects o f religious pluralism, immigrant
churches, the challenge o f Darwinism, and the
relation between the church and reform move­

ments from Puritanism to Progressivism.
Not offered 1984-85. Frost.
18. Q u a k e ris m .

The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time of
George Fox until the present. Particular atten­
tion is paid to differences in the development of
Quakerism in England and America.
Spring semester. Frost.
1& E x is te n tia lis m a nd R e lig io u s Belief.

Naomi Goldenberg and others will be read.
Each student will prepare a final project and
keep an intellectual journal recording the
student’s interaction with the reading. Further
perspective on the feminist challenge to pre­
vailing religious world-views will be provided
by sociological studies. In particular Peter
Berger’s The Sacred Canopy.
Fall semester. Wehr.
27. P s y c h o lo g y o f R e lig io u s E x p e rie n c e .

A study o f one o f the . most influential
philosophical movements o f the twentieth
century and its impact on religious thought.
Amongst philosophers attention is given to the
writings o f Edmund Husserl, Martin Heidegger,
and Jean-Paul Sartre. Amongst religious think­
ers the writings of Rudolf Bultmann, John
Macquarrie, Karl Rahner, and Paul Tillich are
read.
Spring semester. Urban.

Starting with James’ and Freud’s understanding
o f religion to set the stage for Jung, Jung’s
psychology o f religion will be studied in depth,
with special focus on Jung’s understanding of
myth and symbol and how these affect and
shape self-understandings and psychological
and spiritual health. Each student will be
expected to apply the Jungian, Jamesian, or
Freudian categories to an individual study o f a
religious personality.
Spring semester. Wehr.

21. J e w is h T h o u g h t in th e E a rly
T w e n tie th C e n tu ry .

28. J e w i s h T h o u g h t S in c e the
H o lo c e u s t

An analysis o f selected issues in modem Jewish
thought through a study o f three major figures:
Martin Buber, Gershom Scholem, and Franz
Rosenzweig. Basic writings o f these thinkers
and their debates with one another will serve as
the focal point o f the discussions. Problems to
be studied include: the nature and authority of
tradition, the parameters o f interpretation, the
relationship o f personal experience to inherited
tradition, the meaning o f Torah, universalism
and particularism, religion and nationalism.
Not offered 1984-85.

Responding to the most traumatic event in
Jewish historical experience, writers have
sought to explore its meaning and significance
through such diverse literary modes as myth,
novel, autobiography, historical inquiry and
theology. In this course, these responses will be
discussed against the background o f previous
efforts to justify Jewish life and religious faith
in the face o f tragedy and suffering. Writers to
be studied include Elie Wiesel, Richard Rubenstein, Emil Fackenheim, Lucy Dawidowicz and
Gershom Scholem.
Fall semester. Staff.

23. R e lig io u s a nd S p iritu a l
G ro u p s in M o d e rn A m e ric a .

An examination of selected religious groups in
modern America which stand outside the
Jewish and Christian mainstream. Groups
studied will include Theosophy, Western
Vedanta, American Buddhism, and Syncretistic
Christianity. Analysis o f their teachings and
practices, reasons for their development and
appeal, their relationship to American religion
and culture. The course will include fieldwork
with groups in the Philadelphia area.
Spring semester. Swearer.
25. W o m e n ’s P e r s p e c tiv e s on R elig ion.

This course will examine feminist criticism of
traditional religious structures. Works by
Mary Daly, Rosemary Ruether, Carol Christ,

29. R e lig io u s B e lie f and M o ra l A c tio n .

An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts of
several religious traditions (e.g., Buddhism,
Christianity, and Judaism) will be studied and
compared. The relationship o f moral teachings
to the cosmological and theological framework
in which they occur will be discussed. The
course will analyze concepts o f virtue and
moral reasoning, the religious view of what it
means to be a moral person, and the religious
evaluation o f particular ethical issues, e.g.,
social justice, ecology, sexuality.
Fall semester. Swearer.
30. R e lig io n a s a C u ltu ra l In s titu tio n .

See Sociology and Anthropology 30.

197

Religion

3 2 . R e lig io n in E a st A s ia .

The major religous traditions o f East Asia
studied against the social and cultural back­
ground o f Japan. Particular attention is given to
the appropriation and later development of
classical Chinese Buddhist, Confucian, and
Taoist traditions; religion, nationalism, and
state Shinto; religion and modes o f Japanese
aesthetics; and the development o f new reli­
gions in the 20th Century.
Not offered 1984-85. Swearer.
3 3 . T h e R e fo rm a tio n .

A study o f the Reformation in Western
Europe from 1500 until 1688, its history and
thought, focusing not only upon Luther,
Calvin, and the Anabaptists, but also upon
Trent and the Anglican Settlement. Students
will be encouraged to assess the relevance o f the
Reformation for today.
Not offered 1984-85. Urban.

expound and evaluate the views o f 19th and
20th century thinkers on these major themes.
Such thinkers could include: K. Barth, M.
Buber, R. Bultmann, K. Rahner, F. Schleier­
macher, and P. Tillich.
Not offered 1984-85. Urban.
37. Faith and R eason in th e M id d le
Ages.

A study o f the interaction between religious
faith and philosophical inquiry from Augustine
to the 15th Century. Attention- is paid to
specific problems such as the nature and
existence o f God, providence, analogy, and
universals and to outstanding thinkers such as
Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis is historical, attention is
given to the contemporary relevance o f medi­
eval thought.
Fall semester. Urban.
9 3 . D ire c te d R eading.

3 4. R e lig io n in th e 19th C e n tu ry .

Staff.

W hat were the effects in religious thought and
sensibility o f new ways o f understanding
history, society, nature, and the psyche that
developed in the nineteenth century? Repre­
sentative figures, such as Schleiermacher,
Newman, Arnold, Emerson, Khomyakov,
Troeltsch, Schweitzer, and the development of
distinctive schools o f thought within Judaism,
are considered in some detail.
Not offered 1984-85.

95. T u to ria l.

3 5 . F o rm a tio n of C h ris tia n D o c trin e .

A study o f the formation and classical expres­
sion o f the doctrines o f the Trinity, Incarnation,
Atonement, Original Sin, and the Sacraments
as found in Scripture and the Early and
Medieval Church. Toward the end o f the
semester students are given the opportunity to

Staff.
9 6 . T h e s is .

Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.
97. S e n io r Paper.

Senior majors in Course will normally write a
one-credit paper as the major part o f their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
Courses offered occasionally:
R e lig io n and L ite ra tu re
M o n a s tic is m E a s t and W e st
R e lig io n and S c ie n c e
P s y c h o lo g y and R e lig io u s E x p e rie n c e

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exami­
nations in the following areas, to be prepared
for in the ways indicated.

Preparation by sem inar:
R e lig io u s P e r s p e c tiv e s E ast and W e st
(S e m in a r: 101).

An examination o f the nature and structure of

198

religious systems through the study o f seminal
thinkers or schools o f thought as they influ­
enced and were shaped by the traditions of

which they were a part. Thinkers considered
include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ramanuja,
Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard.
(This paper is required of all students declaring
a Religion Major in their External Examination
Program.)
Spring semester. Swearer.
C h ris tia n ity and C la s s ic a l C u ltu re
(S e m in a r: 102).

A study o f the development o f Christian
thought and institutions to the fifth century in
the context o f Greco-Roman religion and
society. Readings in Lucretius, Apuleius, Plu­
tarch, and Hellenistic religious texts, in Philo
and the Dead Sea Scrolls, and in early Christian
writers such as Justin Martyr, Tertullian,
Origen, Athanasius, Ambrose, Augustine.
Not offered 1984-85. Staff.
A s ia n R e lig io u s T h o u g h t
(S e m in a r: 103).

A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and
Taoism.
Fall semester. Swearer.

R e lig io n in S o u th e a s t A s ia
(S e m in a r: 104).

An analysis of Theravada Buddhism as a part of
the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma, and
Thailand. The seminar is structured in terms of
three different contexts: national, village, and
urban. The themes dominating these contexts
are national integration, syncretism, and mod­
ernization.
Not offered 1984-85. Swearer.
R e lig ion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105).

An examination o f the interaction between
religious values and institutions and society in
different cultural contexts and time periods.
Major concentration on the English Civil War,
late nineteenth-century Africa, and modern
America. Topics include patterns of conver­
sion, millennialism, personal and corporate
ethics, rituals, and theology.
Spring semester. Frost.
C o n te m p o ra ry R e lig io u s T h o u g h t
(S e m in a r: 106).

Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A.N. Whitehead.
Fall semester. Urban.

Preparation by com binations o f courses:
Buddhism
T h e B u d d h is t T ra d itio n (Swearer)
R e lig ion in E a st A s ia (Swearer)

Apostolic Faith and Apostolic Tradition
T h e A p o s to lic A g e (Henry)

Reformation, Enlightenment, Romanticism:
The Twentieth-Century Background
T h e R e fo rm a tio n (Urban)
R e lig ion in the N in e te e n th C e n tu ry

(Henry)

F o rm a tio n o f C h ris tia n D o c trin e (Urban)

The Protestant Traditions

Christian Thought to Aquinas

T h e R e fo rm a tio n (Urban)
H is to ry of R e lig ion in A m e ric a (Frost)

F o rm a tio n o f C h ris tia n D o c trin e (Urban)
Faith a nd R e a son in th e M id d le A g e s

(Urban)
The Age o f Faith and the Age o f Reformation
F o rm a tio n o f C h ris tia n D o c trin e (Urban)
T h e R e fo rm a tio n (Urban)

Psychology o f Religion: A Feminist Perspective
E m e rg in g F o rm s of S p iritu a lity (Wehr)
P s y c h o lo g y of R e lig io u s E x p e rie n c e

(W ehr)

Preparation by course and attachm ent:
Indian Religion

T w e n tie th C e n tu ry (Staff)

T h e H in d u T ra d itio n (Swearer)

Philosophy o f Religion

Modem Jewish Thought

P h ilo s o p h y of R e lig io n (Urban)

J e w is h T h o u g h t in th e E a rly

199

Religion

Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with

permission of the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.

COURSES COMPLEMENTING RELIGION OFFERINGS AT SWARTHMORE
BRYN MAWR COLLEGE:
001. E le m e n ta ry H e b r e w (Rabeeya)
101. R e a d in g s in H e b r e w B ib le I:
G e n e s is (Rabeeya)
104. H is to ry and L ite ra tu re of
J u d a is m I (Lachs)
105. H is to ry and L ite ra tu re of
J u d a is m II (Lachs)
201. T o p ic s in B ib lic a l L ite ra tu re :
A p o c ry p h a a nd P s e u d e p ig ra p h a

(Lachs)
20 3 . R e a d in g s in H e b r e w B ib le II:
T h e F iv e S c r o lls (Rabeeya)

200

215. J e w is h L a w and F o lk lo re :
T h e Life C y c le (Lachs)
216. J e w is h L a w and F o lk lo re :
T h e C a le n d a r C y c le (Lachs)
304. P O S t-B ib liC a l H e b r e w (Rabeeya)

HAVERFORD COLLEGE:
2 0 0 . In tro d u c tio n to T ib e ta n B u d d h is m

(Lhalungan)
261. L e tte rs of P au l (McGuire)
265. A fr ic a n C h ris tia n ity (Mudimbe)

Sociology and
Anthropology
JE N N IE K E ITH , Professor and Acting Chairperson (Fall semester, 1984)
A S M A R O M LEGESSE, Professor
STEVEN I. PIKER, Professor1
RRAULIO M U N O Z , Associate Professor
JO Y C H A R LTO N , Assistant Professor*
3
ROBIN. E. W A G N E R -P A C IF IC I, Assistant Professor

The program of this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
Department are directed toward understanding
the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in
human societies and cultures. Toward this end,
courses in the department variously emphasize
the comparative study of societies and cultures;
the conditions o f social organization as well as
disorganization; the bases o f human adaptation; change as well as continuity as ubiquitous
features o f the human condition; gender cub
ture; and meaning and culture. Emphasis will

also be placed on the relevance of Sociology
and Anthropology to the study of modern and,
particularly, American society, and to the
social problems of the modern age. In addition
to emphasis on the important mutuality of
Sociology and Anthropology, members of the
department are variously committed to explore
ing the mutuality between Sociology and
Anthropology and neighboring disciplines,
such as Religion, Psychology and Linguistics,
Philosophy, Literature, Biology, History, and
the other social sciences.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as 24,
may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted, and
completion of one of them will normally serve
as prerequisite to all other work in the depart'
ment (Course 3 0 may, however, with permis­
sion o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite.)
Applicants for major will normally be expected
to have completed at least two courses in the
department. Course majors will complete a
minimum o f eight units of work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
50. Majors in the external examination pro­

gram are also required to complete course 50.
Normally, majors will complete course 50 by
the end o f their junior years, and prospective
majors are encouraged to take the course
during their sophomore years.
The department emphasizes the importance of
familiarity with appropriate elementary statis­
tics as well as computer literacy, both for work
taken at the College and for subsequent career
development. Toward underlining this, the
Department crosslists Mathematics courses 1,
2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology and
Anthropology 18, 19, and 20), any one of
which may be taken as one of the eight units of
work required for completion of a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

201

Sociology and Anthropology

AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCENTRATION IN SOCIOLOGY AND
ANTHROPOLOGY
Teaching and research interests o f members of
the Department cluster so as to create a number
o f subject matter areas within or between the
two disciplines in which students may take a
concentration o f work, in course or seminar
format, or both. The Department here identi­
fies these general areas and the faculty members
who work within them, and encourages inter­
ested students to meet with one or more of the
indicated Department members to explore
program of study possibilities.

upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecological
degradation. Second, the course focuses on
social movements, prophetism, communalism,
anarchism, and alienation as responses to
economic and ecological crisis and as forces of
social transformation. Students will participate
in an ethnographic encounter session as an
experiment in cross-cultural communication.
Legesse.

A) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Muñoz, Piker)
B) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology, and
Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)
C ) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, Keith,
Wagner-Pacifici)
D) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charlton,
Keith, Legesse)
E) Religion and Culture (Charlton, Piker)
F) Psychology and C ulture (C h arlto n ,
Legesse, Piker)
G ) Sociology of Art and Intellectual Life
(Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici)
H) Modernization and Development (Keith,
Legesse)
I) Modern America (Charlton, Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Paciflci)
J) The Life Cycle (Keith, Legesse, Piker)
K) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse, WagnerPaciflci)
L) Political Behavior and Culture (Keith,
Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)

The process through which both the structures
and the feelings o f community are created, the
conditions which promote or obstruct that
creative process, and the consequences for the
individuals who participate in it, will be
examined through comparison o f community
formation in a variety o f settings: utopias,
kibbutzim, retirement villages, suburbs, mental
institutions.
Spring semester. Keith.

1. M o d e rn A m e ric a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty
a nd S ta te .

This course will explore central themes and
points o f conflict in American life: authority,
community, sexuality, work, personal identity,
politics, and heroism. This exploration will
proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the
institutional representations of these central
issues and their cultural expressions.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
2. In tro d u c tio n to S o c ia l and C u ltu ra l
C h a n ge .

The course has two themes. First, it examines
how simpler societies maintain an intimate and
stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modern societies are faced with major

202

4. C o m m u n ity : T h e H u m a n S tra te g y .

5. F re s h m a n S e m in a r: In tro d u c tio n to
C o n te m p o ra ry S o c ia l T h o u g h t.

A general introduction to major theoretical
developments in the study of social life since
the 19th century. Selected readings will be
drawn from the work of such modern social
theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud,
and Simmel. Readings from contemporary
authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens,
Lukes, and Rieff will also be included. These
developments will be studied against the
background of the socio-philosophical climate
o f the 19th century. Limited enrollment.
Spring semester. Muñoz.
7. S e x R o le s, P o w e r, and Identity.

An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histori­
cal materials. The primary emphasis will be
placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Not offered 1984-85. Charlton.
10. H u m a n E v o lu tio n .

This course emphasizes the human condition,
or culture, as a mode of adaptation to be seen in
evolutionary perspective. Topics to be treated
include: the relationship o f Hominids o f the

Order o f the Primates; stages in the evolution
of humankind; and the evolution of distinctively cultural systems o f behavior. Special
emphasis will be given to the evolution of
language, the evolution o f the family and incest
taboos, and bio-evolutionary theses on human
nature.
Not offered. 1984-85. Piker.
11. S o c io lo g ic a l D im e n s io n s of
L ite ra tu re .

This course analyzes the relationship between
the literary act and society from a sociological
perspective. Topics examined include: a) social
factors making for the rise of literary genres (an
extensive analysis of the rise of the European
novel is undertaken); b) social factors under­
lying the rise and fall of literary "schools” or
"movements” ; c) effects of the social position
o f the writer on his work; d) role o f the public
in literary production; e) the patterns of
distribution and consumption of literary goods.
The class also analyzes major contemporary
literary products.
Prerequisite: Entry-level course or permission
of the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Munoz.

2 5 . L angu age, C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .

(Crosslisted as Linguistics 25. See listing under
Program in Linguistics.)
26. T h e R e s e a rc h E x p e rie n c e .

Introduction to the process o f research on
human social life: creation o f research ques­
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­
niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generating
theory. The roles of theory, ethical issues, and
cultural and historical context in the research
enterprise will be addressed. Students will
design and undertake individual research proj­
ects, and members o f the department will visit
the class to discuss their own research experi­
ence.
Spring semester. Keith.
27. A f r o -A m e r ic a n C u ltu re and
S o c ie ty .

(Crosslisted as Math 1. Please see Mathematics,
entry for description.)

Black culture is examined at several stages o f its
development in the twentieth century—as a
culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution.
The sociology of Black American communities
is viewed in terms of the lifecycle, family
structure, associational life, religious institu­
tions, and class structure, and how these
systems react to racism, urban migration,
economic deprivation, and political change.
Legesse.

19. S ta tis tic s f o r E x p e rim e n ta l Data.

2 9 . A r t s o f A fr ic a .

18. S ta tis tic s f o r O b s e rv a tio n a l Data.

(Crosslisted as Math 2. Please see Mathematics
entry for description.)
20. S ta tis tic s .

(Crosslisted as Math 23. Please see Mathe­
matics entry for description. )
24. P s y c h o lo g ic a l A n th ro p o lo g y .

Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psychological,
or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture;
b) socialization, or the transmission o f culture
from generation to generation; c) the cultural
distribution o f personality traits; and d) culture
and mental health. Case materials will be
principally, but not exclusively, non-Western,
and the cross-cultural study o f child rearing
will receive particular emphasis. (Crosslisted as
Psychology 24.)
Not offered 1984-85. Piker.

(Crosslisted as Art History 2 9.) As a historical
survey, this course explores African political,
religious, and social systems o f different epochs
through the visual arts. The purpose is to define
the role o f art in a traditional African context.
Topics include arts o f leadership, arts of
divination, funerary arts, rites of passage, and
masquerade as total art. Emphasis is placed on
the relationship between social structure, artis­
tic expression, and symbolic thought. Also
considered are the role o f the artist in African
society, the aesthetic values o f different cul­
tures, canons o f form, and stylistic change.
Slides and films will accompany lectures.
Museum trips are planned.
No prerequisites. This is not an entry course
and does not fulfill the group 4 distribution
requirement.
Fall semester. Nooter.
30. R e lig io n a s a C u ltu ra l In s titu tio n .

(Crosslisted as Religion 30.) The focus is

203

Sociology and Anthropology

primarily cross-cultural, and religion case ma­
terials will be drawn from both pre-literate and
civilized traditions, including the modern West.
The following topics will be emphasized:
religious symbolism; religious evolution; reli­
gion as a force for both social stability and
social change; psychological aspects of religious
belief; and religious change in modern America,
with particular emphasis on both Fundamen­
talism and the "cults.” May be taken without
prerequisites with permission o f instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Piker.
3 3.

E c o lo g y a nd S o c ie ty .

Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range of adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Legesse.
3 6.

P e o p le s and C u ltu re s o f A fric a .

An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative soci­
eties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social insti­
tutions, African responses to colonial dominar
tion, and the impact of urbanization and
economic development during the post-colo­
nial period.
Legesse.
43 . S o c ie ty and C u ltu re in S p a n is h
A m e ric a .

The relationship between society and culture in
Spanish America. Recent and historical devel­
opments in social stratification and ethnic
relations will be considered as crucial factors
underlying Spanish-American culture. Particu­
lar attention will be given to Spanish-American
social thought as evidenced in social sciences
research, theology, philosophy, and literature.
Fall semester. Muñoz.
4 4. S o c ia l S tra tific a tio n .

This course analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social stratification. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the nature
and role of class, the relationship of specific

204

classes to each other (the issue of class
boundaries), and the relationship of class to
other dimensions o f social stratification.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
4 5 . Field S tu d ie s in P rim a te B e h a vio r.

(Crosslisted as Biology 45.) An investigation of
primate ethology as studied in the animal’s
natural environment. Particular emphasis will
be placed on those studies relating social
behavior to habitat or population stress. The
course will include both lecture and seminar
format; although there is no scheduled labora­
tory, students will be expected to participate in
at least one field trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Not offered 1984-85. Williams.
46. P o litic a l A n th ro p o lo g y .

This course will utilize the comparative per­
spective of anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and at
various levels of social and technological
complexity.
Not offered 1984-85. Keith.
47. E d u ca tio n and S o c ie ty .

(Crosslisted with Educ. 47 .) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences o f formal and informal educa­
tion in both Western and non-Western soci­
eties. Modes o f intended and unintended
socialization within the school and outside will
be examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent of social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics of
classroom life; and the behavioral and academic
outcomes of curricular innovation. Students
will be required to conduct weekly field work
in an educational setting.
Not offered 1984-85.
48. M o d e rn O rg a n iz a tio n s .

A study o f the formal and informal structure of
modern, complex organizations. Special atten­

tion will be paid to social composition, internal
dynamics, social control, decision-making,
power and politics. Case examples from a
variety o f settings—business, medical, reli­
gious, political—will be examined in light of
classical and contemporary theory and research
in organizational analysis.
Not offered 1984-85. Charlton.
49. T h e M e a n in g o f W o rk : S o c io lo g y of
O cc u p a tio n s and P ro fe s s io n s .

This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in modem
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
classic statments on the division o f labor,
theories of "post-industrial” society, occupa­
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­
tional socialization, ideology and identity,
career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types of blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1984-85. Charlton.
50. In te lle c tu a l F o u n d a tio n s of
C o n te m p o ra ry S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y .

Examination o f fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­
ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual history.
This course will normally be taken by Course
majors during their junior year. It is open to
non-majors, though freshman and sophomores
must have permission o f the Department
chairman.
Spring semester. Muñoz, Piker.
51. C la s s ic s .

(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
55. A g e in S o c ie ty .

The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal of distin­
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f old and young people and
the use of age as a principle of group definition.
Specific problems will include relations be­
tween generations, political organization of
older people, and the role o f older people in the
family and the household.
Fall semester. Keith.

56.

U rb a n A n th ro p o lo g y .

Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the course will do
a field work project.
Not offered 1984-85. Keith.
60. S p a n is h A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
T h ro u g h Its N o ve l.

(Also listed as SAL 60—see Modern Lan­
guages.) This course will explore the relation­
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Not offered 1984-85. Hassett and Muñoz.
63. P o w e r, A u th o rity , and C o n flic t:
L e g itim a c y and R eb ellio n.

This course develops a comparative, sociolog­
ical perspective on the issue o f political
legitimacy. An understanding of political legit­
imacy is sought via an examination of specific
political movements that challenge established
authority and of the responses of those who are
thus challenged. The analytical approach is
two-tiered: a macro-level historical compara­
tive analysis is combined in each case with a
micro-level analysis o f the cultural framing of
the movements and the responses.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
66. U rb a n S o c io lo g y : T h e S o c ia l Life of
C itie s .

Placing the American metropolis in develop­
mental and comparative perspective, this sur­
vey o f urban life considers: classical theories of
the city; issues of community lost, saved, or
liberated; origins and development o f cities;
migration; spatial patterns; race and ethnicity;
relationship o f suburban to urban areas; power,
politics, fiscal crisis, and public policy; the
urban future.
Not offered 1984-85. Charlton.
68.

U rb a n Ed u ca tio n .

(See Education 68.)

205

Sociology and Anthropology

8 0 . C o llo q u iu m : F re u d and M o d e rn
S o c ia l T h e o r y .

The colloquium divides into two parts. The
first part is devoted to a close reading of
selected items from the Freudian canon. The
second part will examine Freud’s contribution
to current social and cultural analysis. This
semester, the colloquium will benefit from
guest lectures by members o f the Swarthmore
faculty. Besides selected works by Freud,
works by Paul Ricoeur, Philip Rieff, and
Habermas will be examined.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology,
Philosophy, Psychology, or permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Muñoz.
8 2. C o llo q u iu m : D e v e lo p m e n t and
U rb a n iz a tio n in th e T h ir d W o rld .

An examination o f the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third
World. This process will be considered in the
context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Legesse.
8 3. C o llo q u iu m : A r t and S o c ie ty .

The course is divided into two parts. The first
part examines the relationship between art and
society from a sociological perspective. The
second part introduces hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation of
art. This semester the class will examine
selected works by Dostoevski and Neitzsche.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Muñoz.
9 0 . P rim a te A d a p ta tio n s : E c o lo g y,
E th o lo g y, and E v o lu tio n .

This course will use materials pertaining to the
Order o f the Primates to address the following
issues: similarities and differences in Primate
adaptations; behavior and adaptation; methods
for Primate field studies (ethology and ethnog-

raphy); Hominid evolution; Primate nature
and Human nature. The class will meet once a
week for three hours, and class sessions will be
given over to a mix of discussion, lecture, and
student project reports. Enrollment will be
restricted to juniors and seniors.
Prerequisites: Bio. 1, 2, or 45; or S& A 10 or
33; or permission of instructor.
Fall semester. Legesse, Piker, Williams.
(Crosslisted as Bio. 90.)
9 1 D. A d v a n c e d U rb a n R e s e a rc h .

Students participate in research and program
development at J. F. Kennedy Community
Mental Health and Mental Retardation Center
affiliated with Hahnemann University in Phila­
delphia. Field notes on this work are turned in
regularly, and class members meet periodically
at Swarthmore to discuss their experiences.
Juniors and seniors with a B average who are
willing to spend lVi days per week at Hahne­
mann are eligible to apply. Transportation to
J. F. Kennedy is paid, and credit varies with
individual involvement in the program.
Fall and spring. Keith.
9 3 . D ire c te d R ead ing.

Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent of the chair­
man and of the instructor is required.
Members of the Department.
9 6 -9 7 . T h e s is . T h e s e s w i l l be re q u ire d
o f all C o u rs e m a jo rs .

Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters of thesis tu­
torial. Students are urged to discuss their thesis
proposals with faculty during the spring semes­
ter of their junior year, especially if they are
interested in the possibility of field work.
Members of the Department.
T h e f o llo w in g c o u r s e s , with attachment,

can be taken in preparation for External
Examinations: S& A 33, 44, 63, 80, 83.

SEMINARS
101. C ritic a l M o d e rn S o c ia l T h e o ry .

This seminar will trace the development of
critical modern social theory from the works of
Marx to present day social theorists. Particular

attention will be paid to selected works by
Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse,
Unger, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/

Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Muñoz.
102. C re a tio n o f C o m m u n ity .

The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements, and institutions such as retirement
residences and monasteries will be compared as
examples o f intentional and unintentional,
planned and unplanned community creation.
Not offered 1984-85. Keith.
103. P o litic a l A n th ro p o lo g y .

A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision­
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­
ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects of
politics. Readings will cover a wide range of
cultures and degrees of societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradition­
al society.
Not offered 1984-85. Keith.
104. H u m a n N a tu re a nd C u ltu re :
C o n v e rg e n t P e rs p e c tiv e s .
(previously P s y c h o lo g ic a l A n th ro p o lo g y ).

This seminar deals with a growing interdis­
ciplinary field, the several components of
which provide new and convergent perspec­
tives on human nature and its cultural elabora­
tions. The seminar will draw materials most
importantly from the following areas: human
evolution, linguistics, psychology (particularly
cognitive and developmental), as well as a
number o f fields within anthropology. The
main issues to be treated include: bio-evolu­
tionary perspectives on human nature; human
intelligence; properties of consciousness; struc­
turalism; and human potential.
Prerequisites: permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Piker.
105. M o d e rn S o c ia l T h e o ry .

An analysis o f selected works by the founders
of modern social theory and contemporary
social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber,
Durkheim, Parsons, and Schütz will be dis­
cussed.
Fall semester. Muñoz.

107. R e lig io n a s a C u ltu ra l In s titu tio n .

The following specific topics will be treated:
religious evolution; religion as a force for both
social stability and social change; the psycho­
logical bases for religious belief. Major theories
to be considered include those o f Max Weber,
Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund Freud. A crosscultural perspective will be emphasized, and
attention will be paid to religious change in
modern America.
Spring semester. Piker.
108. S o c ia l S tra tific a tio n .

This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social stratification. Empirical studies of both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the nature
and role o f class, the relationship o f specific
classes to each other (the issue o f class
boundaries), and the relationship of class to
other dimensions of social stratification.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
109. S o c ia l and C u ltu ra l C h a n ge .

This seminar will examine the theories o f social
movements, modernization, Westernization,
cultural diffusion, and stages of development as
they apply to the process o f social change in
non-Western societies. Case studies will be
drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru,
Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South
Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Legesse.
110. S o c io lo g y of O c c u p a tio n s and
P ro fe s s io n s .

This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning of work experience in modern
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
classic statements on the division of labor, of
"post theories industrial*' society, occupa­
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­
tional socialization, ideology and identity,
career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1984-85. Charlton.

207

Sociology and Anthropology

114. P o litic a l S o c io lo g y .

This seminar develops a comparative, sociolog­
ical perspective on the issue of political
legitimacy. An understanding o f political legit­
imacy is sought via an examination of specific
political movements that challenge established
authority and o f the responses of those who are
thus challenged. The analytical approach is
two-tiered: a macro-level historical compara­
tive analysis is combined in each case with a
micro-level analysis o f the cultural framing of
the movements and the responses.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
115. F re u d and M o d e rn S o c ia l T h e o r y .

The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading o f selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Ricoeur, Rieff,
Habermas, and Foucault will be examined.
Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1984-85. Munoz.
117. U rb a n A n th ro p o lo g y .

Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range o f societies both geographically and

208

culturally; and all students in the seminar will
do a field work project.
Not offered 1984-85. Keith.
118. E c o lo g y and S o c ie ty .

Examination o f different types of ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems.
Special attention will be given to the world
food crisis, to climatic change, demographic
pressures, environmental degradation, and a
wide range o f adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Legesse.
119. A g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .

The social and cultural significance o f age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping,
cultural definitions of the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAfrican and Latin-American age grades, mod­
ern retirement communities, life histories from
various cultures. Seminar members will also do
observation and interview projects focused on
age.
Keith.
180. T h e s is .

Honors candidates who choose to do so will
customarily write theses during the senior year.
Students are urged to have their thesis propo­
sals approved as early as possible during the
junior year.
Members o f the Department.

VI
The C orp oration

A dm inistration

B oard o f M anagers
A lum ni A ssociation
O fficers & A lum ni
C ouncil

V isiting Exam iners

The Faculty

D egrees C onferred
Aw ards and D istinctions
Enrollm ent Statistics

209

The Corporation

Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021

Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Katherine Conner, Vice-Chairman
635 San Marino Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

Suzanne P. Welsh, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Sue Thomas Turner, Secretary
Box 121, Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803

Board of Managers
Ex officio
David W . Fraser
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard
315 Airdale Road
Rosemont, PA 19010
Isabel Jenkins Booth
#84 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
#100 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier
209 N. Fairfield Road
Devon, PA 19333
Julien Cornell
Central Valley, NY 10917

H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
The Benson East
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Clark Kerr
8300 Buckingham Drive
El Cerrito, CA 94530
Charles C. Price, III
15 Dogwood Lane
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Richard B. Willis
7251 Willow Road
Ambler, PA 19002
Helen Gawthrop Worth
Westmoreland, Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348

Term Expires December, 1984
*Joann Bodurtha
4 Hickory Oaks Lane
Ashland, VA 23005
*James M. Dolliver
312 N. Sherman
Olympia, WA 98502
Walter Lamb
Merlin Road
Chester Springs, PA 19425

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

210

Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
18 Rutland Square
Boston, MA 02118
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
General Counsel of the Navy
Washington, DC 20350

Board of Managers

Term Expires December, 1985
Maria Klemperer Aweida
7184 Spring Court
Boulder, CO 80303
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
1080 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10028
*Alexander Morgan Capron
3905 Woodbine Street
Chevy Chase, MD 20815
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Griswold Hall, Room 208
Harvard Law School
Cambridge, MA 02138
Eugene M. Lang
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021

*Rosita Sarnoff
23 East 11th Street
New York, NY 10003
Ann Brownell Sloane
145 E. 74th Street, 11A
New York, NY 10021
William T. Spock
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Jan Tarble
Box 193
Shoshone, CA 92384
Ira Tensard Wender
499 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022

Term Expires December, 1986
Neil Austrian
Showtime/The Movie Channel, Inc.
1633 Broadway Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Samuel Hayes, III
Harvard Business School
Soldiers Field
Boston, MA 02163
Richard Hurd
167 Wharton Lane
Bethlehem, PA 18017
*Ruth Wilcox Mahler
Millbrook Road
New Vernon, NJ 07976

Barbara Weber Mather
City Solicitor
1520 Municipal Services Building
Philadelphia, PA 19102
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
101 Central Park West
New York, NY 10023
*W . Marshall Schmidt
W . H. Newbold’s Son & Co., Inc.
1500 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19102
Sue Thomas Turner
Box 121, Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803

Term Expires December, 1987
Katherine Conner
635 San Marino Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
Dean Winslow Freed
1 Huckleberry Lane
Acton, MA 01720
J. Parker Hall, III
1161 Pine Street
Winnetka, IL 60093

‘ Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
7826 Glenbrook Road
Bethesda, MD 20814
Elise F. Jones
Box 326-A, R. D. #1
Newtown, PA 18940
‘ Carolien Powers Maynard
219 Hudson Street
Pelham Manor, NY 10803

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

211

Board of Managers

Elizabeth J. McCormack
Rockefeller Family and Associates
30 Rockefeller Plaza, Room 5600
New York, NY 10112

Janet Hart Sylvester
6648 32nd Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20015

Committees O f The Board
The Chairman of the Board is ex officio a member of every Committee.
Executive
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
Katherine Conner, Vice-Chairman
Neil Austrian
Walter Lamb

Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Ann Brownell Sloane
Sue Thomas Turner
Richard B. WiUis

Finance and Trusts Administration
Ann Brownell Sloane, Chairman
William T. Spock, Vice-Chairman
Neil Austrian
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Walter Lamb

Barbara Weber Mather
W . Marshall Schmidt
Janet Hart Sylvester
Richard B. Willis

Instruction and Libraries
Katherine Conner, Chairman
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot, Vice-Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Joann Bodurtha
Alexander M. Capron
James M. Dolliver
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Clark Kerr

Barbara Weber Mather
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Charles C. Price, HI
William T. Spock
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Helen Gawthrop Worth

Investment
Richard B. Willis, Chairman
Richard C. Bond
J. Parker Hall, III
H. Thomas Flallowell, Jr.

212

Samuel Hayes, III
W . Marshall Schmidt
Ann Brownell Sloane
Ira T. Wender

Property

Walter Lamb, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Ann Lubin Butte nwieser
Julien Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes, III
Richard Hurd

Ruth Wilcox Mahler
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
Jan Tarble
two faculty members
two student members

Student Life
Marge Pearlman Scheuer, Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Joann Bodurtha
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Alexander Morgan Capron
James M. Dolliver
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.

Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Ruth Wilcox Mahler
Sue Thomas Turner
Rosita Sarnoff
Susan Willis Ruff, ex officio
three faculty members
five student members

Nominating
Walter Lamb, Chairman
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Ruth Wilcox Mahler

William T. Spock
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender

Development
Neil Austrian, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Julien Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes, III
Richard Hurd
Walter Lamb
William F. Lee, Jr.
Rosita Sarnoff
W. Marshall Schmidt

Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis
Thomas Henderer, ex officio
Edward Mahler, ex officio
Susan Willis Ruff, ex officio
three faculty members
three student members

213

Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
P re s id e n t, Susan Willis Ruff ’60
3521 Ordway St., NW
Washington, DC 20016

V ic e P re s id e n t, Donald Fujihira ’69

P re s id e n t D e sig n a te

S e c r e ta r y , Monica Pannwitt Bradsher ’63

Walter A. Scheiber '46
5316 Sangamore Road
Bethesda, MD 20016

5130 North 15 th St.
Arlington, VA 22205

1199 Park Ave., 7B
New York, NY 10028

V ic e P re s id e n t, Sally A. Warren ’65

11 East 63rd St.
New York, NY 10021

Zone A

Term Expires in June
New Jersey (Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland, Gloucester, Hunterdon,
Mercer, Ocean, Salem, Warren Counties), Pennsylvania (except Western Pennsylvania)
1985
Vincent S. Boyer ’3 9
1322 Grenox Road
Wynne wood, PA 19096

Frederick H. Richards ’45
176 Canton St.
Troy, PA 16947

Sarah Teller Lottick ’58
41 Gershom Place
Kingston, PA 18704

Sharon Turner Shelton ’79
6445 Greene St., C-104
Philadelphia, PA 19119
1986

Mary L. Buckman ’78
31 S. Hanover St.
Carlisle, PA 17013

Richard Post ’36
312 Whitemarsh Valley Road
Ft. Washington, PA 19034

Jay G. Ochroch ’54
901 Fox Chase Road
Jenkintown, PA 19046

Lily Ann Frank Youman ’57
752 Mancill Road
Wayne, PA 19087
1987

214

William C. Adamson ’40
1542 Susquehanna Rd.
Rydal, PA 19046

Nancy Deane Passmore ’30
1104 Morton Ave.
Folsom, PA 19033

William B. Carr, Jr. ’73
209 St. Marks Sq.
Philadelphia, PA 19104

Mary Belin Rhodes ’58
Miller Rd.
Waverly, PA 18471

Thomas J. Elverson ’75
5 S. Chester Rd.
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Betty Mack Twarog ’48
1091 Jones Rd.
Gulph Mills, PA 19428

Zone B

Connecticut, New Jersey (Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Passaic,
Somerset, Sussex, Union Counties), New York
1985
John H. Bennett ’54
166 Fairmont Ave.
Chatham, NJ 07298

Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55
Bedell Road, RFD 2, Box 126Z
Katonah, NY 10536

Jane C. Glendinning ’66
194 Forts Ferry Road
Latham, NY 12110

Louis E. Rowley ’57
312 Hussey Road
Mt. Vernon, NY 10552
1986

Harriet Donow Cornell ’54
205 Parrott Road
West Nyack, NY 10994

Freeman L. Palmer ’79
131 Joralemon St., Apt. 65
Brooklyn, NY 11201

Steven A. Delibert ’65
3 Pierrepont Place
Brooklyn, NY 11201

Ellen L. Schall ’69
48-52 Great Jones St.
New York, NY 10012
1987

Katherine Buttolph ’74
40 Laurel Dr.
Little Silver, NJ 07739

Roger E. Levien ’56
28 Fresh Meadow Rd.
Weston, CT 06883

ZoneC

Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1987
Lois Wright Brown ’38
Hemlock Corner
Henniker, NH 03242

John C. Cratsley ’63
61 Lang St.
Concord, MA 01742

Zone D

Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1985
Monica Pannwitt Bradsher *63
5130 N. 15th St.
Arlington, VA 22205

Peter D. Kaspar ’3 8
68 Huntley Circle
Dover, DE 19901
1986

Harriet Dana'Carroll *38
4802 Broad Brook Dr.
Bethesda, MD 20814

Alexander Shakow ’58
6608 32nd Place, NW
Washington, DC 20015

215

Alumni Association Officers
& Alumni Council

Zone E

Ohio, Western Pennsylvania (Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Clarion, Crawford, Erie,
Fayette, Greene, Lawrence, Mercer, Venango, Washington, Westmoreland Counties), West
Virginia
1987
James B. Kirkhoff ’48.
2703 Leighton Rd.
Shaker Heights, OH 44120

Demaris Affleck Carrell ’47
158 S. Prospect St.
Oberlin, OH 44074
Zone F

Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas
1985
M. Jane Holding ’72
Rte. 1, Box 39C
Smithfield, NC 27577

Stephen H. King ’57
4816 Heathe Dr.
Tallahassee, FL 32308

ZoneG

Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota,
South Dakota, Wisconsin
1985
G. Caroline Shero ’39
1840 N. Prospect Ave., Apt. 308
Milwaukee, W I 53202

Henry J. Bode, Jr. ’55
544 Linden Ave.
Oak Park, IL 60302
1986

Katherine Leser ’76
1936 N. Hudson
Chicago, IL 60614

Phillip G. Hoffer ’65
1217 Brooklyn
Ann Arbor, MI 48104
Zone H

Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, territories and foreign countries
1986
Charles G. McLeavy ’73
233 Boylston Ave., East
Seattle, WA 98102

Suzanne White Hull ’43
1465 El Mirador Dr.
Pasadena, CA 91103
1987
Walter Cochran-Bond ’70
2843 N. Tanoble Dr.
Altadena, CA 91001

216

Diana Royce Smith ’68
1930 Oak Ave.
Boulder, CO 80302

The Faculty

D a vid W . F ra s e r, B.A., Haverford College;
M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.
324 Cedar Lane.
J a m e s W . Engla nd, B.A., Kansas State

Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost and
Professor o f Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Ja n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western

College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.
K end a ll La n d is, B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President
—Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
550 Elm Avenue.
Eliza b e th C h a d w ic k , A.B., Bryn Mawr

College; M. Phil and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean o f the College, Lecturer in
English Literature. 513 Ogden Avenue.
R o be rt A . B a r r, J r . , B.A., Swarthmore

College; M. A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.

J a n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore

College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.
M ic h a e l D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Em i K. H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M.A., University of Utah, Science
Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue.
S te p h e n Leh m a n n , B.A., M.A., and

M.L.S., University of California, Berkeley;
Ed.M., Harvard University, Humanities
Librarian. 300 Harvard Avenue.
S u s a n 6 . W illia m s o n , B.A., University of

California, Berkeley; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, Social Sciences
Librarian. 602 Elm Avenue.
Le ig h to n C. W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate in
Clinical Psychology of the American Board of
Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

EMERITI
M a ry A lb e rts o n , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D.,
Bryn Mawr College, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor Emerita o f History and
International Relations. 505 Ogden Avenue.
Elisa A s e n s iO , M.A., Middlebury College,

Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.
Lydia B a e r, b .a ., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee River
Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.
Paul H. B e ik, B.A., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, Winter Park, FL 32789.
H e in ric h B rin k m a n n , b .a ., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086

A lic e B ro d h e a d , B.s. and M.A., University
o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita of
Education. 144 Park Avenue.
H ild e D. Cohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
T a tia n a M . C o s m a n , b .a . and M.A.,

Middlebury College; M.A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 306 S. Chester Road.

B.s., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris L.
Clothier Professor Emeritus of Physics. 288
Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.
W illia m C. E lm o re ,

L e w is H. E lv e rs o n , B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus of Physical
Education for Men. Quidnet, Nantucket, MA
02554.
R o b e rt K. E n d e rs, B.A. and Ph.D„

217

Faculty

University of Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.,
Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm
Avenue.
E. J . F a u lk n e r, Professor Emeritus of
Physical Education for Men. 500 Osceola
Avenue, Apt. 210, Winter Park, FL 32789.

N o rm a n A . M e in k o th , B. o f Ed., Southern

Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D.,
University o f Illinois, Professor Emeritus of
Zoology. 431 West Woodland Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
Ire n e M o ll, B.S. in Ed., University of

Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor
Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063.

Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.

J a m e s A . Fie ld, J r . , B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,

J o h n M . M o o re , B.A., Park College; B.D.,

E d w a rd A . Fe h ne l, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,

Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor Emeritus of History. 605 Hillbom
Avenue.
L a u n ce J . F le m is te r, B.A., M.A. and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
of Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
M ila n W . G a rre tt, B.A. and M.A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University of
Oxford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics. 16
Beach Road, Sevema Park, MD 21146.
B a rb a ra La nge G o d fre y , Dean Emerita o f

Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
F re d riC K le e s , B.A., Bowdoin College,
Professor Emeritus of English. 220 South
Chester Road.
O lga Lang, Graduate, University of

Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita of Russian. 611 W . 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
S a ra h Lee L ip p in co tt, B.A., University of

Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College;
D.Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.
L u z e rn G. L iv in g s to n , B.S., Lawrence
College; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Professor Emeritus of Botany. 15 Dartmouth
Circle.
F r a n z H. M a u tn e r, Dr. Phil., University of

Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German. 408
Walnut Lane.
J o h n D. M c C ru m m , B.A. and M.S.,

University o f Colorado, Howard N. and Ada
J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 606 Ogden Avenue.

218

Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and
Religion. 512 Ogden Avenue.
B e rn a rd M o r r ill, B.s. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M.M.E., University o f Delaware, Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
J . Bo land P e n n o ck , B.A., Swarthmore

College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.
F ra n k C. P ie rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore

College; Ph.D., Columbia University, Joseph
Wharton Professor Emeritus o f Political
Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
H e d le y H. R h y s , B.A., West Virginia
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
J a m e s D. S o rb e r, B.A., Lehigh University;

M.A., University of Nebraska, Professor
Emeritus o f Spanish. #57 Kendal at
Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348.
W illis J . S te ts o n , B.A., Swarthmore

College; M.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for
Men. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield,
PA 19064.
G ilm o re Sto tt, B.A. and M.A., University

o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus. 318
Dartmouth Avenue.

D erek T r a v e r s i, B.A. and M.A., University
of Oxford, Alexander Griswold Cummins
Professor Emeritus of English. 211A College
Avenue.
Pe te r v a n de K a m p , Cand. and Docts.,

University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University of Groningen,
Edward Hicks Magill Professor Emeritus of
Astronomy and Director Emeritus of the
Sproul Observatory, c/o Peter Rademacher,
R.D. 2, Salem, New York 12865.

History. 6 Fox Hollow, Mainestone,
Wayland, MA 01778.
H a n s W a lla c h , Dr. Phil., University of

Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.
N eal A . W e b e r, B.A., M.S. and D.Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor Emeritus of
Zoology. 2606 Mission Road, Tallahassee, FL
32304.

R o be rt M . W a lk e r, B.A. and M.F.A.,

Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus of Art

PROFESSORS
G e o rg e C. A v e r y , B.A., m . a ., and Ph.D.,

University of Pennsylvania, Professor of
German. 230 Haverford Avenue.

Princeton University, Professor of Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
12P a triC ia W ity k B o y e r, B.S., Trenton State

University; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford, Professor o f History. 737 Harvard
Avenue.

College; M.A., New York University,
Professor o f Dance and Director of the Dance
Program. 817 Parkridge Drive, Media, PA
19063.

C a rl B a rilS , B.A., Brown University; M.S.

G o m e r H. D a v ie s , B.S., East Stroudsburg

in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor of Engineering. 404
Walnut Lane.

State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor o f Physical Education. 225 Cornell
Avenue.

O le x a -M y ro n B ila n iu k , Cand. ingénieur,

Lee D e v in , B.A., San Jose College; M.A. and

Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S.,
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f The
Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue.

T h o m a s H. B la c k b u rn , B.A., Amherst;

Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.

¿Robert C. B a n n is te r, B.A. and Ph.D., Yale

B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford; Ph.D.,
Stanford University, Professor o f English.
609 Elm Avenue.
Jo h n B. BOCClO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute

of Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 6 Whittier Place.

H. S e a rl D unn, B.S.E. and M.S.E.,

J a m e s D. F re e m a n , B.A., m . a ., and

Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Music and Director of the Orchestra. 206
Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

D a vid L. B o w le r, B.S. in E.E., Bucknell

1J . W illia m FrO St, B.A., DePauw University;

University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,

M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.

12 Inactive, 1984-85.

219

Faculty

of Quaker History and Research, and
Director of the Friends Historical Library. 3
Whittier Place.
J o h n E. G ailStad, B.A., Harvard University;

Ph.D., Princeton University, Professor of
Astronomy. 430 S. Chester Road.
2K e n n e th J . G e rg e n , B.A., Yale University;

Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
'C h a r le s E. G ilb e rt, B.A., Haverford

College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor of Political Science, 223 Kenyon
Avenue.
J a m e s H. H a m m o n s , B.A., Amherst

College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Professor o f Chemistry.
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
M a rk A . H e a ld, B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.

Avenue.
^C h a rle s L. J a m e s , B.S., State University of

New York at Albany, Professor of English
Literature. 402 Laurel Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.
2JO h n R. Je n k in s , B.S. and M.S., Utah State

University; Ph.D., University of California,
Los Angeles, Professor of Biology. 403
Walnut Lane.
J e n n ie K e ith , B.A., Pomona College; M.A.

and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor of Anthropology. 612 Ogden
Avenue.
C h a rle s F. K e le m e n , b .a ., Valparaiso
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, Professor of Computer Science
and Mathematics. 606 Elm Avenue.
T . K a o ri K ita o , B.A. and M.A., University

and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Physics. 420 Rutgers Avenue.

of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor of Art History. 540
Westminster Avenue.

W u lff D. H e in tz , Dr. rer. nat. Miinchen

Eugene A . K lo tz , B.S., Antioch College;

University, Professor o f Astronomy. 540
Riverview Avenue.
4P a tric k H e n ry , B.A., Harvard University;

B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford; M.A.
and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Religion. Swarthmore College.
E le a n o r K. H e s s , B.S. and M.S., University

o f Pennsylvania, Professor of Physical
Education. 302 North Chester Road.
2R o b in so n G. H o llis te r, J r . , B.A., Amherst

College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics (part-time).
1 Whittier Place.
R a y m o n d F. H o p k in s , B.A., Ohio

Wesleyan University; M.A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Professor o f Political Science. 308 Ogden
Avenue.
G u d m u n d R. Iv e rs e n , M.A., University of

Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm1
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

220

Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.
G e o rg e K r u g o v o y , b .a ., m .a ., and Ph.D.,

Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria,
Professor of Russian. 562 Juniata Avenue.
3J a m e s R. K u rth , B.A., Stanford University;

M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor of Political Science. Strath Haven
Condominiums.
'H u g h M . L a ce y , B.A. and M.A., University

o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana University,
Professor o f Philosophy. 4 Whittier Place.
A s m a r o m L e g e s s e , B.A., University

College of Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.
2N e ls o n A . M a c k e n , B.S., Case Institute of

Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware, Professor of Engineering. 250
Haverford Avenue.
3T a p a $ M a ju m b a r, Ph.D., London School

4 Fall semester, 1984.
5 Spring semester, 1985.

of Economics, Julien and Virginia Cornell
Visiting Professor of Economics. 405 Walnut
Lane.
Paul C. M a n g e ls d o rf, J r . , B.A.,

Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.
‘ P h ilip M e tz id a k is , B.A., Dartmouth

College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
K a th ry n L. M o rg a n , b . a ., Virginia State

College; M.A., Howard University; M.A. and
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Professor
of History. Apt. 728, Strath Haven
Condominiums.
Helen F. N o rth , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Centennial Professor of
Classics. 604 Ogden Avenue.
2Hans F. O b e rd ie k , B.S., and Ph.D.,

University o f Wisconsin, Professor of
Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
M a rtin O s tw a ld , B.A., University of

Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott
Professor of French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.
'S te v e n I. P ik e r, B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,

University o f Washington, Professor of
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.
F re d e ric L. P r y o r, b .a ., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
G ilb e rt P. R o se, B.A. and Ph.D., University

o f California, Berkeley, Professor of Classics.
551 Marietta Avenue.
2D a v id R o sen, B.A., New York University;

M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor o f Mathematics. 336 North
Princeton Avenue.
R o b e rt R o za , B.A., University o f Toronto;

M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f French. 233 Cornell Avenue.
2B e rn a rd S a ffra n , b . a ., City College of

New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Professor of Economics. 201 Garrett Avenue.

Toronto; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor of Classics. 2 Whittier
Place.

R o b e rt E. S a v a g e , B.A., Oberlin College;

H o w a rd P a c k , B.B.A., City College of New
York; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor of Economics. 1530
Locust St., Philadelphia, PA 19102.

F. M . S c h e re r , A.B., University of

H a ro ld E. P a g lia ro , a .b ., m .a ., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.

A lle n M . S c h n e id e r, B.S., Trinity College;

R o be rt F. P a s te rn a c k , B.A. and Ph.D.,

Cornell University, Edmund Allen Professor
of Chemistry. 110 Cornell Avenue.

M.S. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor of Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.
Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Joseph Wharton Professor of
Political Economy. 35 Wellesley Road.
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 608 Elm Avenue.
R ic h a rd S c h u ld e n fre i, b .a . and M.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University
o f Pittsburgh, Professor of Philosophy.
8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA 19063.

Dean P e a b o d y, B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

B a r r y S c h w a r t z , B.A., New York

J e a n A s h m e a d P e rk in s , B.A.,

J . E d w a rd S k e a th , B.A., Swarthmore

Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,

College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor of Psychology. 210
Garrett Avenue.

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.

221

Faculty

Illinois, Professor o f Mathematics. 400
Dickinson Avenue.
B e rn a rd S . S m ith , B.A. and M.A.,

University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f History. 314 Vassar
Avenue.
D a v id G. S m ith , B.A., and M.A., University

o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Centennial Professor of Political
Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose Valley, PA
19086.
1 ' S im o n e V o is in S m ith , Licence et Lettres,

University o f Grenoble, Professor o f French.
125 Forest Lane.
3S u a a n S n y d e r, B.A., Hunter College; M.A.

and Ph.D., Columbia University, Eugene M.
Lang Research Professor of English
Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue.
D ona ld K. S w e a r e r , B.A., m .a . and Ph.D.,

Princeton University; B.D. and S.T.M ., Yale
Divinity School, Professor o f Religion. 109
Columbia Avenue.
P e te r G ra m S w in g , b .a . and M.A.,

Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor of Music
and Director o f the Chorus.
614 Hillbom Avenue.
9F ra n c is P. T a fo y a , B .s. and m .a .,

University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f French and Spanish.

620 North Chester Road.
2P e te r T . T h o m p s o n , b .a ., The Johns

Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry. 203
College Avenue.
P. L in w o o d U rb a n , J r . , B.A., Princeton

University; S.T.B., S.T.M . and Th.D.,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor o f Religion.
20 South Princeton Avenue.
3Eu g ene W e b e r, B.A., Williams College;

M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor of German. 409 Strath Haven
Avenue.
P h ilip M . W e in s te in , A.B., Princeton
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor of English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.
M . J o s e p h W illiS , B.C.E., University of

Washington; M.S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., Thy Johns Hopkins University,
Professor o f Engineering. 306 Chestnut Lane.
J e r o m e H. W ood, J r . , b .a ., Howard

University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence Rd.,
Aldan, PA 19014.
3H a rr is o n M . W rig h t, B.A., m . a ., and

Ph.D, Harvard University, Professor of
History. 319 Cedar Lane.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
M a rg a re t A n d e rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate
Professor o f History. 214 Rutgers Avenue.

University, Associate Professor o f Linguistics
and Psychology, and Program Director of
Linguistics. 5 Woodbrook Lane.

C h a rle s R. B e itz , B.A. Colgate University;

T h o m p s o n B ra d le y , B.A., Yale University;

M.A., University of Michigan; M.A. and
Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate
Professor of Political Science. 509 Harvard
Avenue.
A lf re d H. B lo o m , B.A., Princeton

University; M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85

222

M.A., Columbia University, Associate
Professor of Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan,
PA 19065.
M ic h a e l W . C o th re n , B.S., Vanderbilt
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor of Art

9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1984.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1985.

History. 406 N. Swarthmore Avenue.
2R obert S . Du P le s s is , B.A., Williams

College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
M a rio n J . F a b e r, B.A. and M.A.,

University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Professor of
German (part-time). 234 Benjamin West
Avenue.
^Stefano Fe n o a lte a , B.A., Georgetown

University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University; D.Jur., Università di Roma,
Visiting Associate Professor o f Economics.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
N a n cy V. H a m le tt, B.s. and M.S.,
University of Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Jo h n J . H a s s e tt, B.A., St. Francis College;

M.A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, Associate Professor of
Spanish. 326D Yale Square, Morton, PA
19070.
C o n sta n ce C a in H u n g e rfo rd , B.A.,

Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of California, Berkeley, Associate Professor
of Art History. 815 Westdale Avenue.
M a rk J a c o b s , B.A., Harvard University;

Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate
Professor of Biology. 401 Dickinson Avenue.

and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate
Professor of History. 8 Whittier Place.
J e a n n e M a re c e k , B.S., Loyola University;

Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor
o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe St., Media, PA
19063.
S te p h e n S. M a u re r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Professor of
Mathematics. 206 Benjamin West Avenue.
A r t h u r E. M c G a rity , B.A., Trinity

University; M.S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue.
G e o rg e M o s k o s , B.A., Davidson College;

M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Associate Professor o f French. 515
Elm Avenue.

DrauliO MunOZ, B.A., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Professor of Sociology. 500
Harvard Avenue.
F re d e ric k L. O rth lie b , B.s. and M .s.,

Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D.,
Camegie-Mellon University, Associate
Professor of Engineering. 13 Green Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
3M a r y L P o o v e y , B.A., Oberlin College;

M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Associate Professor of English Literature. 603
Ogden Avenue.

and Ph.D., Brown University, Associate
Professor o f Psychology. 211 Benjamin West
Avenue.

E rn e s t J . P ru d e n te , B.s. and M .s.,
University of Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey
Road, Media, PA 19063.

M a rk K u p e rb e rg , B.A., Amherst College;

C h a rle s Raff, B.A., University of

M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Associate Professor of
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.

Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor of
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.

D eborah G. K e m le r N e ls o n , B.A., M.A.,

G era ld L e v in s o n , B.A., University of

Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Associate Professor of Music. 2
Crum Ledge.
3L illia n M . Li, A.B., Raddiffe College; A.M.

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.
3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

A lb u r t M . R o se n b e rg , B.A., Harvard

University; M.S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor of Natural Science. 915 Harvard
Avenue.

5 Spring semester, 1985.

223

Faculty

R ic h a rd L. R ubin, A.B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Professor of Political Science and
Public Policy (part-time). 504V4 Riverview
Road.
K en n e th E. S h a rp e , b . a ., Dartmouth
College; M.S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Professor of Political Science. 521
Elm Avenue.
D a v id B. S m o y e r , B.A., Dartmouth

College; LL.B., Harvard Law School,
Associate Professor of Physical Education.
335 Park Avenue.
Eva F. T r a v e r s , B.A., Connecticut College;

M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard University,

Associate Professor o f Education. 416 Park
Avenue.
2Ja C O b W e in e r, B.A., Antioch College;

M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon, Associate Professor of
Biology. 405 E. Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
T im o th y C. W illia m s , B.A., Swarthmore

College; A.M., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue.
C ra ig W illia m s o n , B.A., Stanford

University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor of English Literature. 602 Elm
Avenue.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
3C u rtis H a n s m a n B riz e n d in e , b .a . and

M.A., University o f Oregon; M.Ph. and
Ph.D., University of Kansas, Assistant
Professor o f Art History. 318 N. Chester
Road.
B a rb a ra B u rr e ll, A.B., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f Classics.
Swarthmore College.
3J o y C h a rlto n , B.A., University o f Virginia;

M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 409Vi Elm
Avenue.
R o b e rt M . C o rn , B.A., University of
California, San Diego; Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor of
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
S u s a n P. D a v is , B.S., Springfield College;

M .S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road,
Berwyn, PA 19312.
R o s e m a ry M . R. D e s ja rd in s , b .a . and
M.A., University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant1

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1985.

224

Professor o f Philosophy. Swarthmore
College.
R ic h a rd E ld rid g e , A.B., Middlebury

College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
423 Harvard Avenue.
R an dall L. Exon, B.F.A., Washburn

University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of
Iowa, Assistant Professor of Studio Arts. 8
Crum Ledge.
‘ G re g o ry L. F lo ra n t, B.S., Cornell

University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f Biology. 4 0 4 Elm
Avenue.
S c o tt F. G ilb e rt, B.A., Wesleyan

University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Assistant Professor of
Biology. 617 Fairview Road.
3S te p h e n S. G olu b, B.A., Williams College;

M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant
Professor of Economics. 318 N. Chester
Road.
3C h a rle s M . G rin s te a d , b .a ., Pomona

College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of

3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

California, Los Angeles, Assistant Professor
of Mathematics. 8 Whittier Place.
C h e ry l H e r r , B.A., Duke University; M.A.

and Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, Visiting Assistant Professor of
English Literature. 318 N. Chester Road.
3Rush D. H olt, B.A. Carleton College; M.S.

and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant
Professor of Physics. 302 N. Chester Road.
Ph ilip J . K e llm a n , B.A., Georgetown

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
S h e ro n K in s m a n , B.A., University of

Iowa, Ph.D., Cornell University, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 404 Elm Avenue.
T h o m a s P. Left, B.A. and M.F.A., Case

Western Reserve University, Assistant
Professor o f English Literature and Technical
Director for the Theatre. 6 Crum Ledge.
K enneth C. Luk, B.A., International

Christian University, Tokyo; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor of Chinese. 2126 Lombard Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19146.
A nn K o s a k o w s k i M c N a m e e , B.A.,

Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Assistant Professor of Music.
318 N. Chester Road.
B ria n A . M e u n ie r, B.F.A., University of

Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School of Art, Temple University, Assistant
Professor of Studio Arts. Benjamin West
House.
F ra n k A . M o s c a te lli, B.s., c. w . Post
College; M.S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
M ich a a l L. M u lla n , B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 213 Fildes Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1984.

Ire n e M u lv e y , B.A., Stonehill College;

Ph.D., Wesleyan University, Assistant
Professor of Mathematics. 404 Elm Avenue.
M a rjo rie M u rp h y , B.A. , Jersey City State

College; M.A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Assistant Professor of History. 513 Elm
Avenue.
J o y c e J . Nagata, b . f .a . and m .a .,

University of Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 3 Crum Ledge.
K. A n n R e n n ln g e r, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Assistant Professor o f Education.
915 Harvard Avenue.
M a r y Beth Saffo, B.A., University of
California at Santa Cruz; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Assistant Professor o f Biology.
4 Crum Ledge.
Eugene S c h lo s s b e r g e r, B.A., Brandeis
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Visiting Assistant Professor of
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.
P e te r J . S c h m id t, B.A., Oberlin College;

M.A. and Ph.D., University of Virginia,
Assistant Professor of English Literature.
7 Crum Ledge.
Paula SepinU C k, B.A., Bennington College,
Assistant Professor o f Dance and Acting
Director of the Dance Program. 309
Dickinson Avenue.
‘ H e le n e S h a p iro , B.A., Kenyon College;

M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D., California
Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor
of.Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
Fa ru q M . A . S id d iq u i, B.S., Bangladesh
University of Engineering and Technology;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Assistant Professor of Engineering. 525 Elm
Avenue.
Leah Jo h n s o n S m ith , B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins

3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

225

Faculty

University, Assistant Professor of Economics,
406 Cedar Lane.
W illia m N. T u r p in , M.A., University of St.

Andrews; M.A., University of Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant
Professor o f Classics. 404 Elm Avenue.
3A n d r e w M . V e rn e r, B.A., Duke

University; M.A., Old Dominion University;
Ph.D., Columbia University, Assistant
Professor o f History. 11 Benjamin West
Avenue.

Ju d ith G. Voet, B.S., Antioch College;

Ph.D., Brandeis University, Assistant
Professor of Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
R obin E. W a g n e r -P a c if ic i, B.A., Brown

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Sociology. 604 Elm Avenue.
D o u g la s M . W e is s , A.T.C., Assistant

Professor of Physical Education.
117 S. Chester Road.

INSTRUCTORS
N a th a lie F. A n d e rs o n , B.A., Agnes Scott

College; M.A., Georgia State University,
Instructor in English Literature. 515 Elm
Avenue.
A b b e B lu m , B.A., University of California,

Berkeley; B.A. and M.A., Cambridge
University, Instructor in English Literature.
Benjamin West House.
13J e f f r e y A . C h a ro n n a t, B.S., Stanford

University; M.A., Columbia University,
Instructor in Chemistry. 409Vf Elm Avenue.
J a m e s L. C u rtis , A.B., New College; M.A.,

Cornell University, Instructor in Political
Science. Swarthmore College.
G a ry A . M a rtin , B.A., Wesleyan University,

Instructor in Mathematics. 304 Strath Haven
Condominiums.
S te p h e n M . P latt, B.S., Rensselaer

3 Absent on leave, 1984-85.

226

Polytechnic Institute; M.S.E., University of
Pennsylvania, Instructor in Engineering.
Swarthmore College.
P au l F. R ab ideau , B.A., Fairfield

University; M.A., Rutgers University,
Instructor in Economics. Swarthmore
College.
D a vid G. S to rk , B.S., Massachusetts

Institute of Technology; M. A., University of
Maryland, Instructor in Physics. 510 Elm
Avenue.
S h ib le y T e lh a m i, B.A., Queens College of

City University of New York; M.A.,
University of California, Berkeley, Instructor
in Political Science. 8 Whittier Place.
E liza b e th D. W a tts , B.S., West Chester

State College, Instructor in Physical
Education. 3102 Ruby Drive, Wilmington,
DE 19810.

13 E)ana Foundation Fellow.

LECTURERS (all part-time)
M a rc e l L. C h e rry , B.A. and Diploma of

Education, University o f Melbourne,
Lecturer in English. Swarthmore College.
S a c h y a n g P. C h u n g, B.A., Barnard

College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Lecturer in Art History.
Swarthmore College.
4F lo re n ce R. Ech tm an , B.A., Hunter

College of the City University o f New York;
M.A., Middlebury College, Lecturer in
French. Swarthmore College.
5E d w a rd A . F rie d m a n , b . a ., Dartmouth

College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Lecturer in Economics. Swarthmore College.
E v g e n y ia L. K a ts e n e lin b o ig e n , Moscow

Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
211 Mortroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
4R o be rt K a tz , B.A., Wesleyan University;

4D a ria J . M o n te ro -P a u ls o n , b .a . and

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Lecturer
in Spanish. 501 Yale Avenue.
sC h a rle s D. M y e r s , B.A., Duke University;

M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary,
Lecturer in Religion. Swarthmore College.
4M a r y H .NO O ter, B.A., Scripps College;

M.A., Columbia University, Lecturer in Art
History. Swarthmore College.
Elke P la xto n , B.A., Brigham Young

University; M.A., University of Colorado,
Lecturer in German. 2022 Brandywine Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
5F ra n c e s S c h w a r t z , B.A., University of

Chicago; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Lecturer in Education.
1 College Avenue, Haverford, PA 19041.
sS e lig L. S e c h z e r , b .a ., University of

M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Lecturer in
Spanish. Swarthmore College.

Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Economics.
Swarthmore College.

M a ry K. K e n n e y, A.B., Chestnut Hill

B a rb a ra Y o s t S te w a rt, b .a ., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Lecturer in Biology. 543 Marietta
Avenue.

College; M.A., Villanova University, Lecturer
in Spanish. 404 Elm Avenue.
M a rc ia C. L in e b a rg e r, A.B., University of

California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, Lecturer in
Linguistics. Swarthmore College.
R ic h a rd J . L u fra n o , B.A., State University

of New York at Binghamton; M.A. and
M.Phil., Columbia University, Lecturer in
History. Swarthmore College.
L i-c h in g C h a ng M a ir, B.A. and M.A.,

National Taiwan University; M.A.,
University of Washington, Lecturer in
Chinese. 23 Oberlin Avenue.
4J o d y A n n M a ls b u ry , b .a ., Bryn Mawr

College, Lecturer in Computing. Swarthmore
College.

4

Fall semester, 1984.

4R enate S to ra , M.A., University of

Pennsylvania, Lecturer in German.
Swarthmore College.
5W illia m J . S tllll, B.A., Northwestern

University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Visiting Lecturer in Economics.
Swarthmore College.
5J a c k T o p io l, B.S., Yale University; M.A.,

University of Pennsylvania, Visiting Lecturer
in Economics. 635 Heather Lane, Bryn
Mawr, PA 19010.
D e m a ris W e h r, B.A., Earlham College;

M.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M.A. and
Ph.D., Temple University, Lecturer in
Religion. 502 Walnut Lane.

5

Spring semester, 1985.

227

Faculty

ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)
U r s u la M . D a v is , B.S., Colby Junior

M a rg a re t M . L e h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore

College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19063.

College, Assistant in Chemistry. 105 Upper
Gulph Road, Wayne, PA 19087.

J o h n R. D onai, B.S., Bloomsburg State

K a re n M e y e rs , Associate in Performance

College; Assistant in Physics. 114
Willowbrook Road, Clifton Heights, PA
19018.
4L a w re n c e E h m e r, B.A., Swarthmore

College, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
D iana F re e d m a n , B.A., Pennsylvania State

University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
1356 Sellers Street, Philadelphia, PA 19129.
D o ro th y K. F re e m a n , B.M., m . m ., Boston

University, Associate in Performance
(Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.
L o ri F rie s , Assistant in Physical Education.
T e d d R. G oun die , B.S., Muhlenberg

College; M .S., Bowling Green State
University, Assistant in Biology. 519 Walnut
Lane.
J o s e p h L. K e lly , B.A., Swarthmore

College, Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.
4P a u l K lo c k e , Associate in Performance

(Dance). 2018 Wallace Street, Philadelphia,
PA 19130.
«T h o m a s F. L a p in s k i, B.A., University of

Delaware; M .S., Villanova University,
Assistant in Physical Education. 2501 Foulk
Woods Road, Wilmington, DE 19810.
4C u rtiS L a u b e r, A.B., Duke University;

M.A., Villanova University, Assistant in
Physical Education. 110 School House Lane,
Ardmore, PA 19003.

4 Fall semester, 1984.

228

(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.
G e o ffre y M ic h a e ls , Diploma, Curtis

Institute o f Music, Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
C a ro le N e tte r, Maitrisse and DEA,

University o f Paris, Assistant in French. 302
N. Chester Road.
C a ro ly n R e ich e k , B.S., Columbia

University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
G lo ria U . R o sen, B.A., Hunter College;

M.A., Mt. Holyoke College, Assistant in
Biology. 336 N. Princeton Avenue.
N a n c e y R o s e n s w e ig , Associate in

Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College.
V a le rie R ya n , B.S., Widener University,

Assistant in Physical Education. 9 1 0 Saville
Avenue, Eddystone, PA 19013
N ita H a r r is S ic ilia n o , B.S., Russell Sage

College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287 A
Samuel Road, West Chester, PA 19380.
R o b e rt M . S m a r t, B.A., Curtis Institute of
Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Associate in
Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.
4C. J o s e p h S te f a n o w ic z , B.A., Lafayette

College, Assistant in Physical Education. 921
Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061.
4D ale S t ra w b rid g e , B.s., slippery Rock

State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
8 Wood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380.

Standing Committees of the Faculty 1 9 8 3 -8 4
Academic and Cultural Support

Curriculum

GILBERT, S., Chadwick, Dickerson,
Kellman, Rubin, Skeath, Travers, Voet

ENGLAND, Blackburn, Heald, Kemler
Nelson, Mullins, Stott

Academic Requirements

Educational Policy, Council on

DICKERSON, Bowler, Chadwick, Eldridge,
England, Exon, Gaustad, Hamlett, Kellman,
Mangelsdorf, Mullins, Roza, Schwartz

ENGLAND, Bloom, Fraser, Hungerford,
Jacobs, Maracek, Travers, Weinstein
Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory

Admissions and Scholarships
SAVAGE, R., Alperin, Avery, Barr,
Dickerson, Gaustad, Hess, McGarity, Smith,
D., Smoyer
Asian Studies

KEITH, Faber, Munoz
Faculty and S taff Benefits
WELSH, Aaron, Bowler, Cook, Davis,
England, Miller, Moscatelli, Pryor, Robinson,
Scherer, Van Ummersen

SWEARER, Bloom, Levinson, Luk, Nagata
Faculty Procedures
Black and Minority Concerns
DAVIES, Barus, Bradley (fall), Brock,
Dickerson, Nagata, Savage, V., Urban

FRASER, Beitz, Blackburn, Kitao, North,
Pagliaro, Sharpe
Fellowships and Prizes

Black Studies
WOOD, Anderson, N., Kuperberg, Legesse,
Muñoz, Rubin, Savage, V.

ROSEN/COTHREN, Avery, Dickerson,
Eldridge, Gilbert, S., Kuperberg, Maurer,
Ostwald, Sharpe, Wagner-Pacifici

Bookstore

Foreign Language Study

SCHULDENFREI, Chadwick, Rose,
Schwartz, Skeath, Smith, B., Swing

HASSETT, Chadwick, Pasternack, Perkins,
Smith, B.

Center for Social and Policy Studies

H ealth Sciences Advisory

IVERSEN, Hopkins, Orthlieb, Peabody,
Scherer, Williamson, S., Wagner-Pacifici

TSELOS, Chadwick, Jenkins, Rosenberg,
Schneider, Stewart, Voet

Computing Services

Library

DUNN, Beitz, Boecio, Cothren, England,
Kelemen, Klotz, McGarity, Murphy, Platt,
Ryan, Stewart, Williamson, S.

DURKAN, Aaron, England, Frost, Kitao,
Rosenberg, Ryan, Schneider, Smith, L.,
Swing, Williams

Cooper

Physical Education and Athletics

KITAO, Desjardins, Durkan, Landis,
Levinson, Moskos, Pack, Schmidt, Siddiqui

DEVIN, Boccio, Hess, Mullan, Mulvey, Orr,
Rose, Smoyer, Watts

229

Faculty

Promotion and Tenure
FRASER, England, Heald, Keith, Lacey,
Perkins
Research Ethics
BARUS, Jacobs, Mangelsdorf, Morgan,
Peabody, Renninger

Prudente, Raymond, Roza, Siddiqui,
Williamson, C.
Teacher Education
TRAVERS, England, Faber, Kemler Nelson,
Maurer, Renninger, Savage, R., Schmidt,
Wood
Women's Concerns

Research Support
BILANIUK, Barazzone, Exon, Faber,
Hamlett, Iversen, Krugovoy, Moscatelli,
Moskos, Pack

MARECEK, Anderson, N., Dickerson,
Hopkins, Murphy
Secretary to the Faculty
Raff

Space Use and Energy Conservation
CHEESMAN, Freeman, Heintz, Lyons,
Meunier, Mullan, Mullins, Orthlieb,

Parliamentarian
Urban

Standing Committees of the College
Advisory Committee on Resource Use
Faculty members: Blackburn, Hammons,
Heald, Kemler Nelson, North; Chairmen of
the Board Committees on: Development,
Finance, Instruction and Libraries,
Investment, Property, and Student Life; the
two Vice Presidents, Provost, and Dean; three
students; chaired by the President of the

College, with the Assistant to the President as
Recording Secretary.
Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee
Faculty members: Keith, Faber, Mufioz; three
staff members, and two students; chaired by
the Equal Opportunity Officer

Divisions and Departments
I.

D IV IS IO N O F T H E H U M A N IT IE S
Thomas H. Blackburn, Chair

A rt

M o d e rn L a n g u a g e s

Constance Cain Hungerford, Chair

Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair

C la s s ic s

M u s ic

Helen F. North, Chair

James D. Freeman, Chair

E n g lish L ite ra tu re

P h ilo s o p h y

Philip M. Weinstein, Chair

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair (fall)
Richard Schuldenfrei, Acting Chair (spring)

H is to ry

Robert C. Bannister, Chair (fall)
Margaret Anderson, Acting Chair (spring)

P s y c h o lo g y

Barry Schwartz, Department Head

L in g u is tic s (P r o g ra m )

R e lig ion

Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director

P. Lin wood Urban, Jr., Chair

M a th e m a tic s

J. Edward Skeath, Chair

230

II.

DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Deborah G. Kemler Nelson, Chair

E c o n o m ic s

M a th e m a tic s

F. M. Scherer, Chair

J. Edward Skeath, Chair

E d u ca tion (P r o g ra m )

P h ilo s o p h y

Eva F. Travers, Program Director
En g in e e rin g

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair (fall)
Richard Schuldenfrei, Acting Chair (spring)

Nelson A. Macken, Chair (fall)
David L. Bowler, Acting Chair (spring)

David G. Smith, Chair

H is to ry

P s y c h o lo g y

Robert C. Bannister, Chair (fall)
Margaret Anderson, Acting Chair (spring)
L in g u is tic s (P r o g ra m )

Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director

P o litic a l S c ie n c e

Barry Schwartz, Department Head
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y

Jennie Keith, Acting Chair (fall)
Steven I. Piker, Chair (spring)

m. DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
Mark A. Heald, Chair
A s tro n o m y

M a th e m a tic s

John E. Gaustad, Chair

J. Edward Skeath, Chair

B iolog y

P h ilo s o p h y

John B. Jenkins, Chair (fall)
Timothy C. Williams, Acting Chair (spring)

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair (fall)
Richard Schuldenfrei, Acting Chair (spring)

C h e m is try

P h y s ic s

Peter T. Thompson, Chair (fall)
Robert F. Pasternack, Acting Chair (spring)

John R. Boccio, Chair

En g in e e rin g

Barry Schwartz, Department Head

P s y c h o lo g y

Nelson A. Macken, Chair (fall)
David L. Bowler, Acting Chair (spring)

23f

Administration

PRESIDENT’S OFFICE
D a v id W . F ra s e r, B.A., Haverford College;

R o sa lie B u rtls , Ja c q u e lin e R obinson,

M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.

Secretaries.

K a th e rin e B. P a lc h e s , B.A., Swarthmore

T h o m a s A . B u tc a v a g e , B.A., Swarthmore

College, Assistant to the President.

College, Summer Programs Director.

VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE
K e n d a ll La n d is, B.A., Swarthmore College;

M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
S u z a n n e P. W e ls h , B.A., B.S., University

Pennsylvania, Assistant Treasurer and Budget
Director.
P a u lin e M . C a r r o ll, M a r y C. K a s p e r,

Secretaries.

o f Delaware; M.B.A., University of

PRO VO ST’S OFFICE
J a m e s W . E ng la nd, B.A., Kansas State

Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost.
S ilm o r e S to tt, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of

Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean Emeritus o f the College.
M a rg a re t G io v a n n in i, Secretary.

DEAN’S OFFICE
J a n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western

N a n c y A n n e O rr, B.A. and M.S., Indiana

College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean of the College.

University, Associate Dean.

E liz a b e th C h a d w ic k , A.B., Bryn Mawr

Washington College o f Education; M.S.,
University of Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.

College; M. Phil, and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean o f the College.
V e rn o n T . S a v a g e , a .b ., Syracuse

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois; Associate Dean; Director of Black
and Minority Affairs.

G lo ria C a re y E v a n s , B.A., Western

D. G re tc h e n B o w e n , A lm a E. S te w a rt,
N o rm a B o yle A.A., Temple University,

Secretaries.

ADMISSIONS OFFICE
R o b e rt A . B a r r , J r . , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.

B re n d a M . B ro c k , B.A., Earlham College,

W a lla c e A n n A y r e s , B.A., Swarthmore

University; M.A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean of Admissions.

College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.

232

Associate Dean o f Admissions.
P h y llis H a ll B a y m o n d , B.A., Indiana

D a vid A . W a lte r, B.S., Swarthmore College;
M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary,
Associate Dean of Admissions.

J o a n n e B a rra c liff, Ellen L. D o lsk i,
B a rb a ra A . H a d ly , A g n e s S h o n e rt,

R ic h a rd G. D iF e lic ia n to n io , B.A.,

A rle n e K . M o o s h ia n , B.S., West Chester

Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Denver, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.

Secretaries.
State College, Receptionist.

ALUMNI RELATIONS AND INFORMATION SERVICES
M a ra ly n O rb is o n G ille s p ie , B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Information Services.

University, Assistant Director of
Publications.

Je n n if e r L. D e n m a n , B.A., Swarthmore

Production Assistant.

College, Associate Director o f Alumni
Relations.
L orna S h u rk in , B.A., Brooklyn College,

Director o f Information Services.
L a r r y L E lv e ru , B.A., University of

Minnesota, Director o f Publications and
Managing Editor o f the Alumni Bulletin.

C a th e rin e D o w n in g , B.A., Kent State

N a n c y S lo a n , B.A., Smith College,
K a th ry n B a s se tt, Alumni Editor.
A n n D. G e e r, B.A., Randolph-Macon

Woman’s College, Assistant.
L is a G oundie, Editorial Assistant.
Elena C o v o n e , M im i G e is s , Ruthanne
K ra u s s , L lo y d M e rritts , Secretaries.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DEPARTMENT
G ordon E. C h e e sm a n , B.S., Swarthmore

College, Planning Engineer.

A lic e B a lb ie re r, E le a n o r J . B re is c h a ft,
C h e ry l A . D ia m o n d , E s th e r B. K e lle y ,

Donald V. K e lle y , J o s e p h S k in n e r,

Secretaries.

Assistant Directors o f Physical Plant.

J o s e p h J . D e lo z ie r, J r . , Supervisor o f

J u n e M . C a rn a ll, Facilities Coordinator.

Maintenance.

S te v e n F. W h e a to n , B.S., University of

O llie V a n d yke , Acting Assistant Director of

Vermont, Acting Assistant Director Grounds.
Ja c q u e lin e B a tk e r, Purchasing.

Housekeeping.
D o ro th y D a lla m , A b b ie J o n e s , P a tric ia
T h o m p k in s , R ach el W illia m s ,

Housekeeping Supervisors.

BUSINESS OFFICE
L u th e r Van U m m e rs e n , C.P.A., B.A.,

S u s a n S . V e rn e r, B.A., Old Dominion

Tufts University, Controller.

University, Assistant to the Controller.

L ou isa R ìd g w a y , B.A., Vassar College,

Ellen R. A u g s b e r g e r, J e a n En g lish ,
D e b ra L. R a c z, J e a n R a is ch , Business

University of Pennsylvania,
Associate Controller.
N a n c y E. S h e p p a rd , Business Office

Manager.
M a rg a re t A . T h o m p s o n , Bursar.

Office staff.
L e w is T . C ook, J r . , B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M.S., Pennsylvania State
University, Associate Vice President Business Affairs.

233

Administration

J u d it h F. V a lo ri, B.A., University of

H e le n D iF e lic ia n to n io , Director of

Maryland, Secretary.

Stenographic Office.

M a r y R olf ro c k , Purchasing Assistant.

Jo a n n M . M a s s a r y , H e le n e M . M c C a n n ,
Edith R. W o o d lan d , Stenographic staff.

C h ris tin e H o u ric a n , B.A., B.s., Temple

University, Manager o f Bookstore.

J u n e Ta S S O n i, Postmistress.

CAREER PLANNING AND PLXCEMENT
J a n e t M a s s , B.A., Hunter College; M.Ed.,

J u lia Le m o n , Recruiting Coordinator/

University of Pennsylvania, Career
Counselor.

Secretary.

CENTER FOR SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES
G u d m u n d R. Iv e rs e n , M.A., University of

N a o m i M a rc u s , Secretary.

Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.

COMPUTING SERVICES
W illia m C. R ya n, B.A., Swarthmore

College, Director o f Computing Services.
J o d y A n n M a ls b u ry , A.B., Bryn Mawr

College, Associate Director.
J a n e F. J a m e s , B.S., State University of

New York at New Paltz, Assistant to the
Director.
W illia m E. C o n n e r, J r . , B.A., B.s.,

Villanova University, Assistant Director Manager of Operations.
D a vid Ruel, B.A., University of New
Hampshire, Assistant Director - Manager of

Administrative Computing.
L a w re n c e E h m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, J o h n C. H e id le r, b .s .,
Shippensburg State University, M a r y K .
H a s b ro u c k , B.A., Oberlin College,
Programmers.
A lic e H. M c G o v e rn , B.S., Fordham

University, Information
Coordinator/Computer Operator.
L is a R r u n n e r-R ire le y , A.A.S., Delaware
County Community College, S te p h e n J .
Lee, Computer Operators.
H a z e l C. R app, Secretary.

DEVELOPMENT

Associate Vice President - Development.

L y n il S c h ill6 f v B.A., Lycoming College,
Assistant Director - Data Management.

C u rtis A . L a u b e r, B.A., Duke University;
M.A., Villanova University, Assistant
Director - Development.

K a th e rin e D a n s e r, b .a ., Dickinson
College, M.S.Ed., Bucknell University,
Director of Annual Giving.

M a rg a re t W . N ik e lly , b . a ., Upsala
College, Assistant Director - Planned Giving.

V a le rie J o n e s K o e lle , A.B., Hamilton

J o h n E. O w e n , B.A., Earlham College,

234

College, Associate Director o f Annual
Giving.

Je a n e tte S tu b b s , B.A., Bethany College,

Secretary to the Associate Vice President Development.
A s trid D e va n e y , Secretary to the Assistant

Director - Planned Giving.

S a lly A n n S ta a ts , B.S., West Chester State
College, Assistant Gift Recorder.
G lo ria R u fllS , Alumni Recorder.
K a re n H a jj, B.A., Villanova University,

Assistant Alumni Recorder.

E liza b e th B. C a m p b e ll, Senior Gift

Recorder.

Corporate and Foundation Relations
E s th e r B a r a z z o n e , B.A., New College;

M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Director o f Corporate and Foundation
Relations.
K a re n W . H o o v e r,

B.s., McPherson

College; M.A., Bethany Theological
Seminary, Assistant Director o f Corporate
and Foundation Relations.
K a re n E v a n s , Secretary to the Director of
Corporate and Foundation Relations.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE
P a tric ia A . W h itm a n , B.A., West Chester

R o sa lie B u rtis , Secretary.

State College; M.A., Miami University of
Ohio, Equal Opportunity O fficer.

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE
L a u ra T . A lp e rin , B.A., Wheaton College,

Director o f Financial Aid.
M a rg a re t T . T h o m p s o n , b .a ., Chatham

Assistant Director o f Financial Aid.
H e le n E lm e r, V e ra B. M o rr is o n ,

Secretaries.

College; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College,

FOOD SERVICE
C h a rle s W . S p ie g e l, B.S., University of

Denver, Director.
R o be rt M itte n , A.A., Brandywine Junior
College, Ela yn e B. C h e slO W , B.S., Cornell

University; M.Ed., Framingham State
College, Managers.
E liza b e th D a v is , Secretary.

HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM
G re tch e n T s e lo s , B.A., University of

Bo nnie E. H a rv e y , B.A., Swarthmore

Minnesota, Health Sciences Advisor.

College, Secretary.

235

Administration

HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
W orth H ealth Center
Linda E c h o ls , R.N., b .s . n ., and m .s .n .,

J a m e s E. C la rk , B.A., West Virginia

University of Pennsylvania; CRNP, Johns
Hopkins Hospital, Director of W orth Health
Center.

University; M.D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior College Physician.

V o ra H o w la n d , B.S., Widener University,

M.D., Hahnemann Medical College, College
Physician.
A la n Z w o b o n , B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook;

M.D., New York Medical College, College
Physician.
E lis s a R. C h a n s k y , R.N., Beth Israel
Hospital, C o n s ta n c e C. J o n e s , R.N.,

Hospital o f University of Pennsylvania,
C a ro l E. R onan, R.N., Philadelphia General
Hospital, R a rb a ra A . S m e ta n a , R.N.,
College Health Nurse Practitioner, Brigham
Young University.

Paul S. Z a m o s tie n , B.S., Ursinus College;
M.D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.
E r w in R. S c h m id t, J r . , B.S., Yale

University; M.D., University of Wisconsin,
Consulting Orthopedic Consultant.
C h a rle s D. H u m m e r, J r . , B.A., Amherst

College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College,
Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.
A n ita M . K n o w le s , Health Services

Secretary.

Psychological Services
Le ig h to n C. W h ita k e r, Director. B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Connecticut; Ph.D., Wayne State University;
Diplomate in Clinical Psychology of the
American Board o f Professional Psychology.
P a llia S . ROSen, Clinical Social Worker.
B.A., University o f Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn
Mawr College; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Graduate School o f Social Work and Social
Research.
A n d re a M o s s , Clinical Psychology Intern

from Hahnemann University. A.B., Princeton
University.

from Hahnemann University. B.A., Duke
University.

JudSOn C. Llnville, Clinical Psychology
Intern from Hahnemann University. A.B.,
Lafayette College.
S ila s L. W a rn e r, Consulting Psychiatrist.

B.S., Princeton University; M.D.,
Northwestern University; Certified by the
American Board o f Psychiatry; Dean,
Philadelphia Academy o f Psychoanalysis.
E liz a b e th P. C o z in e , Secretary-

Receptionist. R.N., Paterson General
Hospital.

P a u la G. G o m e s, Clinical Psychology Intern

LIBRARY STAFF
C o lleg e L ib rary
M ic h a e l J . D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
College Librarian.

236

A n n S . B la c k b u rn , Secretary to the College

Librarian.

A cquisitions

Ja n e H. A a ro n , B.A., Birmingham-Southern

P a u lin e M a rs h a ll, B.S., Simmons College;

College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University;
Associate Librarian and Head, Technical
Services.

Continuations Assistant.

E liza b e th A m a n n , B.A., Swarthmore

College; M.S. in L.S., Rutgers University;
Assistant Acquisitions/Public Services
Librarian.
S h ir le y F. K irb y , B.A., Washington

University; Periodicals Assistant.

M o n iq u e C o n sta n tin o , Records &

Purchasing Assistant.
M in d a N. H a rt, B.A., Pennsylvania State

University; Assistant Periodicals/Assistant
Documents.
R o se M a rie Jo h n s o n , Assistant/

Acquisitions.

Cataloging
L o re na A . B o yla n , B.A., LaSalle College;

M.S. in L.S., Drexel University; Catalog
Librarian.
A m y V. M o rris o n , B.A. and M.L.S.,
Rutgers University; Assistant Catalog
Librarian.
D o ris P itm a n M o is t, Processing Assistant.

Nfitt8 S h in b a u m , B.A., State University of

New York-Oswego; Cataloging Editor.
A n n e S w a n n , B.A., Swarthmore College,

Cataloging Editor.
S o -Y o u n g J o n e s , B.A., Euha Womens

University, Korea; M.L.S., Simmons College;
Assistant/Processing.

A n n e J . P e rk in s , Cataloging Editor.

Circulation and Reserve
C a th e rin e J . S m ith , B.A., Swarthmore

College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University,
Circulation Librarian.
J e a n P fe iffe r, Assistant.
N a n c y C. B e ch , Assistant.
M a ria n B. B ru c e , B.S., James Madison

University, Assistant.

College, Assistant/Documents.
P a u lin e E. H a llm a n , Receptionist.
C la ire R. S m ith , Receptionist.
D ian e v a n R oden, Receptionist.
E d w a rd H. F u lle r, B.A., Widener College;

M.S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special
Collections Librarian.

E liza b e th W o o ls o n , A.B., Chestnut Hill

Bibliographic Instruction and Reference
S te p h e n R. Le h m a n n , B.A., M.A., M.L.S.,

University of California-Berkeley; Ed.M.,
Harvard University, Humanities Librarian.
S u sa n G. W illia m s o n , B.A., University of

Califomia-Berkeley; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
L o is G. P e te rs o n , B.A., Oberlin College,

Interlibrary Loan Assistant.

237

Administration

Cornell Library
E m i K. H o rik a w a , B.S., University o f

M e g E. S p e n c e r, B.A., University of

Nevada; M. A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian.

Richmond, Assistant.

G a il M . GaUStad, B.A., University of

California-Berkeley; M.A. in Education,
Stanford, Assistant.

Underhill Library
G e o rg e K. H u b e r, B.A., University of

Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Music Librarian.

Friends H istorical Library
J . W illia m F ro s t, B.A., DePauw University;

M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
Director.
A lb e r t W . F o w le r, B.A., Haverford

College; M.S. in L.S., Syracuse University,
Associate Director.

J a n e M . T h o rs o n , B.A., Goddard College,
Program Secretary; N a n c y P. S p e e rs ,
R a m s a y P. T u r b e r g , B.A., Mount Holyoke

College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University,
Assistants.
K a z u e O ye , Conservation Assistant.

C la ire B. S h e tte r, Cataloging Assistant.

Swarthmore College P eace Collection

College; Ph.D., Temple University, Curator.

College, M.L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.

B a rb a ra E. A d d is o n , B.S., University of

M a r y Ellen C la rk , B. Mus., West Virginia

Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M.S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger.

University, Assistant.

J e a n R. S o d e rlu n d , A.B., Douglass

M a rth a P. S h a n e , B.A., Swarthmore

College, Archivist.

E le a n o r M . B a r r, B.A., Mount Holyoke

Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library
M a rg a re t H o p e B a c o n , Ju d ith C.
B re a u lt, F ra n c e s W illia m s B r o w in ,
J o h n E d w in B ru s h , H a rr ie t F r o r e r
D u rh a m . D a v id C. Elk in to n , LaV e rn e

238

F o rb u s h , C a ro lin e B id d le M a lin , J o h n
M . M o o re , L y m a n W . R ile y, C a th a rin e
M o r r is W rig h t, E llis T . W illia m s .

Advisory C o u n c il o f the Swarthmore C o lleg e Peace C o llectio n

Irw in A b ra m s , H e le n M . C a rr o ll, J u lie n
C o rn e ll, H ila r y C o n ro y , M e rle C u rti,
A lfre d A . F r a s e r III, L a r r y G a ra , R o b e rt

W a lla c e G ilm o re , P h ebe R. Ja c o b s e n ,
K e n d a ll La n d is, E. R a ym o n d W ilso n .

PERSONNEL SERVICES

1.66 R o binson, B.A., Rhode Island College,

A d e la id e M . Young, Secretary.

Director.

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
J a n e H. M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore

College, Registrar.

N a n c y S. Bell, A g n e s K e n n e d y, H a n e y
M a g y a rik , Recorders.

E v e ly n G. H u k, Senior Recorder.

ARTHUR HOYT SCO TT H ORTICULTURAL FOUNDATION
Ju d ith D. Zu k, B.A., Rutgers University;

L y n d a J . R a n sle y , B.S., Cornell University,

M.S., University of Delaware, Director.

Educational Intern.

E ric a G la s e n e r, B.S., University of

Maryland, Educational Coordinator.

R o b e rt M . H a y e s , B.S., North Carolina
State, Curatorial Intern.

Jo s e p h in e 0 . H o p k in s , Secretary.

D a v id F. M e lro s e , Consultant.

SECURITY AND SAFETY SERVICES
J a m e s C. L y o n s III, A.B., Brown

University, Director.
O w e n S . R e d g ra v e , A.A.S., Delaware
County Community College, B.S., West
Chester State College, Assistant Director.
J a m e s N e ls o n , A.A.S., Temple

University, Lieutenant.
L in d a 0 . M ille r, A.A.S., Delaware County

Community College, B.S., West Chester
University, Communications Sergeant.

M ic h a e l J . F itz g e ra ld , R o bby Van
W ils o n , Sergeants.
T im o th y C o a c h m a n , J a m e s F. E llis ,
H a r r y F o rd , B ria n H a r r is , J a n e t N o z ilo ,
B.S., West Chester University, Eileen
T h o rn to n , B.S., West Chester University,

Security Officers.
J u d y G ra c e F e iy, G e o rg e B ra n c h ,
M a rio n K. O ffic e r, D o ro th y H. O lson ,
G e o rg e T ic k n o r (part-time),

Communications Officers.

UPWARD BOUND
E d w in A . C o llin s , B.A., Lincoln University;

D eLoiS M . C o llin s , B.A., Temple

B.S. and M.Ed., Cheyney University,
Director.

University, Associate Director.
M e lv a N. M c M illa n , Secretary.

239

Administration

DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS
A r t : Teresa F. Klingler, A.A., Hershey Junior

H is to ry : Eleanor W . Bennett, Secretary.

College, Secretary.

L in g u is tic s : Winnie Vaules, Secretary

A s tro n o m y : Elliot Borgman, B.A.,

M a th e m a tic s : Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.

University o f Pennsylvania, Mary MacD.
Jackson, B.A., Swarthmore College, Ruth V.
Kennedy, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Research Assistants, Barbara C. Niebruegge,
A.B., R adcliffe College, Secretary.
B io lo g y : Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A.,

Swarthmore College, Secretary, George
Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Ann
M. Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore College, M.S.,
Cornell University, Laboratory Technician.

M o d e rn L a n g u a g e s : Eleonore Baginski,
B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary, Eleanor
L. O ’Keefe, Language Laboratory Assistant.

MUSiC: Judy Lord, A.A., W esley College,
Secretary.
P h ilo s o p h y : Sherrill Franklin, B.A.,

University o f Kansas, Secretary.
P h y s ic a l E d u ca tio n and A th le tic s :

ClSSSiCS: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,

Patricia E. Trinder, Carolyn Rich, Secretaries,
Octavius Holland, David Lester, Equipment
Managers, Leisha Shaffer, Sports Information
Intern, David Cassidy, A.T..C., B.S., W est
Chester State College, Sports Medicine Intern.

C h e m is try : Dixie Andrews, Secretary,

Louis Ceci, B.A., Tem ple University; M.A.,
Hahnemann M edical College, Technician.
University o f Wisconsin, Secretary.

PhySiCS: John R. Andrews, Technician,

E c o n o m ic s : Dorcas D. Allen, A.A., Harcum

Catherine Hogan, Secretary.

Junior College, Sara-Page White, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Secretaries.
E d u ca tio n : Maud W . Marshall, B.A.,
Goddard College, Secretary.

P o litic a l S c ie n c e : Dorcas D. Allen, A.A.,
Harcum Junior College, Eleanor Greitzer, SaraPage White, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Secretaries.

E le c tro n ic s T e c h n ic ia n : jo h n j.

P s y c h o lo g y : Didi Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg

Dougherty.

College, Secretary, George Flickinger,
Instrumentation Technician, Julia L. Welbon,
B.A., W illiam Smith College, Office Assistant.

E n g in e e rin g : Frances L. Shero, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Secretary, Grant Lee
Smith, Mechanician, Charles A. White,
Digital Electronics Technician.

S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y : Pauline B.

E n g lis h L ite ra tu re : Thelma M. Miller,

Federman, Secretary.

Secretary.

240

R e lig io n : Eileen McElrone, Secretary.

Visiting Examiners 1984

A rt

E n g in e e rin g

Professor H. Perry Chapman, University o f
Delaware
Professor William W . Clark, Queens College,
CUNY
Professor Lynn Matteson, University o f
Southern C alifornia
Professor Nancy Troy, Northwestern University

Professor Sam Goldwasser, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Charles S. ReVelle, Johns Hopkins
University
Professor Peter J. Warter, Jr., University o f
D elaware

A s tro n o m y

Professor Daniel Albright, University o f
Virginia
Professor David Bromwich, Princeton
University
Professor Katrin Burlin, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Rebecca Bushnell, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor John Matthews, Boston University
Professor Maureen Quilligan, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Jennifer A. Wicke, Yale University

Dr. William Herbst, W esleyan University
B io lo g y

Professor Carlo Croce, W istar Institute
Professor Gregory Guild, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Dietrich Kessler, Haverford College
Professor Glenn Lopez, State University New
York a t Stony Brook
Professor Czeslawa Nalewajko, Scarborough
College, University o f Toronto
Professor Mary Oster-Granite, University o f
Maryland
Professor Judith Owen, H averford College
C h e m is try

Professor Neville Kallenbach, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Marsha Lester, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Edward R. Thornton, University o f
Pennsylvania
C la s s ic s

Professor Edward J. Champlin, Princeton
University
Professor Rachel Kitzinger, Vassar College
Professor James O ’Donnell, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Richard Patterson, Columbia
University
Professor Kenneth S. Sacks, University o f
Wisconsin
E c o n o m ic s

Professor Ralph Beals, Amherst College
Professor James Butkiewicz, University o f
D elaware
Jaime de Melo, The W orld Bank
Professor Noel Farley, Bryn Mawr College
Professor John Kwoka, George Washington
University
Professor Robert Moffitt, Rutgers University
Professor Michael Weinstein, Haverford
College

En g lish

H is to ry

Professor Robert L. Beisner, American
University
Professor Samuel K. Cohn, Jr., Brandeis
University
Professor Martha Congleton Howell, Rutgers
University
Professor Andrew Lees, Rutgers University
Professor David Pong, University o f D elaware
Professor Said Samatar, Rutgers University
Professor Ronald Walters, Johns Hopkins
University
Dr. Frank Wcislo, Columbia University
M a th e m a tic s

Professor Stephen Plotnick, Columbia
University
Professor Charles Sims, Rutgers University
Professor Gilbert Stengle, Lehigh University
Professor Allan R. Wilks, Princeton University
M o d e rn L a n g u a g e s — F re n c h

Professor Michel Guggenheim, Bryn Mawr
College
M o d e rn L a n g u a g e s — G e rm a n

Professor Gloria Flaherty, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Marilyn S. Fries, Y ale University
M o d e rn L a n g u a g e s — R u s sia n

Robin Feuer Miller, Harvard University
P h ilo so p h y

Professor Annette Barnes, University o f
Maryland

241

Visiting Examiners 1984

Professor Stanley Bates, Middlebury College
Dr. Lila Gleitman, University o f Pennsylvania
Professor Richard Patterson, Columbia
University
Professor Calvin Schrag, Purdue University
Professor Laveme Shelton, H averford College
Professor Michael Williams, University o f
Pennsylvania

P s y c h o lo g y

Dr. Robert Becklen, Sarah Lawrence College
Dr. Lila Gleitman, University o f Pennsylvania
Dr. Samuel Kirschner, Institute for
Comprehensive Family Therapy
Dr. Leslie Rescorla, University o f Pennsylvania
Dr. Jonathan Schull, H averford College
Dr. Judith Van Herik, Pennsylvania State
University

P h y s ic s

R e lig io n

Professor Eugene Hecht, A delphi University
Professor Robert Hilborne, O berlin College
Professor Bruce P. Pipes, Dartmouth College
Professor Louis Uffer, M anhattan College

Professor Horton M. Davies, Princeton
University
Professor Stephen N. Dunning, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor E. Ann Matter, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Judith Van Herik, Pennsylvania State
University

P o litic a l S c ie n c e

Professor Joseph Carens, Princeton University
Professor Milton C. Cummings, Johns
Hopkins University
Professor Steven Goldstein, Smith College
Professor Kent Greenawalt, Columbia
University
Professor Isaac Kramnick, Cornell University
Professor William LeoGrande, American
University
Professor Richard Mansbach, Rutgers
University
Professor Gary Marks, University o f Virginia
Professor Kenneth Oye, Princeton University

242

S o c io lo g y ft A n th ro p o lo g y

Professor Arlene Daniels, Northwestern
University
Professor Victor Lidz, University o f
Pennsylvania
Philip Pachoda, Doubleday 8 Co.
Professor Jon Rieder, Yale University
Professor Magali Sarfatti-Larson, Temple
University
Professor Carmen Sirianni, Northeastern
University

Degrees Conferred
May 28, 1984

BACHELOR O F ARTS
Sousan Abadian, Sociology 8 Anthropology
Tahir Raza Shah Andrabi, Economics
Mary-Margaret Andrews, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Elizabeth Jean Armington, Economics
Robert Daniel Austin, English Literature
Kathryn Ann Ayala, Political Science
Lisa Anne Baldwin4, Political Science
James Patrick Barker4, Psychology
Charles Ammon Beaverson, Jr., Economics
Brad Beevers, Religion
Melissa Whitney Bertsch, Biology
Kevin L. Bespolka, Economics
Peter Bessen, Sociology 8 Anthropology
Gwendolyn Gay Bevis, Art History
Andrew Blau, Sociology & Anthropology
Peter Amundson Bobbe, English Literature
Brian David Bowen, Economics
Morris Alexander Bowie, II3, Political Science
Christopher Byron Branson, Philosophy
Janet Cecelia Broome, Biology
William Anthony Broscious, Political Science
Hannah Esther Brown, Literature
Steven M. Brown, Political Science
Victoria Shelboume Brown, Greek
Dan Lansing Brumley, Art
Betsey Dodds Buckheit, Religion
Stephen Farmer Buckingham, Economics 8
History
Katrina Burgess, Political Science
Christopher Milton Burry, Political Science
Susan Lee Butts, History
Phyllis Annette Byrd*2, Sociology &
Anthropology
Steven Mark Cain, Special M ajor:
Sociology 8 Anthropology/U rban Studies
Stephen Marc Canfield, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Steven William Cangemi, M athematics
Patricia Theresa Carrera, Economics
Michael Robert Carroll, Economics
Elizabeth Jane Carter, Biology
Douglas Howe Chang, English Literature
Tamar Elisas Chansky, Psychology
Margaret Maud Chaplin, Biology
William Allen Christopher4, M athematics
Donald Gardner Clark, History & Economics

t with the Concentration in Asian Studies
2 with the Concentration in B lack Studies

Jan Christian Smuts Clark, Economics
Paul Michael Cohen, Philosophy
Jocelyn Denise Coles2, M athematics
Robert Lincoln Cooney, Jr., English Literature
Keith Julien Cornell3, Political Science
Hope Clarkson Crolius, Religion
Jay Hulbert Dahlke, Art History
James Andrew Darling, Special M ajor:
Anthropology/ Biology
Peter Fraser Darling, English Literature
Merav Rodenheaver Datan, Physics ■
Charles Baldwin Davis, Chemistry
Nancy Denham Davis, Economics &
M athematics
David William de Campo, History
Shari Lynne De Shields, Political Science
Christopher George DeMoulin, Political
Science
Stephen Blake Demos4, Mathematics
Karen Lynn Denenberg, Biology
William Simon Dettering, Psychology
Susana Deustua, Physics
Matthew C. Dinkel, Political Science
Lori Anne Douglass2, Psychology
Judith Ellen Downer, Psychology
Michael Stephen Dreyer, Biology
Pamela Myra Duke, History
Katherine Elaine Duplay, Philosophy
Dee Durham, Biology
Amy Elizabeth Durie, English Literature
Dorothy Jeanne Durie, Religion
Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Thomas Conroy Eckhardt, Sociology 8
Anthropology
Elizabeth Charissa Economy, Political Science
Jeffrey Stuart Epstein, Economics
Harley Mitchell Erdman, Religion
Elena Lo Ferretti, English Literature
Neil Simon Fisher3, Economics
Hagar Foa, Biology
Martha Foote, Art History
David Ralph Forrest, History
Therese Margaret Forte, Religion
Rebecca Williams Fountain4, Psychology
Grace Elisabeth Frank, Biology
Peter Kurt Fritschel, Physics
Peter Mark Fulton, English Literature

3 with the Concentration in Public Policy
4 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

243

Degrees Conferred

John Christopher Gammie, Philosophy
Bettina Ines Garcla-Alegre, Economics
Benjamin Warren Geertz, English Literature
Juan Roberto Gelpi, Religion
Robert Paul Geraci, History
Alan Richards Gershenfeld, Political Science
D. Andre Gingerich, History
Miriam Friedl Glaser3, Economics
Paul Samuel Golub, English Literature
Adam Lawrence Grabois, French & Music
Ruth Groff, Philosophy
Kate Rose Grossman, Biology
Thomas E. Guttmacher, Art History
Erik Robert Guyot1, History
Laura Susan Hachey, History
Nina Otis Haft, Religion
Gregory Dean Hagin, English Literature
John Michael Hamilton, Political Science
Kevin Roden Hardwick, History
Charlotte W ait Hartley, History
George Wellington Hartzell, III, Biology
Kevin Allen Hassett, Economics
Spring Esther Haughton, Economics &
Political Science
Stephen Patrick Glanvill Henighan, Political
Science
Yolangel Hernandez, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Jennifer Louise Herrington, Economics 8
German
Katherine Jeanne Higbee4, English Literature
David Alfred Hillier, Biology
Laurence Joel Hindenach, Physics
Daniel J. Holder, M athematics
Kimberly Juanita Holding1
2, Biology
Deborah Jean Hollingshead, Biology
Susan Elizabeth Holmes, Biology
Lori Ann Hoppmann, Economics
Yu-Kuang Hu, Physics
Sarita Ellen Hudson, Spanish
Mary Elizabeth Hughes, Special M ajor:
Economics & Women’s Studies
Douglass Bernard Humphreys, Political
Science 3 English Literature
Peter Alan Hunt, Chemistry
Adele Lacy James, English Literature 8
Religion
Kent MacIntyre James, History
Thomas Stanley Baker Johnston, Special
M ajor: Religion 8 Language

Gwyneth Lundy Jones, French
Constance Mary Jordan, Psychology
Sarah Elizabeth Juram, Special M ajor:
Educational Psychology
Jay Kardan, Latin
Cathryn Jane Kato, Economics
Leslie Saretta Katz, Literature
Lisa Evelyn Kesselman, M athematics
Jane Elizabeth King, Biology
Carol Ann Kittredge, M athematics
Donna Joy Kobe, Latin
Richard Roy Koch, M athematics
Cynthia Jean Kogut, English Literature
Amanda Konradi, Special M ajor:
Biology & Sociology & Anthropology
Kenneth Thomas Kozlowski, Economics
Mark Benjamin Kriegel3, Political Science
Christopher Kuller, French 8 History
Ko Kurokawa, Chemistry
Stephen John Kushner, Biology
Ethan Landis, Political Science
Jessica Jane Lanier, Art History
Daryl Jon Lapp3, Political Science
Alfred McClung Lee, IV, Physics
Jae-Ho Lee, Economics
Daniel Jonathan Leeman, Economics
Catherine Cadem Lemp, History
Evan Susan Levine, English Literature
Concentration in Theatre
Nathaniel Stephen Levy, Economics
Susan Miller Lloyd-Jones, Biology
Mark Evans Lord, English Literature
David Rudolph Lurie, Philosophy
Jay Lawrence Lustig, Latin
Rohit Kumar Mahajan, Biology
Donna Marie Marchesani4, Biology
Erica Alysa Marcus, History
Jonathan Scott Margolis, Biology
Laurie Christine Matheson, English Literature
Martha Alys Matthews, Philosophy
Robert Barton Maull, Jr.4, Psychology
Heidi Jeanne McBride, M athematics 3
Psychology
Allison Joan McLarty, Chemistry
Laurie Gail McPherson, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Joan Cared Mecsas, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Edward Charles Meehan, Jr., Biology
Robert James Meenk, Jr., English Literature
Florian M. Meister, Economics

1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies

3

2 with the Concentration in Black Studies

4 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

244

àie Concentration in Public Policy

David Craig Mellinger, Chemistry
Christopher Mendelson, M athematics
Kenneth Mikalauskas, Mathematics
Pamela Joyce Mildvan, Psychology
Abigail Sarah Miller, Economics
Loren Jay Miller, English Literature
Pamela Corinne Moench, Special M ajor:
Child Psychology 8 Education
Roger Brannon Moore, Political Science
Joelle Anne Moreno, Political Science
Tonya Diane Mosley12, Psychology
Christofer Miguel Mowry, Astronomy
Maximilian Mulhem, English Literature
Colette Collins Mull, Biology
Jeanne Barbara Mullgrav, Special M ajor:
Latin-American Studies
Edward G. J. Nace, Political Science
Pamela Blair Nelson, English Literature
Elizabeth Battles Newlin, English Literature
Pamela Farr O ’Hanlon, Economics
Thomas John O ’Kane, Economics
Karen Jenny Ohland, Biology
Sigrid Ann Olson, Economics
Neil Andrew Ottenstein, Physics
Chul Pak1, Political Science
Katherine Bryan Patches, Economics
Aphrodite Carolyn Pappas, Psychology
Dreux Robert Patton, Biology
Evelyn Louise Peelle, Chemistry
John Nicholas Perry, Jr. Biology
Adrianne Ellen Pierce, Latin
Jeffrey Alan Pilchard, History
Martin Piombo, Political Science
David Eric Pomper, Special M ajor: Science
8 Religion
Roshini Manel Ponnamperuma, Biology
Martha Ann Porter, Special Major:
Women’s Studies
Pauline Beatrice Price, English Literature
Paul Dudley Pruitt, Biology
Michael Paul Radiloff, Political Science
Francois Michel Rapaccioli, Economics
Raymond John Rapposelli, Jr., Spanish
William Kennedy Rasmussen, Economics
Jacquelyn Sue Reher, Special M ajor:
Psychology 8 Education
Deborah Lynn Reichert, M athematics
Tyrone Keola DeLos Reyes2, Biology
Mark Eugene Reynolds, Political Science

Anne Kendrick Richardson, Philosophy
Mary Lee Rivera, Biology
Russell Dana Robbins, Biology
Jocelyn Roberts, Philosophy
Solomon Emry Robinson1, Political Science
8 Economics
Melissa Somers Roche, History
Cecile Jeanne Rossant, Biology
Brad Richard Roth, Political Science
Daniel Adam Rubenstein, Political Science
Joshua Samuel Rubinstein, Psychology
Alan Patterson Rudy, Biology
Elena Anizia Salij, Political Science
Eric Todd Saltzman, History
Karin Aguilar-San Juan, Economics
Judith Ann Sandalow, Philosophy
Joanne Christine Sandberg, Religion
Cornelia Helen Sarwatka, Psychology
Nina Sato, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Harry Morgan Schulz, Philosophy
Gustavo Rodolfo Schwed, Economics.
Andrea N. Sconier2, Biology
Karen Linnea Searle, Economics
Ruth Rand Sergei, Political Science
Greg Eric Shaffer, Economics
Amy Nisana Ship, English Literature
Timothy Wesley Short, Biology
Erika Janet Siegel, Art History
Peter David Siegenthaler, English Literature
David W . Silfee, English Literature
Adam Andrew Silver, Art History
Emily Ann Silverman, Sociology 8
Anthropology
Lisa Silverman, History
Amy Elizabeth Sinden, Biology
Francisca Siow, Economics
Beth Slatkin, Psychology
Margaret Douglas Smith, Latin
Marvin McClinton Smith, Sociology 8
Anthropology
Sean Daniel Smith, Political Science
Jennifer Ann Snyder, Physics 8 M athematics
Sae Hoon Sohn, Biology
Mary Catherine Spayne, English Literature
Deborah Ellen Stem, English Literature
Phillip Scott Stem, Art
Juliet Anna Sternberg, Special M ajor: Sociology
8 Anthropology & Psychology
lan Graham Stone, Mathematics

1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies

3 with the Concentration in Public Policy

2 with the Concentration in B lack Studies

4 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate

245

Degrees Conferred

Christopher Roy Stover, M athematics
Karen Mattea Swanson, English Literature
Nadine Taptykoff, Russian
Michael Carlton Tolley, Political Science
Konstantin Tsimas, Sociology & Anthropology
Laura Hicks Tuchman, English Literature
David Myron Uhlmann, History & Political
Science
Eric Warren Usadi, Physics
Alexandra Valsamakis, Biology
Francesca Vassalluzzo, English Literature
Bruce Lanier Venarde, Special M ajor: Roman
& M ediaeval History & Latin
Gary Allen Von Colin, Economics
Kathryn Elizabeth von Frankenberg, Special
M ajor: Psychology & Religion
Miriam Latane Wallace, Literature
Mary Dennehy Washbume, Biology
Margaret Larkin Watson, Philosophy
James Harry Weber, Political Science
Marie Weigel, Literature

Eitan Weinreich, Art History
Nan Kirsten Weinstock, Biology
Helena Miriam Weiss, Biology & English
Literature
Eben Arieh Weitzman, Political Science
Stephen Andrew Welsh, Art History
Pelle Stephanie Wertheimer, French
Roger Kandell Westerman, Special M ajor:
Latin & Greek
Richard Friedrich Wetzell, History
Lisa Laine Wildman, Music & Psychology
Edward Marcellus Williamson, Philosophy
Katherine C. Wilson, Philosophy
Stephen Glenn Wilson, Political Science
Jessica Daryl Winer, Art History
Monica Hall Woelfel, Biology
Bryan Lawrence W olf, History
Michael Sherman Womack, Psychology
Max Yarowsky, History
Marsha Kay Young, English Literature

BACHELOR O F SCIENCE
Robert Daniel Austin, Engineering
James Edward Beard, Engineering
Ian Hobart Campbell, Engineering
Prithipal Singh Dugal, Engineering
Kay Ann Hallstrom, Engineering
Thomas Roy Harris, Engineering
Keith David Henderson, Engineering
David Alfred Hillier, Engineering
Bertrand Martyn Hochwald, Engineering
Cathryn Jane Kato, Engineering
Carol Ann Kittredge, Engineering
David Allen Loynds, Engineering
Ashish Kumar Malik, Engineering
Daniel Lee McGrady, Engineering
Christofer Miguel Mowry, Engineering
Jorge Antonio Munoz Garcia, Engineering

Laura Neiswanger, Engineering
Roger Charles Nuss, Engineering
Karen Gail Olsen, Engineering
Anne Mayo Parent, Engineering
Evelyn Louise Peelle, Engineering
Susanne Marie Perkins, Engineering
Asbed Haroutiun Pogharian, Engineering
Sue Ellen Schellenbaum, Engineering
Peter Francis Schiano, Engineering
Scott A. Schrader, Engineering
Stephen Alexander Schwartz, Engineering
Richard Sebouh Selverian, Engineering
Nadine Taptykoff, Engineering
Gary Allen Von Colin, Engineering
Adam Croome Stalder Wheeler, Engineering
Margaret Worden, Engineering

HONORARY DEGREES
Nannerl Overholser Keohane, Doctor o f Laws
Victor S. Navasky, Doctor o f Laws
Clifford James Geertz, Doctor o f Humane
Letters
1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies
2 with the Concentration in B lack Studies

246

Fatima Meer, Doctor o f Humane Letters
William Foote Whyte, Doctor o f Humane
Letters

3 with the Concentration in Public Policy
4 Secondary School Teaching Certificate

t

Awards and Distinctions
May 28, 1984

HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS—19 MAY 1984
H IG H E S T H O N O R S :

Grace Frank, Roger Moore.
HIGH HONORS:

Kevin Bespolka, Katrina Burgess, Christopher
DeMoulin, Robert Geraci, Kevin Hassett,
Daniel Holder, Yu-Kuang Hu, Constance
Jordan, Leslie Katz, Richard Koch, Nathaniel
Levy, David Lurie, Laurie Matheson, Martha
Matthews, Jocelyn Roberts, Melissa Roche,
Brad Roth, Daniel Rubenstein, Elena Salij,
Gustavo Schwed, Greg Shaffer, Lisa
Silverman, Christopher Stover, Laura
Tuchman, David Uhlmann, Richard Wetzell,
Monica Woelfel, Max Yarowsky.
HONORS:

Tahir Andrabi, Charles Beaverson, Peter
Bessen, Andrew Blau, Brian Bowen, Victoria

Brown, Christopher Burry, Jan Clark, Paul
Cohen, Gregory Colman, Jay Dahlke, Peter
Darling, Merav Datan, Susana Deustua,
Elizabeth Economy, Neil Fisher, Peter
Fritschel, Peter Fulton, D. Andre Gingerich,
Ruth Groff, Laura Hachey, Laurence
Hindenach, Peter Hunt, Kent James, Donna
Kobe, Cynthia Kogut, Alfred Lee, Florian
Meister, Elizabeth Newlin, Neil Ottenstein,
Chul Pak, Adrianne Pierce, William
Rasmussen, Mark Reynolds, Eric Saltzman,
Karin Aguilar-San Juan, Judith Sandalow,
Joanne Sandberg, Amy Ship, Margaret Smith,
Sean Smith, Mary Spayne, Karen Swanson,
Michael Tolley, Eric Usadi, Edward
Williamson, Katherine Wilson, Bryan Wolf,
Ruth Woodliff.

DISTINCTION IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY
Robert Austin, Hannah Brown, Stephen
Buckingham, Ian Campbell, Stephen
Canfield, Tamar Chansky, Margaret Chaplin,
Nancy Davis, JohnGammie, Paul Golub,
Nina Haft, Thomas Harris, Stephen
Henighan, Katherine Higbee, Thomas
Johnston, Jay Kardan, Carol Kittredge,
Amanda Konradi, Mark Kriegel, Susan
Lloyd-Jones, Heidi McBride, David

Mellinger, Christofer Mowry, Laura
Neiswanger, Roger Nuss, Evelyn Peelle, John
Perry, Martha Porter, Pauline Price, Deborah
Reichert, Timothy Short, Erika Siegel, Juliet
Sternberg, Alexandra Valsamakis, Bruce
Venarde, Gary Von Colin, Miriam Wallace,
Margaret Watson, Pelle Wertheimer, Lisa
Wildman.

ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES
PHI B E TA K A P P A :

Robert Daniel Austin, Stephen Farmer
Buckingham, Katrina Burgess, Ian Hobart
Campbell, Stephen Marc Canfield, Tamar
Elisas Chansky, Margaret Maud Chaplin,
Nancy Denham Davis, Dorothy Jeanne Durie,
Grace Elisabeth Frank, Peter Kurt Fritschel,
Robert Paul Geraci, D. Andre Gingerich,
Nina Otis Haft, Thomas Roy Harris, Kevin
Allen Hassett, Yolangel Hernandez, Katherine
Jeanne Higbee, Daniel J. Holder, Yu-Kuang
Hu, Thomas Stanley Baker Johnston, Jay
Kardan, Leslie Saretta Katz, Carol Ann
Kittredge, Richard Roy Koch, Mark
Benjamin Kriegel, Susan Miller Lloyd-Jones,
Martha Alys Matthews, Heidi Jeanne

McBride, David Craig Mellinger, Roger
Brannon Moore, Laura Neiswanger, Roger
Charles Nuss, Evelyn Louise Peelle, Martha
Ann Porter, Pauline Beatrice Price, Deborah
Lynn Reichert, Jocelyn Roberts, Melissa
Somers Roche, Brad Richard Roth, Greg Eric
Shaffer, Erika Janet Siegel, Christopher Roy
Stover, Laura Hicks Tuchman, David Myron
Uhlmann, Bruce Lanier Venarde, Margaret
Larkin Watson, Richard Friedrich Wetzell.
S IG M A XI:

Stephen Marc Canfield, Merav Rodeheaver
Datan, Charles Baldwin Davis, Susana
Deustua, Grace Elisabeth Frank, George W.

247

Awards and Distinctions

Hartzell, III, Yolangel Hernandez, Daniel
Joseph Holder, Yu-Kuang Hu, Peter Alan
Hunt, Richard Roy Koch, Alfred McClung
Lee, IV, Jonathan Scott Margolis, Joan C.
Mecsas, David Craig Mellinger, Laura
Neiswanger, Evelyn Louise Peelle, Roger
Charles Nuss, David Claude Sidney ’83,

Christopher Roy Stover, Alexandra
Valsatnakis, Monica H. Woelfel.
T A U B E TA PI:

Robert D. Austin, Carol A. Kittredge, Laura
Neiswanger, Roger C. Nuss, Evelyn L. Peelle,
Scott A. Schrader, Gary A. Von Colin.

FELLOWSHIPS
The Sarah Kaiglin Cooper Scholarship to Edwin
George Abel ’85
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships to Eric Usadi ’84, violin; Michael
Nicholas ’86, (fall, 1983) and Rani Vaz ’87,
(spring, 1984), violin; Laura Moody ’85,
viola; Adam Grabois ’84, cello
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer
Fellowships: for music, Elizabeth Hoffman ’85
and Janet Chance ’87; for dance, Nina Haft
’84 and Rachel Narehood ’87
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship to Roger Brannon
Moore’84
The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship to Yosi
Shibberu ’8 3 and Bruce Venarde ’8 4

The Lang Graduate Incentive Fellowship to
Daryl Jon Lapp ’8 4
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Emily Amt
’8 3 and Grant Oliphant ’83
The John Lockwood M emorial Fellowship to
Susana Deustua ’84
T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Constance
Jordan ’8 4 and Cynthia Kogut ’84
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate
Fellowship in Public A ffairs to John L. Gallup
’8 5 and Serge G. Seiden ’85
The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship to Rachel
Walpole ’82

AWARDS AND PRIZES
The Academy o f American Poets Prize to
Kirsten Gruesz ’ 86 and Susannah Sheffer ’86
The Adams Prize in Quantitative Economics to
Gregory Shaffer ’84
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry to
Edwin G. Abel III ’84
The American Institute o f Chemists Award to
David C. Mellinger ’8 4
The Tim Berman M emorial Award to Kent
James ’8 4
The Brand Blanshard Prize to W ill Saletan ’86
The D aniel Brenner Scholarship to Janet
Broome ’84
The Brinkmann M athematics Prize to Yatin P.
Saraiya ’85
The Alice L. Crossley Prize to Erik Guyot ’84
The Robert H. Dunn Trophy to Jerry Hood ’86
The Robert K. Enders Scholarship to Mary
Rivera ’84
The Flack Achievement Award to Joann
Villamarin ’86
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award to Adam
Grabois ’84

248

The John Russell Hays Poetry Prizes: for
original poetry, Susannah Sheffer ’86; for
translation, Roger Westerman ’84
The Philip M. H icks Prize to Laura Green ’85
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to
Christina Marie Devlin ’86
The Ivy Award to Brad Richard Roth ’84
The Kwink Trophy to Steven Brown ’84
The M cCabe Engineering Award to Roger C.
Nuss ’84
The Lois M orrell Poetry Award to Leslie Katz
’8 4
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize to David
Bedell ’85
The O ak L ea f Award to Margaret Maud
Chaplin ’8 4
The May E. Parry M emorial Award to
Margaret Maud Chaplin ’8 4 and Nancy
Denham Davis ’8 4
The Drew Pearson Prize to Kirsten Gruesz *86
The John W . Perdue Memorial Prize to Yatin P.
Saraiya ’85
The W illiam Plumer Potter Prizes in Fiction:

first prize, Stefan Christian ’86; second prize,
Hannah Brown ’84; third prize, Stephen
Henighan ’84
The Rosita S am off Prize for Playwriting: first

prize to Harley Erdman ’84; second prize to
Robert Austin ’84
The Melvin B. Troy Award to Lisa Wildman
’84

249

Enrollment Statistics

ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASSES 1983-84

Seniors
Juniors
Sophomores
Freshmen

Graduate Students
Special Students
TOTAL

MEN
163
153
185
174

WOMEN
150
112
158
159

TO TAL
313
265
343
333

675

579

1254

0
6

0
10

0
16

681

589

1270

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1983-84
Pennsylvania................. ■ 231
New York ......................H 225
New Jersey ....................1 122
Maryland ...................... . . 8 2
California ............... ...... . . 7 4
Massachusetts............... . . 7 2
Connecticut .................. . . 5 8
V irg in ia.......................... . . 3 5
Illin o is ............................ . . 2 6
D elaw are........................ . . 2 4
Ohio ............................... . . 2 2
Florid a............................ . . 2 0
District o f Columbia .. . . 18
Washington .................. . . 15
Texas ............................... . . 1 3
Missouri ........................ . . 11
C olorad o........................ . . 10
Maine ............................ . . 10
M ichigan........................ . . 10
M innesota...................... . . 10
North C arolina............. . . 10
Oregon .......................... . . . 9
New Mexico .................. . . . 8
Rhode Island ............... . . . 7
V e rm o n t........................ . . . 7
West V irginia............... . . . 7
Arizona .......................... . . . 5
Indiana .......................... . . . 5
New H am pshire........... . . . 5
... 5
Tennessee ...................... . . . 4
W isconsin...................... . . . 4
K an sas............................ . . . 3

250

Puerto Rico ...........
South C arolina___
A rkansas..................
Georgia ....................
Io w a..........................
Kentucky ...............
Nevada ....................
South Dakota , . . . .
Utah ........................
Wyoming ...............
H aw aii......................
Id a h o ........................
Louisiana . . . . . . . .
Mississippi .............

........... 3
........... 3
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1

Total U .S.A ___ . . . 1193

........... 6
........... 5
...........4
...........4
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
Austria .................... ........... 2
Cyprus .................... ........... 2
England.................... ........... 2
Canada ....................
Hong K o n g .............
I t a ly ..........................
Pakistan....................
B elgium ....................
Greece ......................
India ........................
Malaysia ..................
Mexico ....................

F r a n c e .......................... . . . .
Japan ............................ . . . .
Switzerland.................. . . . .
Argentina .................... . . . .
Bangladesh .................. . . . .
B o liv ia .......................... . . . .
Brazil ............................ . . . .
Chile ............................ . . . .
C h in a............................ . . . .
Dominican Republic . . . . .
F i j i ................................. . . . .
Finland ........................ . . . .
G erm any...................... . . . .
Ghana .......................... . . . .
Israel ............................ . . . .
Jamaica . . . i ............... . . . .
Kuw ait.......................... . . . .
Lebanon ...................... . . . .
M o ro c c o ...................... . . . .
Mozambique............... . . . .
Netherlands ............... . . . .
N orw ay........................ . . . .
Philippines .................. . . . .
Portugal........................ . . . .
Singapore .................... . . . .
Sri Lanka .................... . . . .
Swaziland .................... . . . .
Thailand ...................... . . . .
West G erm any........... . . . .

2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Total from Abroad . . . . . 7 5
GRAND TO TA L . . . . 1268

Index

Absence from examinations, 56
Academic honesty, 56
Administration and staff, 232
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 17
Application dates, 18
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 18
School subjects recommended, 17
Advanced Degrees, 58
Advanced Placement, 19
Advanced Standing, 19
Advising, 36
Alumni Association Officers, 214
Alumni Council, 214
Alumni Office, 38
Ancient History and Civilization, 91
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural
Foundation, 12
Art History, 68
Arts, Studio, 40, 72
Asian Studies, 74
Astronomy, 76
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 41, 171
Attachments to Courses, 49
Attendance at Classes, 55
Automobiles, regulations 39
Awards and Distinctions, 247
Awards and Prizes, 60
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 58
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 58
Bequests, 10
Biology, 78
Black Cultural Center, 35
Black Studies, 84
Board of Managers, 210
Committees of, 212
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5, 6
Career Planning and Placement, 37
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 11
Chemistry, 85
Chester Internship Program, 42
Chinese, 151
Classics, 89
College Entrance Examinations, 18
College, committees of, 229
College jobs, 23
Comprehensive Examinations, 45, 58
Computing Center, 10
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 12
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 52

Corporation, officers of, 210
Courses o f Instruction, 65
Course Program, 44
Creative Arts, 52
Curriculum, 44
Dance, 41, 164
Degree Requirements, 58
Degrees offered, 58
Degrees conferred, 243
Dining Hall, 34
Directed Reading, 49
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 256
Distinction in Course, 47
Distribution requirements, 45
Divisions and Departments, 230
Dormitories, 34
Drama, 41, 113
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 10
Economics, 94
Education, 101
Education Abroad, 52
Emeritus Professors, 217
Endowed Professorships, 14
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 104
English Literature, 112
Enrollment statistics, 250
Equal Opportunity Office, 235
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 56
Exceptions to the four-year program, 48
Exclusion from College, 57
Expenses, 20
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 44, 47
Extra-curricular activities, 40
Faculty advisors, 36, 45, 46
Faculty, committees of, 229
Faculty members, 217
Faculty Regulations, 55
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 20, 59
Fellowships, 63
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 250
Formats o f Instruction, 49
Fraternities, 35
French, 151
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 35
Geographical distribution o f Students, 250

251

Index

German, 154
Gifts, 10
Grades, 55
Graduate study, 58
Graduation requirements, 58
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 90
Grenoble Program, 53
Handicapped Student Services, 34, 36, 48
Health care, 35
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 51
History, 123
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 48, 241
Housing, 34
Information Services Office, 38
Insurance, 34
Interdisciplinary work, 50
International Relations, 133
Judicial Bodies, 39
Lang Music Building, 10, 41
Language Laboratory, 11
Latin, 90
Leaves o f Absence, 57
Libraries, 11
Linguistics, 135
Literature Program, 138
Loans to students, 23
Madrid Program, 53
Map o f College grounds, 254
Martin Biological Laboratory, 10
Master’s degrees, 58, 192
Mathematics, 139
McCabe Library, 11
Media, Student, 41
Medieval Studies, 146
Modern Languages and Literatures, 147
Music, 40, 160
Music, performance, 161, 164

Pre-medical Program, 51
Prizes, 60
PROGRAM OF STUDY, 44
Freshmen and Sophomores, 45
Juniors and Seniors, 46
External Examination (Honors) Program, 47
Psychological Services, 35
Psychology, 187
Public Policy, 193
Publications, College, 38
Publications, Student, 41
Registration, 56
Religion, 195
Religious life, 8, 35
Requirements for Admission, 17
Requirements for Graduation, 58
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 34
Russian, 156
Scholarships, 24
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 18
Scott Horticultural Foundation, 12
Sharpies Dining Hall, 34
Social Committee, 40
Sociology and Anthropology, 201
Spanish, 157
Special Major, 46
Sproul Observatory, 10, 76
Student conduct, 39
Student-run courses, 49
Student Council, 39
Student employment, 23
Student Exchange Programs, 52
Study Abroad, 52
Summer school work, 57
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 12
Tarble Social Center, 35
Theatre, Courses in, 119
Transfer, application for, 19
Tuition and other fees, 20, 59
Tutorials, 49

Normal Course Load, 49

Upward Bound, 42

Observatory, 10, 76

Visiting Examiners, 241
Vocational Advising, 37

Papazian Hall, 10
Pearson Hall, 10
Philosophy, 166
Physical Education and Athletics, 171
Physical Education requirements, 57, 171
Physics, 173
Political Science, 179
Practical work, 50

252

Wilcox (Florence) Gallery, 10
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 37
Women’s Center, 35
Women’s Studies, 51
Worth Health Center, 35
Writing Courses, 52

Explanation of Buildings
1. Parrish Hall—Admissions O ffice, administration offices, business offices,
classrooms, and dormitory
2. Parrish Annex—Faculty offices
3 . Scott Foundation Building—R elief map o f campus
4 . Hall Building—Dance Studios and Security O ffice
5 . Lang Music Building— Underhill Music Library, dance, music
6 . Martin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory—Biology, religion,
language laboratory, and education
7. Cornell Science Library
8. Du Pont Science Building—Chemistry, mathematics, and physics
9. Beardsley Hall—Art history and studio art, Computing Center, and Wilcox
Gallery
10. Hicks Hall— Engineering
11. Trotter Hall—Social sciences and Center for Social and Policy Studies
12. Pearson Hall— Pearson Theatre, drama, and studio arts

13.

Papazian Hall—Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratories
14. Friends Meeting House

254

1

1

1

1

1

2
2

2

2

2

15« Whittier House
16. Scott Horticultural
Foundation Office
Wister Greenhouse
McCabe Library
Tarble Social Center
Worth Health Center

17.
18.
19.
20.
21. Benjamin W est House—
Birthplace o f Benjamin
West (designated a
national historical
landmark) and
faculty residence
22. Bond Memorial and
Lodges—Dormitory space
and meeting rooms
23. Robinson House—Black
Cultural Center
24. Ashton Guest House

2526.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.

Tennis Courts
Cunningham Fields
Clothier Fields
Barn
Lamb'Miller Field House—
Physical education
Tarble Pavillion—Physical education
W are Swimming Pool
Squash Courts
Service Building
Heating Plant
Fraternity and Social Lodges
Sharpies Dining Hall
Clothier Memorial— Auditorium
Sproul Observatory—Astronomy
Scott Outdoor Auditorium

Dormitories and Residences
1. Parrish Hall
A. Dana Dormitory
B. Hallowell Dormitory
C. Wharton Hall
D. Willets Dormitory
E. W orth Dormitory
F. Mertz Hall
6 Palmer Hall
H. Pittenger Hall
I. Roberts Hall
J. Mary Lyon Building
K. Woolman House
L Professors’ Houses
M. Employees’ Houses
N. Courtney Smith House—
President’s House

.

255

Directions for Reaching
Swarthmore College
DRIVING
FROM THE NORTH
Follow NJ Turnpike South to PA Turnpike.
FROM THE PA TURNPIKE
Take Exit 24 (Valley Forge) and follow signs to Schuylkill
Expressway (Interstate 76). Take Route 320 South for 14.5
miles to College Avenue. Turn right on College Avenue.
FROM THE SOUTH
Follow Interstate 95 North and take the PA Route 320 Exit
in Chester, Pa. Follow PA Route 320 north for 4.1 miles to
College Avenue. Turn left on College Avenue.

TRAIN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train.
Amtrak trains from New York and Washington arrive
hourly at Philadelphia’s 30th Street Station. From 30th
Street Station, the SEPTA Media Local takes 21 minutes to
reach the campus.

AIR
An express bus runs from the airport to 30th Street Station
where you can take the SEPTA Media Local train directly to
the Swarthmore campus. The combined fare is less than
$4.00, and the trip requires about one hour. Taxi service is
also available. The fare is approximately $ 18.00, and the trip
requires about 30 minutes.

256

SW ARTHM ORE C O L L E G E
Swarthmore, PA 19081
215-447-7000

Second-Class Postage
Swarthmore, PA
ISSN